Skip to main content

Full text of "An introduction to the study of international relations"

See other formats


:OJ 


AN  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  STUDY 
OF  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 


MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,  LIMITED 

LONDON  •  BOMBAY  •  CALCUTTA 
MELBOURNE 

THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY 

NEW  YORK    •    BOSTON    •   CHICAGO 
DALLAS   •   SAN  FRANCISCO 

THE  MACMILLAN  CO.  OF  CANADA,  LTD. 

TORONTO 


AN   INTRODUCTION 
TO    THE    STUDY    OF 

INTERNATIONAL 
RELATIONS    & 


BY 


A.  J.  GRANT  J.  D.  I.  HUGHES 

ARTHUR  GREENWOOD  P.  H.  KERR 

AND 

F.  F.  URQUHART 


MACMILLAN   AND   CO.,  LIMITED 

ST.  MARTIN'S   STREET,    LONDON 

1916 


COPYRIGHT 

First  Edition,  April  1916 
Reprinted  June  1916 


JX 


PREFACE 

THE  Essays  that  constitute  this  volume  were  written  at 
the  suggestion  of  the  Council  for  the  Study  of  International 
Relations.  The  Council  found  itself  hampered  in  beginning 
its  work  by  the  lack  of  books  on  international  relations 
suitable  for  use  in  study  circles  and  classes ;  and  it  wishes 
to  acknowledge  its  great  indebtedness  to  the  contributors 
for  providing  it  with  a  general  text-book  at  short  notice, 
in  spite  of  the  pressure  of  much  other  work.  It  is  hoped 
that  the  book  will  be  found  of  value  to  all  who  realise  the 
importance  of  the  study  of  international  problems.  It 
should  be  pointed  out  that  the  Council  for  the  Study  of 
International  Relations  exists  solely  to  encourage  and 
assist  the  study  of  international  relations  from  all  points  of 
views ;  the  books  and  pamphlets  which  it  publishes  or 
recommends  are  selected  with  that  object  alone  in  view, 
and  the  Council  is  not  to  be  regarded  as  necessarily  sharing 
the  views  set  forth  in  them. 


"Remota  justitia  quid  sunt  regna  nisi  magna 
latrocinia  ?  " — ST.  AUGUSTINE. 

(Without  justice,  what  are  states  but  great 
robber-bands  ?) 


VI 


CONTENTS 


WAR  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815 

By  A.  J.  GRANT,  M.A., 
Professor  of  History  in  the  University  of  Leeds. 

PAGE 

1.  EARLY  EFFORTS  TO  SECURE  EUROPEAN  UNITY         .          .        1 

2.  THE  REVOLUTIONS   OF  1848  AND    THE   NEW  FORCES  IN 

EUROPE       ........       13 

3.  CAVOUR,  NAPOLEON  III.,  AND  BISMARCK        .  .          .17 

4.  HOPES  AND  FEARS  SINCE  1871     .          .          .          .          .27 

5.  THE  PAST  AND  THE  FUTURE        .....       33 

II 

THE  CAUSES  OF  MODERN  WARS 

By  F.  F.  URQUHART,  M.A., 
Fellow  and  Tutor  of  Balliol  College,  Oxford. 

1.  THE  IDEAL  OF  A  "  STATIC  "  WORLD      .          .          .          .37 

2.  WARS  OF  CONQUEST  .......       43 

3.  WARS  OF  PRINCIPLE  ......      52 

4.  THE  NECESSITY  OF  A  FOREIGN  POLICY  .          .          .61 

III 

INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS 

By  ARTHUR  GREENWOOD,  B.Sc., 
Late  Lecturer  in  Economics  in  the  University  of  Leeds. 

1.  THE  GROWTH  OF  INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS   .      66 

2.  ECONOMICS  AND  POLITICS  ......       77 

3.  ECONOMIC  INFLUENCES  AND  WAR         .          .          .          .94 

4.  INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMICS  AND  THE  FUTURE          .  .     102 

vii 


viii  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 

IV 

INTERNATIONAL  LAW 
By  J.  D.  I.  HUGHES,  B.A. 

i-Ar,i: 

INTRODUCTION           .          .          .          .          .          .  .113 

1.  Is  INTERNATIONAL  LAW  REALLY  A  SPECIES  OF  LAW  T  114 

2.  THE  SCOPE  AND  CONTENT  OF  INTERNATIONAL  LAW  .     134 

3.  THE  PRESENT  POSITION  OF  INTERNATIONAL  LAW    ,  135 


POLITICAL  RELATIONS  BETWEEN  ADVANCED  AND 
BACKWARD  PEOPLES 

By  P.  H.  KEHR,  M.A.,  Editor  of  The  Round  Table. 

1.  THE  NECESSITY  FOR  EMPIRE      .....     141 

(a)  THE  RESULTS  OF  COMMERCIAL  INTERCOURSE  .  .     143 

(6)  RESULTS  AMONG  SAVAGES  .....     145 
(c)  RESULTS  AMONG  MORE  CIVILISED  PEOPLES      .          .152 

2.  THE  GOVERNMENT  OF  DEPENDENCIES  .          .          .          .166 

3.  THE  PROBLEM  OF  SELF-GOVERNMENT   .  .     170 

4.  THE  IMMIGRATION  PROBLEM        .  ...     174 

5.  CONCLUSION    .  179 


By  ARTHUR  GREENWOOD 

1.  FREEDOM  AND  NATIONAL  LIFE  .....     183 

2.  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  .          .          .          .          .186 

3.  THE  INTERNATIONAL  Mnro  ....     192 

4.  THE  FULLER  CITIZENSHIP  .  .          .          .          .          .195 

APPENDIX 
NOTB  ON  COSMOPOLITAN  ASSOCIATIONS,  BY  A.  G.        .          .201 

INDEX  205 


WAR  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815 

1.  EARLY  EFFORTS  TO  SECURE  EUROPEAN  UNITY 

THE  cry  that  was  raised  at  the  beginning  of  the  present 
European  struggle — that  this  must  be  a  war  to  end  war, 
and  that  on  the  conclusion  of  peace  the  system  of  isolated 
and  individual  states  must  give  place  to  some  sort  of 
European  confederation — had  a  familiar  sound  to  the 
student  of  history.  The  great  war  of  the  French  Revolution 
against  Europe  was  prefaced  by  a  declaration  of  the  brother- 
hood of  peoples  and  of  the  determination  of  France  to  wage 
no  war  of  conquest.  The  message  of  the  Revolution  to 
Wordsworth  was,  "Wars  shall  cease:  Did  ye  not  hear  that 
conquest  is  abjured  ? "  Napoleon  had  visions,  not  altogether 
unlike  those  that  now  have  their  home  in  Berlin,  of  a  Europe, 
rational,  prosperous,  and  peaceful  under  the  presidency  of 
the  superior  civilisation  of  France.  And  when  the  system  of 
coalitions  began  to  grow  up  against  the  power  of  Napoleon, 
it  was  not  only  the  overthrow  of  his  power  that  the  Allies 
contemplated  :  they  thought  they  saw  through  the  battle- 
smoke  a  settled  order  in  Europe,  and  a  condition  of  per- 
manent peace. 

The  circumstances  after  the  battle  of  Waterloo  seemed 
1  B 


2  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

particularly  favourable  to  the  realisation  of  such  schemes. 
Europe  had  not  been  fighting  against  France,  but  against 
Napoleon  ;  and  when  once  Napoleon  was  overthrown  there 
was  little  difficulty  in  allowing  the  new  France  of  the 
restored  Bourbons  to  join  the  great  Powers  of  Europe  on 
equal  and  friendly  terms.  The  long  period  of  war,  and 
what  seemed  to  that  fortunate  age  its  unsurpassable  suffer- 
ings and  horrors,  predisposed  even  politicians  and  diplo- 
matists to  a  search  after  the  way  of  Peace.  When  the 
Congress  of  Vienna  met,  Gentz,  its  secretary,  tells  us  that 
"  men  promised  themselves  an  all-embracing  reform  of  the 
political  system  of  Europe,  and  guarantees  for  universal 
peace."  But  he  has  to  admit,  a  few  sentences  later,  that 
"  The  Congress  resulted  in  ...  no  act  of  a  higher  nature, 
no  great  measure  for  public  order  or  for  the  general  good, 
which  might  compensate  humanity  for  its  long  sufferings 
or  pacify  it  for  the  future." 

It  is  only  too  painfully  evident  that  the  expected  pacifi- 
cation did  not  come.  But  there  were  sincere  efforts  made 
to  work  towards  the  desired  goal.  These  efforts  have  lately 
been  made  the  subject  of  an  interesting  and  suggestive 
volume  by  Mr.  Alison  Phillips,1  and  they  deserve  the  careful 
study  of  those  who,  like  the  present  writer,  still  cherish  the 
ideal  of  a  pacific  and  international  organisation  of  Europe. 
There  were  two  distinct  lines  of  effort,  though  these  were 
confounded  in  the  public  mind,  and  are  often  confounded 
in  the  short  histories  of  that  period. 

There  was  first  the  Holy  Alliance — the  product  of  the 
imagination  and  the  faith  of  the  Czar  Alexander  I.  In  all 
European  history  it  may  be  questioned  whether  there  is 

1  The  Confederation  of  Europe,  A  Study  of  the  European  Alliance, 
1815-1823,  as  an  Experiment  in  the  International  Organisation  of 
Peace. 


i  WAR  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  3 

any  line  of  rulers  whose  characters  and  policies  so  well 
deserve  study  as  the  Czars  of  Russia  since  Peter  the  Great, 
and  indeed  since  Ivan  the  Terrible.  In  their  history  there 
is,  what  the  history  of  most  royal  houses  presents  us  with, 
ambition  without  scruple,  vice  and  crime  raised  to  an 
unexampled  height  by  the  unexampled  opportunities  of 
an  autocratic  throne,  the  passion  for  conquest,  and  the 
dizziness  of  supreme  power.  But  the  distinguishing  feature 
of  the  Czars  is  their  recurring  idealisms  and  the  enthusiasm 
with  which  they  have  occasionally  turned  towards  a  policy 
that  should  rest  on  religious  principles  and  establish  peace. 
It  seemed  strange  to  many  that  the  proposal  of  the  Hague 
Conference  should  come  from  Russia,  but  it  was  quite 
in  keeping  with  the  traditions  of  the  royal  house  of 
Russia.  The  strength  and  the  weakness  of  the  Czars  were 
excellently  exemplified  in  Alexander  I.  after  the  battle  of 
Waterloo.  The  strong  vein  of  mystic  pietism,  which  was 
always  in  him,  had  recently  been  strengthened  by  his  inter- 
views with  the  Baroness  von  Krudener,  and  it  was  under  the 
influence  of  Bible-readings  and  prayer  that  he  produced 
his  project  of  the  Holy  Alliance,  which  received  the 
support  of  the  Emperor  of  Austria  and  the  King  of  Prussia. 
We  read  it  after  the  lapse  of  just  a  century  (it  was  published 
in  March  1816,  but  was  produced  and  accepted  in  the 
previous  autumn)  with  laughter  for  its  absurd  and  dangerous 
idealism,  or  tears  for  the  failure  of  its  vain  hopes.  But  it 
is  a  document  of  first-rate  importance  for  our  present 
inquiry,  and  some  of  its  clauses  must  be  quoted.  It 
begins  : 

"  In  the  name  of  the  most  Holy  and  Indivisible  Trinity 
Their  Majesties  the  Emperor  of  Austria,  the  King  of 
Prussia  and  the  Emperor  of  Russia  .  .  .  solemnly  declare 
that  the  present  Act  has  no  other  object  than  to  publish  in 


4  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

the  face  of  the  whole  world  their  fixed  resolution  both  in 
the  administration  of  their  respective  states  and  in  their 
political  relations  with  every  other  government,  to  take  for 
their  sole  guide  the  precepts  of  that  Holy  Religion,  namely, 
the  precepts  of  Justice,  Christian  Charity  and  Peace,  which, 
far  from  being  applicable  only  to  private  concerns,  must 
have  an  immediate  influence  upon  the  counsels  of  Princes 
and  guide  all  their  steps,  as  being  the  only  means  of  con- 
solidating human  institutions  and  remedying  their  imper- 
fections. In  consequence  their  Majesties  have  agreed  on 
the  following  articles."  Three  articles  follow.  The  first 
declares  that  the  "  Three  contracting  monarchs  will  remain 
united  by  the  bonds  of  a  true  and  indissoluble  fraternity," 
and  "  regarding  themselves  towards  their  subjects  and 
armies  as  fathers  of  families  .  .  .  will  lead  them  to  pro- 
tect Religion,  Peace  and  Justice."  The  second  article 
declares  that  "  the  Christian  world  of  which  the  contracting 
monarchs  and  their  peoples  form  part  has  in  reality  no  other 
sovereign  than  Him  to  whom  alone  power  really  belongs," 
and  they  therefore  "  recommend  to  their  people  to  strengthen 
themselves  every  day  more  and  more  in  the  principles  and 
exercise  of  the  duties  which  the  Divine  Saviour  has  taught 
to  mankind."  The  third  article  declares  that  they  are 
anxious  to  admit  other  Powers  to  the  same  compact. 

Perhaps  no  politician  in  Europe  took  this  quite  seriously 
except  the  Czar  himself.  Metternich,  the  great  Austrian 
diplomatist  and  statesman,  who  for  the  next  thirty  years 
was  to  share  with  Alexander  I.  the  chief  influence  in  Europe, 
declared  that  it  was  a  "  loud-sounding  nothing."  The  Pope 
did  not  like  this  appeal  to  a  vague  something  called  Chris- 
tianity, signed  by  "  a  Catholic,  a  schismatic,  and  a  heretic." 
The  other  signatories  had  given  their  adhesion  out  of 
deference  to  Alexander.  England  never  gave  in  her 


adhesion.  Wellington  and  Castlereagh  exercised  the  chief 
influence  on  British  foreign  policy  at  this  period,  and  the 
Czar's  mystic  idealism  found  no  echo  in  their  definite  and 
positive  minds  ;  and  their  practical  knowledge  of  affairs 
made  them  frightened  of  vague  general  principles,  even  of 
the  noblest  kind,  when  there  was  no  indication  of  the  sense 
in  which  they  were  to  be  interpreted,  or  of  the  precise  aims 
that  they  were  intended  to  subserve.  Castlereagh  wrote  a 
little  later  :  "  The  problem  of  a  universal  alliance  for  the 
peace  and  happiness  of  the  world  has  always  been  one  of 
speculation  and  hope,  but  it  has  never  yet  been  reduced  to 
practice  and,  if  an  opinion  may  be  hazarded  from  its  diffi- 
culty, it  never  can." 

The  Czar's  schemes  failed.  Europe  was  soon  to  be 
guided  by  statesmen  who  rejected  the  idea  that  Christian 
morality,  or  morality  of  any  kind,  was  binding  upon  those 
who  acted  on  behalf  of  States ;  and  Bismarck  and  Cavour 
have  left  memories,  admired,  honoured,  and  imitated,  far 
beyond  that  of  Czar  Alexander  I.  But  our  judgment  of 
the  past  is  constantly  being  altered  by  our  fresh  experiences 
in  the  present,  and,  at  an  hour  when  the  successors  of  the 
three  signatories  of  the  Holy  Alliance  are  acting  in  a  manner 
so  definitely  opposed  to  its  precepts,  we  may  well  ask  our- 
selves whether  a  more  sympathetic  acceptance  of  its  main 
aims  might  not  have  led  to  something  better.  No  one  now 
believes  that  the  Czar  was  a  hypocrite,  covering  with  pious 
and  humanitarian  phrases  designs  against  the  constitutional 
development  of  the  States  of  Western  Europe  or  the  in- 
tegrity of  the  dominions  of  the  Sultan.  However  unwise 
the  form,  here  was  a  great  Power  anxious  to  establish  the 
principles  on  which  a  united  and  peaceful  Europe  might 
be  based.  Metternich  eluded  the  proposal  with  cynicism 
and  hypocrisy.  Castlereagh  met  it  with  cold  criticism, 


6  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

which  was  well-intentioned  and  honourable  ;  for  recent 
inquiries  have  quite  effaced  the  picture,  once  so  popular,  of 
Castlereagh  as  the  arch-conspirator  against  the  liberties 
of  England  and  of  Europe.  But  if  the  Czar  had  found  in 
England  support,  however  sober  and  however  critical,  was 
it  impossible  that  great  good  might  have  followed  ? 

At  the  same  time  that  Alexander  I.  was  developing  his 
project  of  the  Holy  Alliance,  the  more  practical  statesmen 
of  Europe  were  busy  with  a  more  limited  scheme.  In  1814 
the  four  great  Powers,  who  were  in  alliance  against  Napoleon 
— Britain,  Russia,  Prussia,  Austria — had  entered  into  an 
alliance  at  Chaumont.  Its  immediate  object  was  the 
pursuit  of  the  great  enemy,  whose  forces  had  already  been 
broken  at  Leipzig,  but  the  signatories  desired  also  to  regulate 
their  relations  to  one  another,  when  victory  had  fully  come, 
and  to  secure  the  peace  of  Europe.  With  these  ends  in 
view,  they  aimed  at  the  establishment  of  a  permanent 
alliance.  The  sixteenth  article  reads  :  "  The  present  treaty 
of  alliance  having  for  its  object  the  maintenance  of  the 
Balance  of  Europe,  to  secure  the  repose  and  independence 
of  the  Powers,  and  to  prevent  the  invasions  which  for  so 
many  years  have  devastated  the  world,  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  have  agreed  among  themselves  to  extend  its  dura- 
tion for  20  years."  Here  then  was  the  basis  of  the  actual 
work  done  during  the  next  few  years  for  the  maintenance 
of  a  United  Europe.  A  quadruple  alliance  was  established, 
which  would  soon  develop  into  a  quintuple  alliance  by  the 
inclusion  of  France  :  it  was  to  last  for  twenty  years,  and 
there  were  hopes  that  it  might  develop  into  a  permanent 
feature  of  European  life. 

It  may  be  questioned  whether  the  League  ever  did  any 
good.  Undreamed-of  difficulties  rose  across  its  path,  and 
it  was  quite  unable  to  surmount  them.  It  perished  in  a 


i  WAR  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  7 

few  years,  and  its  end  has  usually  been  regarded  as  a 
triumph  for  Great  Britain  and  for  liberal  ideas.  Let  us 
briefly  trace  the  chief  stages  in  its  history  before  considering 
the  causes  of  its  failure.  The  special  mission  of  the 
Quadruple  Alliance  was  to  watch  the  revolutionary  tend- 
encies of  France  and  to  prevent  another  outburst  from 
that  quarter.  Its  first  Conference  was  called  at  Aix-la- 
Chapelle  in  September  1818.  Some  thorny  questions  were 
successfully  dealt  with.  The  claim  of  the  restored  Bourbon 
monarchy  to  form  the  fifth  member  of  the  Alliance  was 
considered  and  accepted.  Arrangements  were  made  for  the 
reduction  of  the  army  of  occupation  in  France.  But  already 
at  this,  the  first  meeting  of  the  Alliance,  difficulties  of  a 
serious  kind  and  irreconcilable  differences  of  opinion  began 
to  appear.  The  Czar  wished  to  develop  with  all  rapidity 
the  Quadruple  (now  Quintuple)  Alliance  into  a  permanent 
organisation  for  the  direction  of  European  affairs,  and 
further  to  pledge  the  organisation  to  maintain  the  Govern- 
ments then  established  in  Europe.  He  did  not  himself  aim 
at  the  repression  of  all  constitutional  movements  ;  he  was 
still  liberal  in  his  ideas,  and  was  regarded  at  Vienna  as  a 
dangerous  revolutionary.  He  hoped  that  if  the  Govern- 
ments of  Europe  received  from  the  Alliance  a  guarantee  of 
their  stability  they  would  feel  that  it  was  safe  to  grant  their 
peoples  certain  constitutional  liberties.  Europe,  in  his 
idea,  was  to  be  organised  in  favour  of  a  sort  of  liberal  con- 
servatism. Metternich  hastened  to  underline  the  conser- 
vative part  of  the  scheme  ;  he  regarded  it  as  a  definite 
"  triumph  for  the  cabinets  that  have  never  tampered  with 
the  spirit  of  innovation."  He  hastened  to  welcome  it  as 
a  guarantee  of  the  established  order  of  things  in  every  State 
"  to  change  which  would  be  a  crime."  English  statesmen, 
who  were  still  conscious  that  the  established  order  rested 


8  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

on  the  Revolution  of  1688,  were  bound  to  receive  the  pro- 
posal in  a  different  spirit.  Wellington  and  Castlereagh 
declared  that  they  were  dismayed  "  by  the  abstractions  and 
sweeping  generalities  in  which  the  declaration  was  con- 
ceived." They  invited  further  "  conversations,"  and  in  the 
end  Castlereagh  administered  a  douche  of  cold  water. 
Though  he  was  a  Tory  and  represented  a  Tory  Government, 
he  could  not  pledge  Great  Britain  to  suppress  all  efforts  that 
threatened  the  established  political  order.  The  following 
wise  and  just  sentences  deserve  to  be  quoted  :  "  The  idea  of 
a  solidary  alliance  by  which  each  state  shall  be  bound  to 
support  the  state  of  succession,  government  and  possession 
within  all  other  states  from  violence  and  attack  .  .  .  must 
be  understood  as  morally  implying  the  previous  establish- 
ment of  such  a  system  of  general  government  as  may  secure 
and  enforce  upon  all  kings  and  nations  an  internal  system 
of  peace  and  justice.  Till  the  mode  of  constructing  such  a 
system  shall  be  devised  the  consequence  is  inadmissible,  as 
nothing  would  be  more  immoral  or  more  prejudicial  to  the 
character  of  governments  generally  than  the  idea  that  their 
force  was  collectively  to  be  prostituted  to  the  support  of 
established  power  without  any  consideration  of  the  extent 
to  which  it  was  abused."  This  protest  was  sufficient.  No 
advance  was  made  towards  the  organisation  of  a  Govern- 
ment for  Europe.  The  Declaration,  which  communicated 
to  Europe  the  results  of  the  Conference,  confined  itself  to 
generalities  which  seem  an  echo  of  the  Holy  Alliance.  The 
sovereigns  "  who  have  formed  this  august  union  .  .  .  have 
consummated  the  work  to  which  they  were  called.  .  .  . 
They  solemnly  acknowledge  that  their  duties  towards  God 
and  the  peoples  whom  they  govern  make  it  peremptory  in 
them  to  give  to  the  world  ...  an  example  of  justice,  of 
concord,  and  of  moderation,  etc.  etc."  The  Great  Powers 


i  WAK  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  9 

promised  to  meet  together  again  ;    and  were  pledged  to 
little  besides. 

Before  their  next  meeting  the  liberal  and  revolutionary 
movements  which  the  Czar  had  foreseen  and  endeavoured  to 
control  had  begun  to  manifest  themselves.  During  the  next 
five  years  (1818-1823)  there  were  risings  of  various  kinds 
in  Spain,  Portugal,  Naples,  Sardinia,  Greece.  The  Czar's 
liberalism  began  to  evaporate  before  the  hot  breath  of 
Revolution  :  Metternich's  desire  to  support  the  established 
order  was  as  strong  as  it  had  always  been.  Both  saw  in  the 
Great  Alliance  a  valuable  engine  against  the  new  move- 
ments, if  only  it  could  be  put  into  motion  against  them. 

A  conference  was  called  at  Troppau  to  deal  with  the 
Spanish  and  Neapolitan  question.  The  detached  attitude 
of  Great  Britain  was  manifested  by  the  fact  that  no  pleni- 
potentiary was  sent,  Lord  Stewart,  the  British  Ambassador 
at  Vienna,  watching  the  proceedings  for  the  Home  Govern- 
ment. Russia,  Prussia,  and  Austria  debated  first  in  private, 
and  then  issued  in  a  famous  document  the  following  state- 
ment of  their  aims :  "  States  which  have  undergone  a  change 
of  government  due  to  re  volution,  the  results  of  which  threaten 
other  States,  ipso  facto  cease  to  be  members  of  the  European 
Alliance.  ...  If  immediate  danger  threatens  other  States 
the  Powers  bind  themselves,  by  peaceful  means,  or  if  need  be 
by  arms,  to  bring  back  the  guilty  State  into  the  bosom  of 
the  Alliance."  Great  Britain  protested,  politely  but  firmly, 
against  the  fundamental  principles  of  the  protocol,  namely  ; 
"  that  of  rendering  the  Powers  of  the  Alliance  applicable  to 
the  internal  transactions  of  independent  States."  The 
Conference  moved  from  Troppau  to  Laybach,  and  there  , 
dealt  finally  with  the  Neapolitan  question.  The  constitu- 
tional and  revolutionary  movement  in  Naples  was  to  be 
suppressed  by  an  Austrian  army,  and  Great  Britain  made  no 


10  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

protest ;  but  the  English  representative  protested,  firmly 
and  successfully,  against  an  attempt  to  revive  the  Czar's 
plan,  and  to  issue  to  the  world  the  principles  of  the  Troppau 
Declaration.  The  union  of  the  Great  Powers  had  not  been 
formally  broken,  but  the  attitude  of  Great  Britain  and  of 
France  had  made  the  concert  little  more  than  an  empty 
name. 

4.  In  1822  the  Congress  of  Verona  was  held.  It  was  the 
last  occasion  on  which  the  Great  Alliance  gave  signs  of  life. 
The  revolutionary  leaven  had  not  ceased  to  work  since  the 
meeting  at  Laybach.  There  was  a  revolutionary  move- 
ment in  Spain,  and  there  was  at  stake  in  it  not  only  the 
future  of  the  Spanish  monarchy  in  Europe,  but  also  the 
future  of  the  Spanish  colonies  in  South  America.  In  the 
south  of  the  Balkan  Peninsula  the  insurrection  had  broken 
out  which  was  never  to  cease  until  free  Greece  had  joined 
the  European  State  system.  Here  were  great  questions 
likely  to  tax  all  the  strength  of  the  Alliance  at  its  strongest.  ^ 

The  Alliance  was  far  from  strong  ;  the  five  Great  Powers 
could  hardly  be  said  to  be  allied  at  all.  There  was  instead 
a  practical  Alliance  of  the  three  Eastern  Powers — Russia, 
Prussia,  and  Austria  ;  while  the  two  constitutional  Powers 
of  the  West^— Great  Britain  and  France — stood  aloof,  critical 
and  almost  hostile.  The  Congress  at  Verona  was  not 
wanting  in  splendour.  The  crowned  heads  of  Russia, 
Austria,  and  Prussia  were  there,  and  princelings  in  plenty ; 
Great  Britain  was  represented  by  Wellington,  whose 
presence  and  authority  in  Europe  were  almost  more  than 
royal.  But  there  was  no  internal  strength  or  unity  corre- 
sponding to  this  outward  display. 

Castlereagh  no  longer  guided  the  foreign  policy  of  Great 
Britain ;  a  strange  act  of  suicide  had  removed  that  misjudged 
statesman.  Canning  had  taken  his  place  and  continued 


i  WAR  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  11 

the  main  line  of  his  policy  with  much  greater  power  of 
epigram  and  mordant  phrase,  but  less  sureness  of  judgment. 
It  was  the  Spanish  question  which  chiefly  engaged  the 
attention  of  the  delegates.  France  was  prepared  to  inter- 
fere there,  as  Austria  had  interfered  in  Naples,  if  she  could 
count  on  the  support  of  the  other  Great  Powers.  Russia, 
Austria,  and  Prussia  were  ready  to  give  their  support. 
Would  Great  Britain  go  along  with  them  ?  She  had  helped 
the  Spaniards  in  the  Peninsular  War  to  free  themselves  from 
the  despotism  of  Napoleon  ;  would  she  now  co-operate 
with  France  to  force  them  under  a  detested  yoke  ?  Welling- 
ton, acting  on  the  instructions  of  Canning,  definitely  refused. 
Great  Britain  was  breaking  no  engagement.  She  had 
always  protested  against  the  idea  of  the  intervention  of  the 
Alliance  in  the  internal  affairs  of  independent  nations.  It 
was,  as  Mr.  Alison  Phillips  says,  "  the  Allies  that  had  moved 
away  from  Great  Britain,  which  had  merely  adhered  to  her 
course."  She  had  refused  to  co-operate  at  Troppau  and  at 
Laybach  ;  but  there  had  been  no  such  definite  break  as 
this.  Wellington's  action  was  the  death-blow  of  the 
Great  Alliance,  which  never  met  again.  Canning's  subse- 
quent action  made  it  clear  that  any  restoration  of  the 
Alliance  was  impossible ;  for  he  recognised  the  independence 
of  the  American  colonies  of  Spain,  and  he  gave  diplomatic 
assistance  to  the  Greek  insurgents.  The  Great  Alliance  was 
dead. 

It  seemed  a  welcome  result  to  Canning.  "  Things  are 
getting  back  to  a  wholesome  state  again,"  he  wrote.  "Every 
nation  for  itself  and  God  for  us  all.  The  time  for  Areopaguses 
and  the  like  of  that  is  gone  by."  And  English  opinion 
generally  echoed  these  sentiments. 

The  directjcause  of  the  failure  of  the  Gra^t  AJlmnrp  is 
plain.  Those  who  exercised  the  chief  influence  in  its  councils 


12  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

— the  Czar  Alexander  especially — were  not  content  to  use 
it  merely  as  an  instrument  for  maintaining  peace  ;  they 
wished  also  to  restrain  the  constitutional  life  of  each  State 
within  narrow  limits.  The  French  Revolution  was  on 
their  nerves.  There  was  a  movement  which  began  by  being 
purely  domestic  in  its  aims  and  which  had  declared  at  the 
outset  the  most  pacific  intentions  ;  but  before  it  was  done 
with  it  had  set  all  Europe  ablaze.  There  had  been  a  meeting 
of  the  rulers  of  Prussia  and  Austria  in  1792,  in  which  they 
had  declared  that  the  restoration  of  order  in  France  was  a 
matter  that  interested  all  Europe.  Then,  too,  it  was  largely 
the  refusal  of  Great  Britain  to  co-operate  that  had  pre- 
vented an  active  interference.  But  if  that  interference  had 
been  active  and  successful,  what  catastrophes  it  would  have 
saved  !  Napoleon  might  have  lived  and  died  as  an  obscure 
officer  of  artillery. 

There  was  good  reason  then  for  the  apprehension  of 
Russia  and  Austria  that  internal  revolutions  might  trouble 
the  peace  of  Europe.  Yet  few  will  think  that  it  would 
have  been  well  if  the  French  Revolution  had  been  crushed  ; 
and  hardly  any  one  will  wish  that  Canning  had  not  recog- 
nised the  independence  of  the  South  American  republics, 
"  calling  into  existence  a  new  world  to  redress  the  balance 
of  the  old,"  or  had  not  co-operated  with  the  Greeks  in  their 
struggle  for  freedom. 

But  in  1915  it  is  not  so  easy  as  it  once  was  to  feel  en- 
thusiasm for  the  destruction  of  an  organisation  which  might 
perhaps  have  grown  intoaworkable  international  institution. 
Liberty,  indeed,  is  of  such  great  worth  that  all  may  fairly  be 
risked  for  her.  But  was  there  no  via  media  possible  ?  no 
compromise  ?  Could  not  the  Alliance  have  been  called  back 
by  tact  and  diplomacy  to  its  legitimate  task  of  safeguarding 
the  peace  of  Europe  ?  Perhaps  not ;  but  we  are  just  now 


i  WAR  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  13 

more  impressed  by  the  dangers  of  national  anarchy  than  by 
the  charms  of  national  independence.  "  Every  nation  for 
itself  and  God  for  us  all,"  said  Canning.  With  the  cry  of 
Belgium  in  our  ears  we  are  inclined  to  rewrite  it,  "  Every 
nation  for  itself,  and  the  Devil  take  the  weakest." 

2.  THE  REVOLUTIONS  OF  1848,  AND  THE  NEW  FORCES 
IN  EUROPE 

The  dissolution  of  the  Great  Alliance  left  the  Great 
Powers  without  any  common  principles  or  organisation. 
During  the  next  quarter  of  a  century  the  European  world 
spun  rapidly  away  from  the  restricted  orbit  in  which 
Alexander  of  Russia  had  wanted  to  confine  it.  The  Treaty 
of  Vienna  went  by  the  board.  Greece  gained  her  independ- 
ence, and  Alexander's  successor  co-operated  powerfully 
in  the  winning  of  it.  The  well-intentioned  but  mechanical 
union  of  Holland  and  Belgium  was  broken  by  the  revolu- 
tion of  1830,  and  Belgium  gained  her  independence  and 
a  European  guarantee.  What  glorious  progress  she  made 
in  her  independence  and  how  shamefully  the  guarantee  was 
broken  by  Germany  is  now  known  to  all  the  world.  The 
"  July  revolution  "  in  Paris  sent  the  Bourbons  on  their 
travels  again,  and  placed  the  Orleanist  dynasty  on  a  throne 
that  rested  on  the  will  of  the  people.  France  showed  in 
that  movement  that  she  could  manage  a  revolution  almost 
as  peacefully  as  England  had  managed  hers  in  1688  ; 
but  it  was  none  the  less  a  decisive  breach  in  the  principles 
of  legitimacy.  But  the  July  revolution  did  not  provide 
so  permanent  a  settlement  for  France  as  the  great  Whig 
revolution  had  done  for  England.  Dangerous  stuff  was 
fermenting  in  France,  and  not  only  in  France  but  to  a 
greater  or  less  extent  in  every  country  in  Europe.  In 


14  INTEKNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

France  imperialism  was  born  again.  In  Europe  generally 
socialism  and  nationalism  stepped  into  the  arena. 

The  origins  of  socialism  may  be  sought  for,  and  perhaps 
found,  centuries  and  even  millenniums  before  1848  ;  but  it 
was  during  the  revolutions  of  that  year  that  it  first  came  to 
be  known  as  a  serious  force  with  which  the  States  of  Europe 
would  have  to  reckon.  It  spoke  of  peace,  aimed  at 
peace,  consciously  strove  for  peace,  but  was  destined  to 
act,  at  any  rate  indirectly,  as  a  cause  of  strife.  And  of 
socialism  nothing  further  need  be  said  here.  Yet  it  would 
be  well  if  the  "  ideas  of  1848  "  were  as  carefully  studied 
and  as  generally  known  as  the  "  ideas  of  1789."  Voltaire, 
Montesquieu,  Diderot,  Rousseau  have  passed  into  the 
general  consciousness,  and  I  do  not  challenge  their  im- 
portance ;  but  Saint  Simon,  Fourier,  Comte,  and  Louis 
Blanc  are  closer  to  our  own  problems,  and  a  critical  study 
of  their  ideas  would  cast  much  light  on  the  path  that  lies 
before  us.  Enough  that  France  dreamed  again  her  glorious 
dream  of  the  destruction  of  all  oppression  and  poverty. 
She  was  again  "  on  the  top  of  golden  hours,"  and  there  were 
many  in  other  countries  to  share  her  enthusiasm. 

Louis  Blanc  was  the  great  missionary  of  socialism.  No 
name  is  so  intimately  associated  with  the  new  gospel  of 
nationalism,  though  Mazzini  caught  the  ear  of  Europe  as 
no  one  else  did.  Much  has  been  written  about  nationalism 
of  late  ;  for  the  war  which  has  stimulated  thought  on  so 
many  subjects  has  made  it  especially  necessary  to  analyse 
the  meaning  of  nationalism  and  bring  to  the  test  its  claim 
to  provide  a  basis  on  which  Europe  may  rest  in  peace  and 
fraternity.  It  remains  a  great  and  vital  principle  in  Europe, 
and  the  Allies  are  pledged  to  use  their  victory  to  extend  its 
application.  But  the  enthusiastic  hopes  of  Mazzini  are 
not  held  now.  "  To  re-make  the  map  of  Europe,  and  to 


i  WAR  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  15 

rearrange  the  peoples  in  accordance  with  the  special  mission 
assigned  to  each  of  them  by  geographical,  ethnical,  and 
historical  conditions — this  is  the  first  essential  step  for  all." 
So  wrote  Mazzini  in  1832.  It  has  proved  a  long  and  difficult 
step  ;  and  it  seems  clear  that  States  will  have  to  be  formed 
in  some  cases  without  making  it.  And  when  the  national 
State  is  formed  it  is  by  no  means  certain  that  it  will  be 
peaceful  and  fraternal  to  all  others.  The  present  hour 
makes  it  clear  that  a  nationality  can  be  as  ambitious  and 
as  despotic  as  a  dynastic  ruler.  National  self-consciousness 
lies  somewhere  near  the  basis  of  most  of  the  most  bitter 
wars  of  the  world.  Canning  declared  :  "  Our  business  is  to 
preserve  the  peace  of  the  world  and  therefore  the  inde- 
pendence of  the  several  nations  which  compose  it."  But 
Mr.  Alison  Phillips,  the  admiring  historian  of  Canning's 
period,  writes  :  "  The  principle  of  nationality  was  to  become 
the  main  obstacle  to  any  realisation  of  the  vision  of  per- 
petual peace."  It  may  be  noted,  too,  that  it  presents  us 
with  a  cause  for  war,  which  it  would  be  peculiarly  difficult 
to  avoid  by  arbitration.  For  arbitration  can  hardly  deal 
with  anything  but  quarrels  between  State  and  State  ;  and 
nationalist  movements  cut  right  across  State  boundaries 
and,  on  the  basis  of  a  new  principle  unrecognised  by  inter- 
national law,  claim  to  rearrange  the  frontiers  or  to  create 
new  States.  It  is  clear,  too,  that  there  must  be  States  which 
do  not  correspond  with  the  boundaries  of  any  one  nation- 
ality ;  and  a  pressing  problem  is  how  to  harmonise  such 
States  with  liberty  and  the  satisfaction  of  national  feeling. 
Switzerland,  Canada,  and  South  Africa  show  us  that  the 
problem  is  not  insoluble,  and  most  examples  point  to  some 
form  of  federalism  as  the  clue  to  the  solution. 

Imperialism,  socialism,  nationalism — these  were  the  chief 
factors  that  produced  the  revolutions  of  1848.    The  changes 


16  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

were  as  great  and  much  more  general  than  those  of  the  first 
French  Revolution.  All  Europe,  except  Great  Britain  and 
Russia,  seemed  thrown  into  the  melting-pot.  In  many  of 
the  capitals  of  Europe — and  especially  in  Berlin,  Vienna, 
and  Paris — crowned  heads  saw  their  power  and  even  their 
lives  threatened  by  the  revolution,  and  fled  for  safety  to  a 
foreign  country  or  to  the  shelter  of  the  armies.  There  were 
some  who  seriously  thought  that  monarchy  was  at  an  end, 
and  that  the  future  form  of  government  would  everywhere 
be  republican.  Then  came  reaction  and  disappointment. 
It  was  from  Vienna  that  perhaps  the  greatest  impulse  to 
revolution  had  gone  forth,  and  the  overthrow  of  Metternich 
had  been  the  signal  for  risings  in  Italy,  Germany,  and 
Hungary.  And  when  reaction  triumphed  in  Vienna  the 
revolution  was  threatened  and  subsequently  crushed  in 
these  three  districts.  The  Italian  forces,  which  had  so 
joyously  entered  Milan  and  so  gloriously  fought  there,  were 
shattered,  and  Piedmont  with  difficulty  maintained  her 
constitutional  liberties.  The  King  of  Prussia  found  that 
his  sword  was  not  broken,  that  his  armies  would  still  obey 
the  word  of  command  ;  and  it  was  by  the  military  that  the 
Assembly  was  dispersed.  A  constitution  given  by  royal 
grace  granted  little  but  the  name  of  constitutional  life. 
Reaction,  triumphant  in  Berlin,  destroyed  the  hopes  of 
German  liberalism  which  once  seemed  so  near  to  success. 
The  Prussian  King  rejected  the  crown  of  United  Germany 
which  was  offered  to  him,  just  because  it  was  offered  to  him 
by  the  people.  In  Hungary,  Magyar  nationalism  had  been 
confronted  by  the  nationalism  of  the  smaller  peoples. 
Russian  armies  came  to  the  help  of  the  Emperor  Francis 
Joseph  (it  seems  incredible  that  he  still  reigns  at  Vienna  !) 
and  Kossuth  fled.  In  France  the  revolution  triumphed ; 
the  second  republic  was  declared.  France  had  long  before 


i  WAR  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  17 

that  been  a  fully  self-conscious  nation.  It  was  the  hopes 
and  fears  of  socialism  (using  the  word  in  the  widest  sense) 
which  gave  the  chance  to  Napoleon.  He  was  carried  on  a 
great  wave  of  imperialist  sentiment  to  the  presidency  of  the 
Republic,  and  then  in  1852  to  the  imperial  title. 

It  is  not  my  purpose  to  give  a  narrative  of  European 
history,  but  simply  to  trace  the  conditions  under  which 
peace  has  been  kept  or  broken  during  the  past  century. 
And  from  this  point  of  view  it  is  remarkable  that  the  bundle 
of  crises  of  1848  produced  no  international  war.  There  was 
civic  strife  in  many  parts  of  Europe.  The  Russian  armies 
entered  the  Austrian  dominions,  but  it  was  in  support  of 
the  Government.  A  crisis  which  might  have  deluged  Europe 
in  blood  passed  with  unexpectedly  little  disturbance.  It 
seemed  to  show  that  the  European  system  was  really  grow- 
ing more  stable,  and  that  the  peace  tendencies  were 
actually  so  strong  that  even  without  organisation  they 
sufficed  to  prevent  the  outbreak  of  war.  But  an  era  of 
great  wars  was  soon  to  arrive. 

3.  CAVOUR,  NAPOLEON  III.,  AND  BISMARCK 

The  peace  between  the  Great  European  Powers  had  been 
unstable  and  precarious,  but  there  was  no  actual  outbreak 
of  war  between  them  from  1815  to  1854.  Then  there  came 
from  the  Balkans,  which  have  so  often  been  the  storm-centre 
of  Europe,  the  quarrel  which  produced  the  Crimean  War. 
There  is  nothing  very  novel  or  characteristic  of  the  nine- 
teenth century  in  that  war  or  its  causes  ;  it  is  rather,  as 
a  French  historian  has  called  it,  a  war  of  the  eighteenth 
century  strayed  into  the  nineteenth.  The  motives  of  the 
different  combatants  are  plain,  and  none  of  them  very 
laudable.  The  decaying  power  of  Turkey  lay  right  across 

C 


18  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

the  path  of  Russia's  ambition,  and  Russia  had  long  claimed 
treaty  rights  of  interference  on  behalf  of  the  Christian 
subjects  of  the  Sultan.  She  took  her  relation  to  the 
Christians  seriously ;  we  have  no  right  to  accuse  her  of 
hypocrisy  in  the  matter.  But  we  are  not  unjust  if  we 
regard  Russia's  desire  to  secure  control  of  the  Dardanelles, 
where  the  Turk  might  at  any  time  throttle  the  chief  channel 
by  which  the  trade  of  Russia  had  access  to  the  Mediter- 
ranean, as  the  chief  motive  of  her  hostilities.  Great  Britain, 
under  the  influence  of  Palmerston's  ideas,  saw  every  move- 
ment of  Russia  with  jealous  eyes,  and  thought  that  Britain's 
interest  lay  in  the  support  of  the  power  of  Turkey,  of  whose 
reform  Englishmen  had  not  yet  despaired.  France  had  for 
long  been  regarded  as  the  protector  of  the  Catholics  of  the 
East,  and  had  just  grounds  of  jealousy  of  the  advance  of 
Russia.  But  the  exigencies  of  the  position  of  Napoleon  III. 
counted  for  more  than  the  needs  of  the  Christians  of  the 
East.  His  name  had  been  his  fortune,  and  it  was  in  a  great 
measure  his  evil  destiny.  A  Napoleon  raised  by  revolution 
to  the  throne  of  France  had  no  justification  unless  he  gave 
to  his  subjects  military  glory,  nor  would  his  throne  be  safe 
on  any  other  condition.  Success  in  some  great  military 
adventure  was  the  law  of  his  political  existence.  So  France 
and  England  forgot  their  old  enmity  and  joined  together  for 
a  war  which  it  was  expected  would  be  of  short  duration. 
Before  the  war  was  over  their  troops  were  joined  by  a  con- 
tingent from  the  King  of  Sardinia,  whose  interest  in  the 
future  of  Turkey  and  the  freedom  of  the  Dardanelles  was 
but  small,  but  who,  under  the  guidance  of  his  great  diplo- 
matist Cavour,  desired  to  accustom  Europe  to  think  of  him 
as  a  Power  to  be  reckoned  with.  But  the  men  who  fought 
so  bravely  and  suffered  so  terribly  during  the  bitter  winter 
in  the  trenches  before  Sebastopol  must  have  found  it  hard 


i  WAR  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  19 

to  say  what  they  were  fighting  for,  and  at  this  moment  when 
Russians,  French,  English,  and  Italians  are  fighting  to  break 
open  the  barrier  of  the  Dardanelles  the  Crimean  policy  of 
the  French  and  English  is  harder  than  ever  to  justify. 

When  at  last  the  war  came  to  an  end  that  settled  nothing, 
men  hoped  for  a  long  era  of  peace.  But  one  war  followed 
another  during  the  next  fifteen  years,  and  never  again  down 
to  our  own  time  has  the  relation  of  the  Great  Powers  been 
at  the  best  anything  but  one  of  jealous  watchfulness.  Italy 
fought  two  important  wars  during  the  next  fifteen  years  ; 
Prussia  three  ;  France  one.  The  relationship  of  the  Great 
Powers  was  throughout  unstable. 

Seignobos,  at  the  end  of  his  invaluable  History  of  Con- 
temporary Europe,  passes  from  his  precise,  impartial,  and 
unemotional  narrative  to  give  us  a  glimpse  of  his  philosophy 
of  history.  And  his  philosophy  is  a  negation  of  all  philo- 
sophy. It  is  chance  that  reigns,  having  expelled  not  only 
God  but  Law  !  "  There  is  a  natural  tendency,"  he  writes, 
"  to  attribute  great  effects  to  great  causes  and  to  explain 
the  political  evolution  of  Europe  by  reference  to  profound 
and  permanent  forces,  of  wider  scope  than  the  actions  of 
individuals.  But  the  history  of  the  nineteenth  century 
cannot  be  brought  into  harmony  with  such  a  conception." 
He  goes  on  to  declare  how  large  a  part  has  been  played  by 
accident,  and  how  vast  has  been  the  influence  of  individuals. 
I  hope  that  we  shall  not  find  ourselves  forced  to  abandon 
the  idea  of  great  causes  in  history,  and  that  we  shall  still  be 
able  to  find  a  purpose  and  an  aim  in  the  history  of  humanity. 
But  certainly  for  this  epoch  (1856  to  1871)  the  influence  of 
individuals  was  immense.  Can  any  one  conjecture  what 
Italy,  Germany,  and  France  would  be  to-day  if  Cavour, 
Bismarck,  and  Napoleon  III.  had  never  been  born  ? 

As  we  study  their  careers  and  penetrate  their  ideas,  we 


20  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

cannot  wonder  that  a  period  of  wars  set  in.  For  these  men 
— the  three  foremost  actors  on  the  European  stage — for 
different  reasons  found  that  the  end  they  pursued  could  only 
be  gained  by  war,  and  for  a  large  part  of  their  political 
careers  were  so  far  from  trying  to  maintain  peace  and  the 
equilibrium  of  Europe,  that  they  watched  for  some  oppor- 
tunity of  throwing  Europe  into  the  disorder  of  a  great  war. 

Cavour's  reputation  has  grown  steadily  since  his  death. 
All  the  world  now  recognises  his  unselfish  patriotism  and  the 
passionate  zeal  for  the  Italian  cause  that  was  hidden  beneath 
his  reserved  manners  and  his  rather  dull  appearance.  In 
the  game  of  diplomacy  he  had  amazing  skill  and  finesse, 
and  his  success  is  the  more  remarkable  because  he  was  not, 
like  Richelieu  and  Bismarck,  supported  by  the  overwhelm- 
ing strength  of  an  army.  Most  Englishmen  think  of  the 
achievement  of  Italian  liberty  and  unity  as  the  greatest  and 
best  thing  that  happened  in  the  nineteenth  century,  and 
we  are  not  likely  to  think  less  highly  of  it  when  the  soldiers 
of  Italy  are  fighting  in  alliance  with  those  of  France  and 
England  in  defence  of  the  liberties  of  the  world.  And  yet 
— and  yet — Cavour  knew  that  his  great  goal  could  only  be 
reached  by  war,  and  that  Piedmont  by  herself  was  not 
strong  enough  to  challenge  the  whole  might  of  Austria. 
He  sought  eagerly  for  means  that  should  embroil  France 
with  Austria ;  stooped  to  treachery  and  fraud  in  pursuit 
of  his  ends  ;  connived  at  an  attack  upon  Neapolitan  terri- 
tory without  declaration  of  war  or  even  any  statement  of 
grievances  ;  and  invaded  the  Papal  territory  upon  a  pretext 
that  could  deceive  no  one  and  was  not  intended  to  do  so. 
If  he  could  have  been  told  in  1856  that  Europe  would  enjoy 
peace  for  the  next  twenty  years,  he  would  have  regarded 
that  as  the  death-knell  of  his  highest  hopes. 

Napoleon  III.  awaits  an  English  biographer  who  shall 


i  WAR  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  21 

present  the  man  and  his  policy  to  the  world  with  sufficient 
insight  and  knowledge.  In  France,  De  la  Gorce's  fine  work 
gives  us  a  fascinating  picture  of  the  man  and  his  times.  He 
had  great  talents,  but  his  name  was  more  powerful  in  pro- 
moting his  advance  than  his  talents.  The  memories  of 
the  great  days  of  the  great  Napoleon  seemed  all  the  brighter 
because  of  the  dull  rule  of  Louis  Philippe,  and  all  the  suffer- 
ing and  the  failure  had  grown  dim  in  men's  minds.  Then 
came  the  revolution,  the  socialist  experiments  which  per- 
haps had  never  been  intended  to  succeed,  the  outbreak  of 
violence  ;  and  the  second  Napoleon  (though  history  calls 
him  the  third)  rose,  by  much  the  same  steps  as  the  first 
Napoleon  had  trod  in  1799,  to  the  Presidency  and  then  to 
the  Empire  of  France.  He  was  a  man  of  ideas,  and  some  of 
them  were  good  ones  ;  he  dreamed  dreams  which  have  some 
of  them  come  true.  One  may  conjecture  that  he  would 
have  made  a  great  reputation  for  himself  as  a  professor  at 
the  Sorbonne  or  as  a  Parisian  journalist.  But  he  was  not  of 
the  stuff  of  which  great  rulers  are  made,  especially  such  as 
have  won  their  way  to  the  throne  in  time  of  revolution.  He 
had  no  natural  liking  for  war,  such  was  the  opinion  of 
Bismarck  himself ;  and  indeed  his  talents  did  not  lie  that 
way.  But  his  position  was  one  that  could  hardly  be  main- 
tained in  an  atmosphere  of  peace.  The  first  Napoleon 
found  that  unless  he  dazzled  the  eyes  of  France  with  recur- 
rent victories  men's  minds  turned  again  to  the  watchwords 
of  the  Revolution  ;  they  began  to  speak  of  liberty  and 
equality  again  ;  the  Republic  renewed  its  attractions.  And 
so  it  was  with  Napoleon  III.  France  had  not  raised  him 
to  the  imperial  power  that  he  should  use  it  in  the  spirit  of 
Louis  Philippe  ;  he  would  not  be  able  to  satisfy  her  with 
commercial  progress,  better  organisation,  and  an  honoured 
place  in  the  commonwealth  of  Europe.  His  position  forced 


22  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

him  on  to  military  adventures.  To  strengthen  his  unstable 
throne  and  to  secure  the  succession  to  his  son,  he  was  pushed 
on  to  one  enterprise  after  the  other — to  the  Crimea,  to 
Italy,  to  Mexico,  to  Sedan. 

If  Napoleon  III.  was  an  unsettling  force  in  Europe, 
Bismarck's  influence  made  constantly  for  war.  We  know 
him  well,  and  he  is  not  difficult  to  know.  Not  only  the 
researches  of  historians,  but  his  speeches,  and  above  all  his 
Reflections  and  Reminiscences,  reveal  the  man  to  us.  The 
contrast  with  Napoleon  III.  could  not  be  more  complete. 
The  element  of  charlatanry  which  vitiates  all  Napoleon's 
qualities  is  entirely  absent  in  Bismarck ;  he  is  of  one 
material  throughout,  and  that  material  is  granite.  He  was 
a  great  orator  though  he  despised  oratory,  and  wrote  with 
wonderful  effectiveness,  though  he  never  aspired  to  dis- 
tinction in  literature.  If  we  compare  him  with  contem- 
porary statesmen,  it  is  the  concentration  of  his  efforts  on 
one  purpose  that  marks  him  out  from  them,  with  the  excep- 
tion, perhaps,  of  Cavour.  He  concerns  himself  little  if  at  all 
with  art  and  thought ;  humanity,  in  both  senses  of  the  word, 
was  hardly  to  be  found  in  his  vocabulary.  He  was  really 
and  deeply  religious,  and  it  would  be  interesting  to  analyse 
the  character  of  his  religion  ;  it  is  the  "  good  Prussian  God  " 
that  he  believes  in.  He  was  devoted  to  one  object  only — 
the  glorification  of  the  Prussian  State  and  of  Germany  only 
in  so  far  as  it  could  be  absorbed  into  Prussia.  But  for 
the  purposes  of  this  chapter  it  is  only  necessary  to  insist 
that  this  man  of  genius  (few  will  deny  him  the  title)  was  as 
far  as  possible  from  thinking  of  the  maintenance  of  the 
peace  of  Europe  as  a  chief  end  of  his  efforts.  He  did  not 
desire  war  for  its  own  sake,  though  nowhere  does  he  speak 
with  any  dread  of  its  consequences.  But  the  object  after 
which  he  strove  continually — the  greatness  of  Prussia — 


i  WAR  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  23 

could  best,  he  thought,  be  reached  through  war,  and  a  great 
part  of  his  statesmanship  was  devoted  to  the  choosing  of  the 
proper  occasion  to  make  war.  For  the  ideals  of  Western 
Europe,  for  self-government,  public  opinion,  the  free  de- 
velopment of  the  individual,  for  progress,  the  fraternity  of 
peoples,  internationalism  in  all  its  forms,  he  had  nothing 
but  contempt.  He  specially  disliked  in  English  liberalism 
the  view  championed  by  Bright  and  Gladstone,  that  the 
laws  of  morality  were  applicable  to  politics.  Democracy 
was  for  him  the  enemy,  to  be  crushed,  or,  where  that  was 
impossible,  to  be  humoured  by  meaningless  concessions  : 
"  I  look  for  Prussia's  honour,"  he  wrote,  "  in  Prussia's 
abstinence,  before  all  things,  from  every  shameful  union  with 
democracy." 

When  three  such  statesmen  exercised  a  preponderant 
influence  on  the  destinies  of  Europe,  it  is  needless  to  regard 
the  wars  of  the  third  quarter  of  the  century  as  something 
mysterious  and  inexplicable.  Wars  came  because  they 
were  willed,  not  by  the  peoples,  but  by  statesmen  and 
governing  classes. 

Five  wars  fill  these  sixteen  years.  Of  the  Crimean 
War  we  have  already  spoken.  In  1859  Cavour  secured  a 
war  between  Piedmont  (Sardinia)  and  Austria,  and  gained 
the  support  of  France.  Victory  came  to  the  allied  armies, 
and  Cavour  seemed  within  reach  of  his  goal.  Then  Napoleon 
III.  made  peace  with  Austria  behind  the  back  of  his  ally. 
History  still  discusses  his  motives,  and  threatening  move- 
ments of  the  armies  of  Prussia  probably  formed  the  chief. 
Cavour  saw  in  the  retirement  of  Napoleon  the  ruin  of  his 
hopes,  but  the  spontaneous  movement  of  central  Italy 
compensated  for  the  withdrawal  of  the  French  armies  ; 
Garibaldi's  amazing  adventure  won  Sicily  and  Naples  for 
the  cause  of  Italy  ;  the  unprovoked  invasion  of  the  Papal 


24  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

States  completed  the  work.  Dante  and  Machiavelli  would 
both  have  welcomed  the  result,  but  Machiavelli  alone 
would  have  approved  the  means. 

Next  came  the  war  over  the  duchies  of  Schleswig- 
Holstein.  It  was  a  question  where  a  just  and  fair  solution 
would  have  been  difficult  even  for  the  best-intentioned 
diplomacy,  for  the  relation  of  the  duchies  to  the  crown 
of  Denmark  on  the  one  side,  and  to  Germany  on  the  other, 
presented  an  almost  inextricable  tangle.  No  power,  not 
even  Great  Britain,  comes  very  well  out  of  the  story.  The 
diet  at  Frankfort  raised  a  weak  and  querulous  voice  in 
favour  of  a  solution  of  the  question  by  an  appeal  to  the 
principles  of  Justice.  Any  such  parliamentary  action 
was  pushed  aside  by  the  military  powers  of  Prussia  and 
Austria.  It  is  of  importance  to  notice  that  Bismarck's 
own  position  was  most  seriously  threatened  at  the  time. 
Let  readers  go  to  Mr.  Headlam's  Bismarck  for  an  admirable 
account  of  the  constitutional  struggle  of  this  time. 
Bismarck  himself  tells  us  :  "  Some  progressive  journals 
hoped  to  see  me  picking  oakum  for  the  benefit  of  the  State  ; 
and  the  House  of  Deputies  declared  by  274  to  45  that 
ministers  were  responsible  with  their  persons  and  fortunes 
for  unconstitutional  expenditure."  Bismarck  has  said  scorn- 
fully of  Napoleon  III.  that  his  wars  were  prompted  by  his 
political  troubles  at  home.  But  Bismarck  was  himself  saved 
from  overthrow  in  the  great  crises  of  his  career  by  turning 
public  attention  to  war  and  intoxicating  the  people  with 
victory. 

The  Danish  duchies  were  occupied,  in  spite  of  the  pathetic 
heroism  of  the  Danes,  by  the  two  Great  Powers,  who  then  fell 
to  blows  with  regard  to  the  division  of  the  spoil.  Hence 
arose  Bismarck's  second  war — the  Seven  Weeks'  War  with 
Austria.  For  a  short  time  Prussia  seemed  upon  the  razor- 


i  WAK  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  25 

edge  of  fate.  Then  came  complete  victory,  and  when  the 
battle  of  Sadowa  had  been  fought  and  won,  it  was  Bis- 
marck who,  single-handed,  arranged  the  terms  of  peace. 
His  diplomatic  talents  never  showed  to  greater  advantage 
than  at  this  crisis.  Against  the  opinion  of  the  King  and  his 
military  advisers  he  insisted  on  favourable  terms  being 
granted  to  Austria  and  the  South  German  States  ;  and 
dragged  back  Moltke,  who  was  panting  for  more  righting 
and  conquering. 

It  was  not  humanity  that  controlled  his  action,  but  the 
vision  of  another  war  to  come.  He  wished  to  secure  the 
neutrality  of  Austria  and  the  alliance  of  the  German  States 
for  the  war  with  France,  which  he  foresaw.  A  war  with 
France,  Bismarck  said,  lay  "  in  the  logic  of  history  "  ;  and 
again,  "  I  took  it  as  assured  that  war  with  France  would 
necessarily  have  to  be  waged  on  the  road  to  our  further 
national  development  "  ;  and  yet  again,  "  I  did  not  doubt 
that  a  Franco-German  war  must  take  place  before  the 
construction  of  a  united  Germany  could  be  realised." 
Bismarck  is  not  often  guilty  of  cant,  but  this  of  the  "  logic 
of  history  "  comes  perilously  near  it.  Like  Edmund  in 
King  Lear,  "  he  puts  his  own  disposition  to  the  credit  of  a 
star."  Does  the  phrase  mean  much  more  than  this — that 
Bismarck  saw  that  German  union  could  only  be  accom- 
plished if  the  States  of  the  South  were  mesmerised  by  war 
and  victory  into  acceptance  of  the  dominion  of  Prussia  ? 
Certainly  he  never  made  the  least  attempt  to  discover 
whether  the  "  logic  of  history  "  were  not  capable  of  a  peace- 
ful interpretation. 

The  situation  in  France  lent  itself  to  Bismarck's  schemes. 
Napoleon's  schemes  did  not  prosper.  His  mind  was  losing, 
partly  perhaps  through  illness,  its  old  alertness  and  elas- 
ticity. The  birth  of  the  Prince  Imperial  made  his  parents 


26  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

cling  more  passionately  to  power,  but  had  not  really 
strengthened  the  dynasty.  Opposition  showed  itself  and 
was  only  partly  quelled  by  the  grant  of  more  liberal  in- 
stitutions. A  good  war  and  a  good  victory  suggested  itself 
as  the  one  remedy,  and  if  Napoleon  did  not  approve  he  did 
not  actively  oppose.  The  diplomatic  exchanges  that  pre- 
ceded the  war  cannot  be  examined ;  but  it  is  worth  while 
re-emphasising  the  fact  that  the  desired  war  had  nearly 
failed  to  break  out.  If  we  misrepresent  Bismarck  here  it 
is  at  least  his  own  fault.  He  has  told  us  through  half  a 
dozen  channels  that  the  Franco-German  War  would  not 
have  come  when  it  did  and  as  it  did  if  he  had  not  forced 
it  upon  the  nation.  In  his  Reminiscences  (ii.  p.  95)  he  has 
told  us  how  he  believed  peace  inevitable  in  consequence 
of  the  turn  which  had  been  taken  by  the  negotiations  with 
France,  and  had  decided  in  consequence  to  resign.  Then 
came  a  telegram  from  the  King  at  Ems  giving  the  account 
of  his  interview  with  Benedetti,  the  French  envoy,  which 
he  believed  to  have  ended  peacefully  and  satisfactorily. 
Bismarck  read  the  telegram  to  Moltke  and  Roon,  who  were 
dining  with  him  ;  it  seemed  to  them  to  mean  peace,  and 
"  their  dejection  was  so  great  that  they  turned  away  from 
food  and  drink."  Bismarck  had  been  instructed  to  com- 
municate the  news  to  the  press  in  whatever  way  he  thought 
best ;  and  he  prepared  a  message  which  suggested,  without 
asserting,  that  Benedetti's  interview  with  the  King  had  been 
a  stormy  one  and  had  ended  in  a  rupture.  This  version 
was  greeted  by  Moltke  with  the  words,  "  Now  it  has  a 
different  ring  ;  it  sounded  before  like  a  parley,  now  it  is  like 
a  flourish  in  answer  to  a  challenge."  And  Roon  exclaimed, 
"  Our  old  God  lives  still  and  will  not  let  us  perish  in  dis- 
grace." The  message  thus  prepared  was  sent  to  the  papers. 
The  inflammable  feelings  of  Germany  and  of  France  blazed 


i  WAR  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  27 

up  at  its  touch.  The  war  came  and  produced  the  results  that 
Bismarck  desired — victory  and  the  union  of  Germany  under 
the  leadership  of  Prussia.  It  is  a  far  cry  from  the  senti- 
mental phrases  of  the  Holy  Alliance  to  the  scene  at  Berlin  ; 
but  Roon's  morals  and  theology  are  no  improvement  on  the 
Czar  Alexander's. 

The  moderation  of  1866  found  no  place  in  the  Treaty  of 
Frankfurt  which  marked  the  close  of  the  Franco-German 
War.  Alsace  and  Lorraine  were  torn  from  France  without 
any  consideration  of  the  wishes  of  the  inhabitants.  A 
huge  war  indemnity  was  to  be  paid  and  an  army  of  occu- 
pation was  to  be  maintained  until  the  money  was  forth- 
coming. Such  a  settlement  made  any  reconciliation  between 
France  and  Germany  almost  impossible.  Nor  did  the 
authorities  of  Germany  desire  a  reconciliation.  The  per- 
manent hostility  of  France  has  been  a  useful  force  for  the 
maintenance  of  the  German  constitution  which,  created 
by  war,  has  always  seemed  to  exist  for  war,  and  would 
certainly  have  become  liable  to  fundamental  change  in  an 
atmosphere  of  settled  peace. 
• 

4.  HOPES  AND  FEARS  SINCE  1871 

After  the  Treaty  of  Frankfurt  the  land  had  rest  for  more 
than  forty  years.  From  1871  until  July  1914  there  was  no 
conflict  among  the  Great  Powers  of  Europe.  That  is  a 
remarkable  fact.  Western  Europe  has  not  been  free  from 
war  for  so  long  since  the  end  of  the  peaceful  period  of  the 
Roman  Empire  in  the  second  century  A.D. 

When  the  history  of  those  forty -three  years  comes  to  be 
written  they  will  doubtless  be  labelled  with  various  titles. 
From  the  point  of  view  that  we  are  considering  they  might 
be  called  "  The  Great  Disappointment " ;  for  those  who 


28  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

loved  peace  and  regarded  it  as  the  first  necessity  for  the 
progress  of  European  civilisation  began  to  think  before  the 
end  that  the  omens  were  favourable  to  their  hopes,  and 
that,  in  spite  of  the  many  and  great  dangers,  a  few  more 
years  might  see  some  great  thing  done  to  bring  the  chief 
States  of  the  world  together  in  permanent  co-operation.  It 
may  be  well,  while  we  can  almost  hear  the  guns  in  Flanders 
and  Poland  and  the  Dardanelles,  to  review  the  grounds  of 
these  vanished  hopes. 

There  was  the  manifest  need  of  peace.  Despite  the 
enormous  increase  of  wealth  the  problem  of  poverty  was 
urgent  and  seemed  the  one  central  problem  of  civilisation. 
War  would  only  intensify  it,  and  could  not  solve  any  phase 
of  it,  except  for  the  passing  moment.  Assuming  that  reason 
guides  in  the  long  run  the  actions  of  mankind,  it  seemed 
incredible  that  Europe  should  plunge  into  that  abyss  in 
which  she  now  agonises. 

Then  there  was  the  general  increase  in  popular  control 
over  the  actions  of  the  State,  the  democratic  and  labour 
movement  in  its  varying  forms.  Hatred  of  militarism  was 
a  common  feature  of  all  these  movements,  however  widely 
they  differed  in  other  respects. 

Further,  the  unity  and  solidarity  of  civilisation  had 
grown  clearer  and  clearer.  To  the  historian  of  progress  it 
was  plain  that  Europe  was  a  real  unity  which  transcended 
the  particular  nations  ;  and  in  England  and  France  at  any 
rate  it  had  become  a  commonplace  to  say  that  from  the 
point  of  view  of  culture  national  frontiers  were  almost 
negligible.  The  great  Germans  of  a  past  age  had  contri- 
buted to  this  feeling.  Goethe  and  Beethoven  were  on  our 
side.  Music  seemed  the  real  universal  language  by  which 
what  is  best  in  each  nation  can  hold  communion  without 
any  sense  of  separation. 


i  WAK  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  29 

Labour  and  capital — those  unreconciled  antagonists — 
seemed  each  to  contribute  to  the  victory  of  the  international 
idea.  Both  spread  their  organisations  over  all  civilised 
countries  irrespectively  of  language,  race,  or  State.  Mr. 
Norman  Angell's  widely  read  pamphlet  The  Great  Illusion 
was  interpreted  as  meaning  that  the  economic  interdepend- 
ence of  States  was  so  great  that  war  was  henceforth  nearly 
an  impossibility. 

It  seemed,  too,  to  many  of  us  (it  is  well  to  confess  our 
blindness,  if  indeed  we  were  blind)  that  the  heart  of  Europe 
was  turning  to  peace.  France  seemed  to  be  forgetting  her 
dreams  of  revenge  ;  in  England  any  statesman  who  dared 
to  speak  of  war  as  anything  but  a  great  evil  would  have  had 
to  disappear  from  public  life,  and  the  individual  voices  who 
spoke  in  praise  of  the  "  glorious  game  of  war  "  were  few 
and  seemed  to  be  losing  influence.  The  dangerous  and  war- 
like temper  of  much  German  thought  was  known,  though 
not  so  well  known  as  it  now  is  ;  but  from  individual  Germans 
and  from  important  groups  came  manifestations  of  peaceful 
aims  which  were  certainly  sincere. 

These  hopes  were  not  the  dreams  of  pacifists  alone. 
Mr.  Alison  Phillips  ended  his  well-known  Handbook  of 
Modern  Europe  (published  in  1901)  with  an  expression  of 
hope  that  the  nations  of  Europe  might,  "  in  spite  of  count- 
less jealousies  and  misunderstandings,  grow  in  time  to 
realise  their  unity  in  all  that  constitutes  a  nation  :  in  their 
common  origins,  their  common  traditions,  their  common 
interests." 

In  addition  to  these  general  tendencies  efforts  were  made, 
of  a  tentative  kind,  to  give  Europe  principles  and  organisa- 
tions on  which  she  might  base  a  peaceful  existence.  The 
principle  of  "  Balance  of  Power  "  is  insufficient  and  often 
dangerous  to  peace,  but  since  the  sixteenth  century  it  has 


30  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

given  Europe  an  ideal  that  has  not  been  altogether  without 
value.  And  though  the  Great  Powers  have  not  tried  again 
the  experiment  that  failed  in  the  Holy  Alliance  and  in  the 
Treaty  of  Chaumont,  they  have  often  come  together  to 
consider  the  measures  that  should  be  taken  to  meet  a 
European  crisis.  It  seemed  possible  that  out  of  this  vague 
Concert  of  Europe  there  might  be  developed  some  more 
permanent  organisation  for  the  guardianship  of  the  peace 
of  Europe.  Sir  Edward  Grey  gave  utterance  to  such  a 
hope  just  before  the  outbreak  of  the  present  war.  Most 
important  and  most  hopeful  of  all  was  the  establishment  of 
the  Conference  at  the  Hague  on  the  initiative  of  the  Czar  in 
1899,  when  the  delegates  of  twenty-six  States  met  together 
to  try  to  find  the  road  to  peace.  The  failure  of  the  Hague 
movement  has  been  loudly  proclaimed.  Certainly  it  did 
not  reduce  armaments ;  too  obviously  it  did  not  secure 
peace  ;  but  it  provided  a  permanent  machinery  for  arbitra- 
tion, which  has  been  extensively  used.  When  the  flood  of 
war  recedes  the  Hague  tribunal  will  assuredly  be  left  stand- 
ing, and  it  will  probably  form  the  centre  and  starting-point 
of  the  efforts  towards  peace  and  internationalism  in  the 
future. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  thunder-stroke  of  July  1914  only 
appeared  to  come  out  of  a  clear  sky  to  those  who  had  not 
been  watching  the  clouds.  The  atmosphere  had  never  been 
peaceful  since  1871. 

There  had  been  first  the  competition  in  armaments.  For 
this  the  Treaty  of  Frankfurt  was  chiefly  responsible. 
Bismarck,  as  we  have  seen,  had  made  no  effort  to  conciliate 
France  ;  rather,  and  in  this  he  represented  the  mind  of 
Germany,  he  aimed  at  her  humiliation.  Moreover,  the  war, 
with  its  hurricane  attack,  had  shown  how  terrible  were  the 
dangers  of  unpreparedness,  and  that  a  war  might  be  irre- 


i  WAK  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  31 

trievably  lost  in  the  first  few  days  of  it.  So  army  bill 
followed  army  bill ;  universal  military  service  was  adopted 
all  over  the  Continent.  Competition  in  navies  followed  later, 
but  became  quite  as  serious.  Some  said,  and  perhaps 
believed,  that  all  this  made  for  peace,  that  war  had  become 
so  terrible  that  it  would  not  be  waged.  A  popular  politician 
in  England  once  affirmed  that  the  conscience  of  mankind 
had  grown  so  sensitive  that  it  would  soon  be  as  impossible 
for  a  commander  to  give  the  order  for  torpedoing  the  enemy's 
vessel  as  it  would  be  for  him  to  revert  to  cannibalism.  It 
is  now  clear  that  armaments  are  made  to  be  used,  and  when 
made  are  very  likely  to  be  used. 

Then  colonial  rivalries  came  to  increase  resentments  that 
had  their  origins  in  Europe.  Great  Britain  became  in- 
creasingly conscious  of  her  colonial  possessions,  and  the 
sentiment  of  imperialism,  though  it  struggled  into  life  with 
difficulty,  became  extremely  strong  and  sometimes  danger- 
ous. France  built  up  a  great  African  colonial  empire. 
Germany  was  later  in  the  field,  but  threw  herself  with 
characteristic  force  and  thoroughness  into  the  task  of 
winning  and  organising  colonies.  There  was  much  friction 
between  Russia  and  Great  Britain  on  account  of  rival  claims 
in  Asia.  Africa  seemed  even  more  likely  to  prove  the  cause 
of  a  great  European  conflict,  but  the  difficulty  was  tem- 
porarily overcome  by  the  partition  of  Africa  among  the 
European  Powers,  which  was  largely  engineered  by  Lord 
Salisbury.  But  colonial  rivalries  and  the  passion  for 
acquisition  still  remained.  When  Great  Britain  was  engaged 
in  the  Boer  War  the  opinion  of  the  civilised  world  was 
ranged  against  her.  That  the  danger  passed  without  war 
seemed  to  some  to  show  that  the  European  State  system 
was  more  stable  than  many  had  imagined.  But  it  was  not- 
after  all  from  this  source  that  the  great  conflagration  came. 


32  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

While  the  Great  Powers  of  Europe  were  at  peace,  though 
hardly  peaceful,  the  Balkan  Peninsula  was  the  cause  of 
constant  disquiet.  Hopes  founded  on  the  possibility  of 
the  Turks  reforming  themselves  hardly  survived  the 
Crimean  War.  Turkish  rule  in  the  Peninsula  was  what  it 
had  always  been,  the  military  rule  of  an  alien  minority, 
which  made  no  effort  to  conciliate  the  subject  populations. 
The  hopes  of  the  non-Turkish  and  Christian  populations 
rose  higher  and  gave  rise  to  movements  which  proved  in 
the  end  successful.  It  would  serve  no  good  purpose  here 
to  follow  the  course  of  Balkan  history  since  1871.  There 
was  war  there  on  three  occasions  before  the  outbreak  of  the 
present  conflict :  in  1876-77,  when  a  Russian  army  marching 
to  the  assistance  of  the  Bulgarians  arrived  at  the  gates  of 
Constantinople,  only  to  be  turned  back  from  final  victory  by 
the  action  of  the  British  Government;  in  1897,  when  a 
frontier  quarrel  led  to  a  war  between  Greece  and  Turkey, 
which  would  have  had  more  serious  consequences  for  Greece 
if  it  had  not  been  for  the  intervention  of  Europe  ;  and 
again  two  years  ago  (1913),  when  the  Balkan  League  nearly 
swept  the  Turks  from  Europe  and  then  fell  to  pieces  and  civil 
war  in  the  hour  of  victory.  There  was  some  comfort  for  the 
lovers  of  peace  in  these  wars,  in  that  the  war  was  in  each 
instance  kept  from  kindling  a  European  conflagration.  If 
peace  were  prolonged  it  was  thought  that  there  would  be 
greater  and  greater  unwillingness  to  disturb  it,  and  the  folly 
of  the  expenditure  on  armaments  that  were  never  to  be 
used  would  at  last  be  forced  on  the  minds  of  statesmen. 

Then  came  the  thunderclap  of  1914. 

So  of  all  mortals  under  heaven's  wide  cope 

We  were  most  hopeless  that  had  once  most  hope, 

And  most  beliefless  who  had  most  believed. 


i  WAE  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  33 

5.  THE  PAST  AND  THE  FUTURE 

We  examined  at  the  beginning  of  this  paper  the  failure 
of  the  Holy  Alliance  and  the  schemes  for  the  Confederation 
of  Europe  which  followed  the  battle  of  Waterloo  ;  and  we 
saw  that  the  failure  of  those  schemes  was  largely  to  be 
ascribed  to  the  fact  that  the  statesmen  of  Europe  did  not 
realise  that  states  grew,  and  that  their  social  and  political 
structure  inevitably  changed  with  time.  Can  we  see  any 
such  general  cause  for  the  failure  of  the  hope  that  grew 
again  after  1871  ?  The  attempt  is  at  least  worth  making. 

There  are  many  who  would  ascribe  it  to  the  inherent 
defects  of  human  nature.  A  politician  of  the  Elizabethan 
age,  in  speaking  of  the  conditioti  of  Ireland  and  the  failure 
of  all  the  schemes  (very  bad  schemes  they  were)  for  its 
better  government,  summed  up  his  opinion  by  saying,  "  The 
true  cause  of  the  trouble  is  the  Devil,  who  will  not  have  Ire- 
land to  be  reformed."  A  similar  philosophy  of  despair  has 
been  on  the  lips  of  many  of  us  during  the  past  year.  "  Man," 
it  has  been  said,  "  is  not  good  enough  to  make  the  best  of. 
Neither  head  nor  heart  is  sound.  He  cannot  will  peace 
steadily,  and  when  he  wills  it  cannot  pursue  it  by  the  right 
methods."  The  States  of  Europe  seem  then  doomed  to  the 
fate  of  the  great  crowd  of  sinners  in  the  Fourth  Circle  of 
Dante's  Inferno,  who  perpetually  roll  great  weights  along 
with  all  the  force  of  their  bodies,  until  they  strike  against 
others,  who  half-blindly  are  pushing  similar  weights,  when, 
after  a  savage  altercation  they  turn  round,  soon  to  strike 
against  other  opponents,  and  so  suffer  eternally  in  meaning- 
less and  profitless  effort  and  conflict. 

Such  pessimism  is  not  reasonable  even  in  this  dark  hour. 
The  catastrophe  indeed  has  no  parallel  in  history  since  the 
barbarians  of  the  north  trampled  down  the  civilisation  of 


34  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  i 

the  Roman  Empire ;  but  even  so  the  forces  that  were 
drawing  Europe  together  will  not  cease  to  work.  The  in- 
tellectual and  moral  unity  of  Europe  remains  a  fact.  Hope 
is  a  duty,  but  it  must  also  find  something  tangible  to  which 
it  may  cling,  and  such  support  is  not  wanting.  All  history 
may  be  interpreted  as  an  effort  after  unity  and  peaceful 
intercourse  among  men.  Nor  need  we  be  discouraged  by 
the  fact  that  from  the  beginning  of  recorded  history  efforts 
to  secure  unity  and  peace  have  ended  in  failure.  For 
though  no  complete  or  final  victory  has  been  gained,  a  real 
advance  has  been  made.  And  the  persistent  and  recurrent 
efforts  even  in  the  darkest  periods  may  be  regarded  as  the 
best  prophecy  of  victory.  After  the  War  all  opinions  and 
all  organisations  will  be  revised  in  the  light  of  the  test 
afforded  by  this  crisis.  And  to  the  writer  of  this  chapter  one 
thing  seems  clear.  The  problem  of  international  organisa- 
tion will  have  to  be  resolutely  faced.  The  independent 
and  self -determining  State  has  many  attractions  and  many 
advantages  ;  but  we  see  where  it  leads  us.  The  spon- 
taneous trend  towards  human  unity  is  real  and  strong, 
but  it  has  to  be  supplemented  by  conscious  effort,  and  it  must 
find  support  and  expression  in  permanent  organisations. 
The  organisation  and  development  of  the  State  has  been 
attended  with  loss  as  well  as  gain  to  the  individuals  and 
groups  contained  within  it ;  but  the  gain  has  enormously 
outweighed  the  loss.  What  has  been  lost  in  independence 
and  egotistic  self-consciousness  has  been  repaid  over  and 
over  again  in  order,  peace,  and  the  sense  of  belonging  to  a 
great  whole.  The  State  and  the  nation  would  similarly  gain 
enormously  by  recognising  their  subordination  to  Europe, 
or  even  to  a  human  unity  greater  than  Europe,  and  by 
allowing  nationalist  and  imperialist  aims  to  be  modified 
and  overruled  by  the  claims  of  humanity.  The  first  and 


i  WAK  AND  PEACE  SINCE  1815  35 

immediate  enemy  is  that  doctrine,  specially  represented 
by  Germany,  but  lurking  really  in  the  minds  of  many  who 
denounce  the  doctrine  of  Treitschke  and  Machiavelli,  that 
the  State  is  an  end  in  itself,  that  private  morality  cannot  or 
ought  not  to  be  brought  into  connection  with  public  morality, 
and  that  nothing  can  be  imagined  higher  than  the  State. 
But  even  when  that  form  of  madness  has  given  way  to  a 
higher  and  saner  view  of  history  and  society,  there  can  be 
no  guarantee  of  international  peace  except  by  international 
institutions.  It  is  easy  to  say  that  they  have  often  been 
tried  and  they  have  always  failed.  Their  success  has  been 
temporary  and  limited,  but  we  look  back  now  with  better 
appreciation  to  the  Catholic  Church  of  the  Middle  Ages, 
and  to  the  Holy  Eoman  Empire,  as  to  great  and  noble  efforts 
in  the  right  direction.  The  dreams  of  Henry  of  Navarre, 
of  Leibnitz,  of  Saint  Pierre  were  Utopian.  But  we  may  take 
courage  from  the  War  which  has  realised  so  many  scientific 
nightmares  to  believe  that  dreams  may  also  come  true  in 
the  domain  of  political  and  social  organisation.  It  is  the 
great  sin  of  Germany  that  she  has  made  all  international 
organisation  so  much  more  difficult  than  it  seemed  some 
years  ago.  But  the  effort  must  begin  again  with  a  clearer 
realisation  of  the  goal  we  are  aiming  at :  Europe  must  be 
provided  not  merely  with  a  permanent  court  for  arbitration, 
good  as  that  is,  and  capable  of  indefinite  expansion.  In 
whatever  form  there  must  be  a  European  directorate. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

A  bibliography  of  this  chapter  is  not  really  possible,  for  it  touches 
on  the  whole  century  since  the  battle  of  Waterloo.  I  have  expressed 
my  debt  for  the  first  pages  to  Alison  Phillips,  Confederation  of  Europe, 
A  Study  of  the  European  Alliance  1815-1823.  Of  the  many  histories 
of  the  nineteenth  century  I  should  like  specially  to  recommend 


36  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 

C.  A.  Fyffe's  Modern  Europe  (Cassell,  10s.  6d.)  and  W.  Alison  Phillips's 
Modern  Europe  (Rivington,  6s.),  the  first  distinguished  by  great  vigour 
and  clearness  of  exposition  and  by  warm  sympathy  with  liberal  and 
humane  movements:  the  second  full,  accurate,  and  impartial.  J.  A.  R. 
Marriott's  Remaking  of  Modern  Europe,  1789-1878  (Methucn,  2s.  6d.) 
is  short,  but  clear  and  stimulating.  For  the  study  of  the  political 
development  of  the  European  states,  C.  Seignobos,  Political  History 
of  Contemporary  Europe  (Heinemann,  6s.)  is  essential;  but  in  it 
political  change  is  isolated  from  all  the  forces  that  have  influenced  it, 
from  industry,  thought,  and  even  from  war.  The  Cambridge  Modern 
History,  vols.  x.,  xi.,  and  xii.,  is  a  useful  work  of  reference. 

For  Bismarck,  who  dominates  the  diplomacy  of  the  century,  we 
have  the  excellent  biography  of  J.  W.  Headlam  (Putnam,  6s.);  but 
Bismarck's  own  Reflections  and  Recollections  is  a  book  essential  to  any 
criticism  of  his  policy.  For  Cavour  and  Italy,  Bolton  King's  History 
of  Italian  Unity  (Nisbet,  24s.)  and  Stillman,  Union  of  Italy  (Cam- 
bridge, 4s.  6d.),  are  of  great  use.  Cavour's  own  Letters  (untranslated) 
are  the  great  mine  of  information.  Books  on  modern  France  in 
English  are  curiously  few.  The  chapters  in  Jarvis's  Studentf'  France 
(Murray,  7s.  6d. )  are  useful :  also  Lebon's  Modern  France  (Unwin,  5s.) : 
chapters  in  the  Cambridge  Modern  History  and  an  Essay  of  Lord 
Acton's  in  Historical  Essays  and  Studies  the  "  Causes  of  the  War  of 
1870."  The  Bibliography  published  by  the  Council  for  the  Study  of 
International  Relations  (The  Causes  of  the  War  :  What  to  Read  (6d.)) 
is  of  great  value  for  the  purposes  of  this  chapter. 


II 

THE  CAUSES  OF  MODERN  WARS 

1.  THE  IDEAL  OF  A  "  STATIC  "  WOULD 

MANY  philosophers,  both  kindly  and  cynical,  have  been 
impressed  by  the  degree  to  which  men  are  influenced  by  the 
words  they  use.  Thought  and  language  are  inextricably 
linked  together,  and  the  word  which  should  be  the  expres- 
sion of  the  thought  is  often  its  master.  Thus  the  word 
"  Foreign  "  has  done  much  to  diminish  both  the  interest 
which  British  people  should  have  felt  in  the  conduct  of 
their  country  towards  other  countries  and  their  sense  of 
responsibility  for  that  conduct.  "  Foreign  policy  "  sounded 
something  which  had  to  do  with  other  states,  something 
unknown  and  more  or  less  unknowable  as  far  as  ordinary 
folk  were  concerned ;  it  was  the  sphere  of  the  aristocratic 
or  bureaucratic  diplomatist,  or  at  best  of  the  Parliamentary 
or  journalistic  specialist.  It  was  full  of  problems  that 
could  not  be  even  understood  without  some  knowledge  of 
foreign  geography,  foreign  history,  and,  to  some  extent, 
foreign  languages.  Even  with  such  an  equipment  the 
inquiry  might  be  baffled  by  the  secrecy  of  diplomatic 
methods.  There  might  be  treaties  on  which  the  peace  of 
the  world  depended,  and  yet  they  remained  secret.  To 
this  day  the  full  terms  of  the  Triple  Alliance  have  not  been 

37 


38  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  n 

made  public .  In  a  word  the  whole  thing  was  "  Continental , ' ' 
not  British  ;  and  British  people  were  inclined  to  pass  it  by 
and  to  absorb  themselves  in  political  or  social  questions 
with  which  they  were  familiar.  The  very  fact  that  of  recent 
years  an  effort,  on  the  whole  successful,  had  been  made  to 
keep  foreign  affairs  out  of  party  politics,  whilst  it  is,  perhaps, 
the  severest  judgment  that  could  be  passed  on  the  Party 
System,  has  tended  to  deepen  the  prevailing  ignorance. 
It  may  be  argued  that  frank  ignorance  is  better  than  the 
kind  of  knowledge  which  is  derived  from  a  general  election. 
Still  the  ignorance  was  there,  and  with  it  perhaps  even  more 
dislike  and  suspicion.  Men,  for  instance,  who  were  devoted 
to  the  social  and  economic  problems  amid  which  they  lived, 
and  which  they  could  see  and  touch,  grew  impatient  of 
far-away  questions  which  appeared  to  lie  at  the  mercy  of 
diplomatists,  men  whom  they  profoundly  distrusted ;  and 
their  impatience  was  not  lessened  when  politicians  with 
whom  they  disagreed  intruded,  as  they  would  put  it,  into 
home  politics  arguments  derived  from  our  foreign  relations. 
The  war  was  a  rude  awakening.  No  man  can  now 
afford  to  neglect  foreign  politics.  They  have  come  terribly 
home  to  all  of  us,  and  there  can  be  little  doubt  about  the 
immediate  task.  Yet  when  the  men  who  have  all  through 
distrusted  diplomacy  and  all  its  methods  begin  to  inquire 
into  the  past  and  to  think  of  the  future,  they  often  ask 
themselves  if  a  more  democratic  system  might  not  simplify 
foreign  relations  almost  beyond  recognition.  They  know 
that  they  themselves,  in  the  past,  wished  nothing  but  good 
to  other  peoples,  and  they  cannot  conceive  that,  under 
normal  conditions,  the  people  in  other  states  should  wish 
them  any  harm.  If  only  the  intrigues  of  ambitious  govern- 
ments and  the  greed  of  bondholders  could  be  controlled, 
and  if  countries  could  be  kept  clear  of  entanglements  and 


n  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODERN  WARS  39 

alliances,  secret  or  avowed,  international  relations  could 
be  established  on  a  permanent  basis  of  non-intervention. 
Peace  is  so  obviously  the  interest  of  a  people  that  it  is 
unbelievable  that  any  should  want  to  go  to  war.  War 
must  come  from  smaller  bodies  within  a  nation  who  may 
expect  some  profit  from  it.  If  Governments  were  really 
representative  of  the  people  and  controlled  by  them,  states 
would  soon  settle  down  into  a  static  condition  in  which  each 
respected  the  independence  of  the  others.  This  principle 
and  practice  of  non-interference  would  not  prevent  all 
possible  disputes ;  there  are  still,  for  one  thing,  debatable 
lands,  but  it  would  solve  the  great  majority  of  international 
questions,  those,  especially,  which  stir  men's  blood  and 
awake  national  antagonisms.  Other  questions  could  be 
left  to  Hague  Courts  or  arbitration.  Treaties  and  alliances, 
with  all  their  provocative  tendencies,  would  be  unnecessary  ; 
nations  would  not  have  to  place  themselves  in  one  or  other 
of  rival  groups,  and  the  ghastly  competition  in  armies  and 
armaments  would  Cease.  Isolation  of  this  kind  would  not 
separate  nations.  On  the  contrary  it  would  form  the  only 
secure  basis  on  which  to  establish  a  union  of  peoples. 
Commercial  and  other  dealings  and  every  form  of  neigh- 
bourly office  would  develop,  and  something  might  be  done 
to  fill  up  the  chasms  which  have  been  dug  between  the 
nationalities  of  the  world.  Such  a  state  of  affairs  reads 
like  a  dream,  an  impossible  millennium ;  yet  it  seems  to 
require  for  its  realisation  merely  a  democratic  control  of 
foreign  policy,  and  then  little  more  than  the  negative 
virtue  of  non-interference,  of  minding  one's  own  business  ; 
a  virtue  which  seems  easy  enough  to  men  who  have  never 
had  the  least  wish  to  interfere  with  any  foreign  nation. 

Let  it  be  said  at  once  that  this  conception  of  a  static 
relation  between  nations  was  the  foundation  on  which  the 


40  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  n 

traditional  system  of  International  Law  was  built  up. 
That  system,  as  we  find  it  elaborated  three  centuries  ago 
in  the  great  legal  treatise  of  Hugo  Grotius,  was  accepted 
as  an  ideal,  however  flagrantly  it  may  have  been  violated 
in  practice,  till  the  middle  of  the  last  century.  It  treated 
States  as  corporate  persons  ;  they  were  all,  great  or  small, 
equal  in  rights  ;  they  were  all  independent ;  only  special 
treaty-rights  would  justify  one  State  in  interfering  with  the 
internal  affairs  or  the  independence  of  another.  This 
doctrine  still  remains  for  most  men  the  cardinal  principle 
of  international  morals,  but  it  has  been  obscured  and 
complicated  by  the  principle  of  Nationality  according  to 
which  the  rights  of  the  "  nation,"  often  an  uncertain 
quantity,  over-ride  those  of  the  "  State,"  a  determinate 
political  unit.  But  though  there  will  always  be  difficulties 
of  interpretation  and  difficulties  in  applying  principles  to 
practice,  the  essential  point  is  the  conviction  that  the 
moral  law  is  binding  on  men  whether  they  act  singly  or 
whether  they  act  in  masses,  that  there  is  a  right  and  a 
wrong  in  State  action,  and  that  in  all  cases  the  action  of 
the  State  should  be  capable  of  justification  on  some  general 
principle.  This  is  the  foundation  of  all  International  Law, 
that  is  not  merely  a  matter  of  convenience,  and  it  is  this 
which  gives  a  dignity  to  that  static  community  of  States 
referred  to  above.  The  best  reason  for  not  interfering  with 
your  neighbour  is  respect  for  his  rights  and  his  independence. 
Common  sense,  therefore,  law  and  morals  appear  for  once 
to  agree. 

Yet  in  spite  of  all  that  can  be  said  in  favour  of  the 
apparently  simple  policy  of  non-intervention  it  is,  as  a 
matter  of  fact,  so  pathetically  far  from  the  present  reality 
that  it  seems  almost  childish  to  discuss  it.  Nor  indeed 
can  this  grim  contrast  between  the  real  and  the  ideal  be 


ii  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODEKN  WAKS  41 

explained  by  saying  that  in  each  country  the  popular  wish 
for  peace  and  goodwill  has  not  been  able  to  express  itself  in 
the  action  of  the  Government.  The  solution  is  not  so  simple. 

To  begin  with  it  is  not  at  all  certain  that  absolute  stability 
in  the  relations  between  States  is  in  itself  desirable.  This 
world  is  not  a  "  static  "  world.  Our  apparent  state  of  rest 
is  often  but  the  resultant  of  conflicting  forces.  However 
much  sanctity  we  may  allow  to  the  claims  of  stability  and 
tradition,  we  must  also  make  provision  for  change,  for  new 
conditions.  There  may  be  a  danger  of  what  Lord  Acton 
called  "  the  tyranny  of  the  dead  over  the  living."  We  can 
see  now  that  it  would  have  been  absurd  to  stereotype  the 
territorial  divisions  of  the  Europe  of  the  Congress  of  Vienna 
in  1815,  and  to  our  descendants  the  Europe  of  1913  will 
doubtless  look  equally  capable  of  improvement.  Again 
the  doctrine  of  non-intervention  has  its  limitations.  It  is 
probably  the  safest  of  all  the  general  principles  regulating 
the  relations  between  States,  and  yet,  as  we  shall  see,  when- 
ever there  has  been  some  big  movement  afoot,  whenever 
ideas,  things  of  the  spirit,  have  exercised  more  than  common 
influence  over  men's  actions,  these  material  frontiers  of 
States  have  been  but  flimsy  barriers,  and  the  bonds  of  a 
common  faith  or  a  common  enthusiasm  have  proved 
stronger  than  political  ties.  Such  movements  may  have 
been  often  enough  revolutionary,  arrogant,  contemptuous 
of  the  rights  of  others,  but  not  always.  They  have  also 
been  the  result  of  good  will  towards  the  oppressed,  for 
there  is  occasion  sometimes,  though  perhaps  rarely,  for 
national  knight-errantry. 

Even  were  we  to  agree  that  the  static  system  is  always 
and  altogether  desirable,  it  is  certainly  not  likely  to  survive 
for  long  by  the  mere  good  will  of  the  countries  composing 
it.  A  dynamic  force  is  certain  to  break  into  the  static 


42  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  u 

calm,  a  force  which  comes  from  human  will,  from  a  country 
that  for  some  reason  or  other  is  discontented  with  the 
status  quo.  There  have  at  all  times  been  countries  with 
unsatisfied  desires,  countries  with  appetites  or  ideals  for 
which  they  were  prepared  to  fight.  Let  it  be  admitted 
that  in  some  cases  these  are  the  appetites  of  a  government 
or  a  governing  class,  and  that  with  a  more  democratic 
constitution  they  would  be  kept  under  control ;  still  it  will 
be  long  before  all  the  great  states  of  Europe  have  demo- 
cratic governments,  and  it  would  be  folly  to  attempt  to 
construct  an  ideal  Europe  on  the  supposition  that  demo- 
cracies are  to  prevail  universally.  It  is  much  more 
important,  however,  to  notice  that  as  a  rule  wars  have  been 
"  popular,"  that  the  dynamic  force  has  come,  if  not  from 
the  whole  nation,  at  least  from  an  active  and  widespread 
minority,  without  protest  from  the  rest ;  and  this,  after 
all,  is  what  is  usually  meant  by  a  "  national  "  movement. 
Look  into  all  the  great  movements  of  history  whether 
religious,  political,  or  national,  and  you  will  find  that  they 
are  the  acts  of  minorities.  The  majority  is,  perhaps  neces- 
sarily, passive,  though  it  may  be  consenting.  It  is  then 
the  object  of  this  chapter  to  point  out  the  dynamic  forces 
that  have  produced  wars  during  the  recent  history  of 
Europe  ;  not  that  it  is  possible  to  draw  exact  conclusions 
from  a  summary  historical  survey,  but  because  it  is  our 
only  means  of  getting  to  understand  how  nations  act, 
what  motives  are  apt  to  influence  them.  We  get  to  know 
our  fellow-men  by  the  experience  we  have  of  ourselves 
and  of  those  around  us.  It  is  not  necessary  to  study  history 
in  order  to  know  men,  though  history  may  often  show  us 
unexpected  sides  of  human  character.  In  dealing  with 
nations,  however,  the  scale  is  so  much  greater  that  we  have 
to  take  a  wider  sweep,  to  cover  a  longer  time  as  well  as 


n  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODERN  WARS  43 

a  greater  space  ;  and,  indeed,  unless  we  are  somewhat 
withdrawn  from  the  events  we  cannot  rightly  judge  them. 

2.  WARS  OF  CONQUEST 

There  is  something  antique  and  barbarous  about  the 
very  name,  "  Wars  of  Conquest."     It  suggests  at  once — 

old,  unhappy,  far-off  things 
And  battles  long  ago, 

and  the  frankest  conquerors  are  the  famous  men  of  the 
East  and  of  antiquity,  men  as  different  from  one  another  as 
Alexander  and  Attila,  but  with  this  in  common  that  they 
made  no  pretence  at  disguising  what  we  might  almost  call 
their  "  cosmic  "  appetites  under  any  of  the  specious  phrases 
which  have  been  common  in  later  ages.  Yet  even  these 
classic  conquerors,  though  they  appear  to  be  inspired  merely 
by  love  of  power,  of  territory,  or  of  spoil,  have  often  enough 
been  the  expression  of  some  national  movement  or  some 
racial  passion.  They  did  not  drag  after  them  to  victory 
an  unwilling  people.  The  passions  which  blazed  in  Attila 
must  have  burnt  more  moderately  in  the  poorest  Hun 
camp-follower.  Who  can  tell  what  obscure  stirrings  among 
the  tribes  of  Central  Asia,  or  even  farther  East  amongst  the 
herdsmen  of  Tartary,  may  not  have  started  on  their  careers 
of  bloodshed .  and  conquest  a  Genghis  Khan  or  a  Timur  ? 
There  have  been  conquering  nations  as  well  as  individual 
conquerors.  The  Northmen,  those  accomplished  ninth- 
century  artists  of  destruction,  threw  themselves  spon- 
taneously on  the  doomed  Carolingian  empire ;  and  the 
impulse  that  scattered  the  Englishmen  of  Elizabeth's  day 
over  the  high  seas  of  the  world  was  as  national  and  as 
popular  as  any  movement  for  constitutional  reform  or  social 
improvement.  Napoleon,  of  conquerors  one  of  the  most 


44  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  n 

selfish,  though  probably  less  so  than  in  his  cynical  moments 
he  professed  to  be,  Napoleon  would  have  been  impossible 
without  the  Revolution.  The  story  of  his  victories  is 
incomprehensible  unless  we  realise  that  the  soldier  of  the 
Grand  Army,  even  while  he  was  treading  down  the  peoples 
of  Europe,  still  looked  on  himself  as  a  kind  of  missionary 
of  Reason  among  foolishly  unreasonable  men,  not  as  a 
conquering  Frenchman  among  vanquished  foreigners. 
The  spirit  that  inspired  him  was  mainly  revolutionary,  not 
patriotic,  and  hence  it  was  long  before  it  inspired  a  counter 
patriotic  spirit  in  his  German  or  Italian  victims. 

In  modern  times  wars  of  conquest  do  not  wear  the  frank 
and  open,  if  brutal,  faces  they  wore  of  old.  They  are  half 
concealed  under  such  phrases  as  "  economic  necessity," 
"  natural  "  or  "  military  frontiers,"  "  racial  "  or  "  religious 
sympathies,"  "  national  aspirations."  No  doubt  these 
phrases  do  represent  claims  which  have  to  be  taken  into 
account.  The  motives  of  men  are  complicated  and  various  ; 
still  more  various  are  the  motives  of  nations,  and  it  would 
be  absurd  to  write  down  as  hypocrites  the  people  who 
appeal  to  these  motives  of  action.  It  is,  however,  most 
important  that  we  should  be  on  our  guard  against  the  old 
freebooting  instincts,  the  love  of  power  and  territory  and 
wealth.  These  forms  of  political  appetite  do  not  become 
more  respectable  by  being  transferred  from  an  eighteenth- 
century  monarch  to  a  nineteenth-  or  twentieth-century 
nation,  but  they  may  become  more  difficult  to  detect.  It 
might,  therefore,  be  an  aid  to  clearness  of  thought  to  inquire 
how  far  recent  wars  can  be  classed  under  the  heading  of 
Wars  of  Conquest. 

The  plea  of  geographical  necessity,  or  geographical 
"  right  "  has  often  been  used  to  justify  wars  of  aggression. 
The  most  classic  instance  is  the  conviction,  so  often  current 


ii  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODEEN  WAES  45 

in  France,  that  the  Khine  is  the  "  natural  frontier  "  of  the 
country.  "  It  is  an  idea  based  on  the  totally  false  assump- 
tion that  a  great  river  is  a  good  frontier.  Even  if  that 
assumption  were  correct  it  is  hard  to  see  how  a  war  with 
such  an  object  can  be  anything  other  than  a  war  of  conquest. 
The  "  Rhine  frontier  "  cry  was,  therefore,  both  bad  Inter- 
national Law  and  bad  geography,  yet  it  has  at  times  found 
great  favour  in  France  among  all  classes  and  parties,  from 
Louis  XIV.  to  the  leaders  and  rank  and  file  of  the  Revolu- 
tion. A  much  better  geographical  plea  can  be  made  for  an 
inland  country  which  is  anxious  to  secure  a  port  on  the 
open  sea.  It  is  very  natural  that  a  country  like  Russia 
should  wish  to  command  the  "  gates  of  her  house,"  the 
Bosphorus  and  the  Dardanelles  ;  it  is  still  more  natural 
that  Austria  should  not  wish  to  be  cut  off  from  the  Adriatic 
by  the  loss  of  Trieste.  But  a  desire,  however  strong,  does 
not  make  a  "  right."  In  the  eighteenth  century  the  Kings 
of  Prussia  were  very  anxious  to  bind  their  scattered  pro- 
vinces together  into  a  continuous  state  ;  in  order  to  do  so 
they  had  to  annex  a  part  of  Poland.  This  Prussian  "  geo- 
graphical necessity "  hardly  justifies  the  First  Partition 
of  Poland.  A  "  geographical  "  war,  then,  would  seem  to 
be  a  war  of  conquest,  at  least  in  so  far  as  it  is  no  more  than 
geographical.  In  practice  there  will  be  other  motives 
involved,  and  the  long-standing  hostility  of  Russia  to 
Turkey  is  a  good  illustration  of  the  manner  in  which  different 
sections  of  a  population  may  act  from  different  motives. 
Since  Waterloo  Russia  has  on  three  different  occasions 
made  war  on  Turkey.  The  Government,  the  official  class, 
and  probably  all  the  upper  classes,  were  influenced  mainly 
by  the  wish  ultimately  to  secure  Constantinople  and  the 
commanding  position  which  that  conquest  would  give 
Russia  in  the  East.  To  the  Russian  people  the  Turkish 


46  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  11 

War  was  almost  a  crusade,  a  religious  war,  a  part  of  the 
struggle  between  the  Cross  and  the  Crescent.  In  more 
recent  times  sympathy  with  the  Christian  population  of 
Turkey  has  influenced  the  minds  of  the  educated  classes, 
though  this  motive  was  probably  combined  with  the  wish 
to  extend  the  power  of  Russia. 

To  qualify  the  Russian  acquisitions  from  Turkey  as 
wars  of  conquest,  and  yet  to  say  nothing  of  the  enormous 
and  apparently  continuous  extension  of  the  British  Empire 
in  the  East  will  be  thought,  perhaps,  a  gross  piece  of  pro- 
verbial British  hypocrisy.  To  many  of  our  foreign  critics, 
and  to  some  even  of  our  foreign  friends,  the  growth  of  our 
Indian  Empire  is  a  standard  example  of  a  policy  of  conquest 
deliberately  planned,  untiringly  and  successfully  carried 
out.  To  India  we  have  now  added  Egypt,  where  we  have 
come  as  the  successors  to  many  previous  conquerors, 
Persian,  Macedonian,  or  Arab,  and  with  as  little  right  as 
they.  The  results  of  our  national  policy  are  writ  large  on 
the  face  of  the  globe,  our  critics  will  say,  what  can  be  gained 
by  a  wearisome  scrutiny  of  the  process  by  which  the  Empire 
has  been  won  ?  Yet  those  who  have  taken  the  trouble 
to  scrutinise  have  generally  come  to  a  different  conclusion. 
Some  of  these  are  explained  in  another  chapter  where  the 
relations  between  "  advanced  "  and  "  backward  "  races  are 
discussed. 

No  one  would  attempt  to  defend  all  that  the  Company 
or  the  English  Government  have  done  in  India.  There  have 
been  at  times  high-handed  action  and  a  disregard  of  the 
rights  and  customs  of  the  people,  but  rarely  indeed  has 
there  been  a  policy  of  conquest.  In  Egypt  again  it  is  easy 
to  find  fault  with  what  we  have  done.  There  was  at  one 
time,  for  instance,  too  much  anxiety  about  the  interests  of 
bondholders  both  English  and  French,  yet  there  as  else- 


ii  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODERN  WAES  47 

where  European  administration  has  been  introduced  largely 
in  order  to  protect  the  country  from  the  hopeless  confusion 
which  resulted  from  the  haphazard  introduction  of  the 
European  credit  system  and  of  Levantine  officials  into  an 
Oriental  country.  Perhaps  ultimate  European  control  was 
inevitable  once  the  doors  were  thrown  open  as  wide  as  they 
were  in  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century,  to  European 
capital.  The  hunger  of  the  Khedive  Ismail  for  loans  was 
at  first  only  surpassed  by  the  anxiety  of  the  European 
capitalists  to  lend.  By  his  efforts  to  develop  the  country  on 
Western  lines  and  by  the  digging  of  the  Suez  Canal,  he  placed 
Egypt  in  that  dangerous  borderland  between  East  and  West, 
and  the  problems  of  finance  and  administration  became  more 
and  more  difficult.  British  policy  in  the  Nile  Valley  during 
the  'seventies  and  'eighties  is  open  to  a  number  of  criticisms, 
but  nothing  could  be  more  unlike  a  deliberate  scheme  to 
get  possession  of  the  country.  Never  was  there  a  policy 
so  unforeseeing.  The  English  Ministers  seemed  to  stumble 
blindly  after  the  events.  What  they  expected  to  be  a 
peaceful  "  Demonstration  "  at  Alexandria  turned  into  a 
bombardment ;  this  necessitated  a  landing  to  protect 
the  town.  The  landing  resulted  in  an  Expedition  and  a 
regular  campaign.  Victory  led  to  what  was  certainly 
intended  to  be  a  brief  occupation,  and  the  brief  occupation 
passed  into  an  indefinite  one.  Finally  a  Protectorate  has 
recently  succeeded  the  "  occupation."  None  of  these 
stages  seem  to  have  been  foreseen  by  the  Government  at 
home  ;  each  was  brought  about  by  events  over  which  it 
had  no  control,  but  which  might  in  most  instances  have 
been  expected.  If  a  study  of  Egyptian  history  absolves  the 
English  government  of  any  Machiavellian  policy  it  is  at 
the  expense  of  its  intelligence  ;  and  it  is  a  striking  contrast 
to  turn  from  the  tentative,  disconnected  policy  of  the 


48  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  n 

English  Government,  to  that  firm  yet  sympathetic  adminis- 
trative work  which  has  transformed  Egypt. 

It  is  interesting  to  compare  the  long  meanderings  of  the 
Egyptian  question  with  the  rapid  action  of  Italy  in  Tripoli. 
The  Turks,  realising  no  doubt  the  difficulties  of  an  Oriental 
Government  in  a  country  where  East  mingles  with  West, 
endeavoured  to  keep  Tripoli  a  purely  Oriental  province, 
even  though  that  meant  sacrificing  its  economic  develop- 
ment. This  did  not,  however,  protect  them  from  the  very 
deliberate  attack  of  Italy,  and  it  is  difficult  to  see  in  the 
"  Lybian  War  "  anything  but  a  simple  War  of  Conquest. 
The  Italians,  indeed,  hardly  troubled  to  dispute  this,  though 
they  gave  as  their  excuse  "  economic  necessity,"  the  want, 
that  is  to  say,  of  a  country  in  which  the  surplus  population 
of  Southern  Italy  may  find  a  home.  Should  Tripoli  turn 
out  to  be  a  country  of  great  possibilities,  smothered  hitherto 
by  bad  government,  it  may  be  possible  to  find  some  justifica- 
tion for  the  Italian  attack,  though  "  the  duty  of  develop- 
ment "  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  problems  of  International 
Law.  In  any  case  the  invasion  of  Tripoli  was  thoroughly 
popular  in  Italy.  It  was  in  a  sense  forced  on  a  hesitating 
Government  by  a  fairly  widespread  agitation,  and  was 
taken  up  enthusiastically  in  all  classes  of  the  nation. 

No  war  of  recent  history  has  for  us  anything  like  the 
poignant  interest  of  the  Franco -German  War  of  1870. 
Though  it  was  fought  nearly  half  a  century  ago  it  appears 
to  us  now  almost  as  the  Prologue  to  the  great  tragic  drama 
which  is  being  enacted  on  a  stage  so  vast  that,  as  far  as 
Europe  is  concerned,  there  is  little  room  left  for  the  few 
anxious  spectators.  How  is  that  war  to  be  judged  ?  Was 
it  a  war  for  power  or  principle  ?  It  is  essential  that  some 
answer  to  this  insistent  question  should  be  attempted. 
We  know  now  the  inner  history  of  the  events  which  led 


ii  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODERN  WARS  49 

up  to  the  actual  outbreak  of  hostilities,  and  over  those 
tragic  days  looms  the  giant  and  sinister  figure  of  Bismarck. 
He  alone  had  a  clear  vision  of  the  events  that  were  happen- 
ing. Compared  to  him  the  other  actors  are  like  men 
shouting  and  fighting  in  a  mist.  In  a  moment  of  self- 
revelation  Napoleon  III.  once  said  to  Bismarck,  "  We  must 
not  make  events,  we  must  let  them  come."  That  was  not 
Bismarck's  habit.  His  was  a  more  Satanic  temper.  He 
not  only  contrived  the  snare  into  which  the  French  Emperor 
and  nation  fell ;  at  the  last  moment  he  pushed  his  victims 
in.  He  must  bear,  therefore,  the  greater  part  of  the  blame. 
Yet  even  a  Bismarck  could  not  set  two  great  nations  at 
war  about  a  Hohenzollern  candidature  which  had  been 
abandoned  unless  he  had  the  help  of  accomplices ;  and 
unfortunately  he  had  the  help  of  many. 

On  the  one  hand,  there  were  many  Frenchmen,  and  they 
were  to  be  found  in  all  political  parties,  who  regretted  the 
predominance  which  Prussia  had  secured  by  the  defeat  of 
Austria  in  1866,  and  who  saw  in  the  growing  consolidation 
of  Northern  Germany  a  menace  to  France.  There  were 
others  who  thought  that  the  predominance  of  Prussia 
should  be  "  compensated "  by  a  territorial  addition  to 
France,  and  amongst  them  unfortunately  was  the  Emperor, 
Napoleon  III.  On  several  occasions  during  the  interval 
between  1866  and  1870,  Napoleon  ha'd  endeavoured  to 
secure  such  compensation.  Now  it  was  a  piece  of  German 
territory  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Rhine,  now  it  was  Belgium, 
now  Luxemburg.  These  efforts  had  fortunately  failed, 
and  with  the  advent  of  a  constitutional  Government  at  the 
beginning  of  1870,  they  seem  to  have  been  given  up  for  good; 
but  they  had  naturally  contributed  to  encourage  in  Germany 
the  conviction  that  France  had  taken  up  the  arrogant  posi- 
tion that  nothing  could  happen  in  Europe  without  her  leave, 


50  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  n 

and  that  she  would  not  allow  Germany  to  become  a  united 
country  without  her  intervention.  Though  Napoleon  III.'s 
"  compensation  "  policy  had  come  to  an  end,  it  was  still 
very  recent,  and  among  the  French  there  was  a  sensitive- 
ness and  a  military  self-confidence  which  Bismarck  was 
able  to  excite  to  a  fever-heat  by  secretly  pushing  on  the 
Hohenzollern  marriage  scheme.  Such,  indeed,  was  the 
state  of  excitement  in  Paris  that  even  well-informed 
neutrals  thought  that  the  French  were  responsible  for  the 
war.  But  Bismarck  had  also  got  his  accomplices  nearer 
home.  There  were  Germans  who  had  been  educated  in 
the  later  developments  of  the  Nationality  doctrine,  and 
who  conceived  that  ethnography  gave  them  a  "  right "  to 
force  Alsace  back  into  the  German  nation  ;  there  were  others 
who  nourished  a  bitter,  historic  anger,  who  hungered  to 
avenge  the  ancient  spoliations  of  the  French,  the  ravages 
of  Louvois,  the  invasions  of  Napoleon.  Most  of  all  there 
were  the  men  of  Bismarck's  own  temper,  the  military  chiefs 
who  had  from  the  first  seen  in  a  war  with  France  the  in- 
evitable sequel  of  the  Austrian  war  as  the  only  way  of 
giving  to  Prussia  the  control  of  Germany,  and  to  Germany 
a  commanding  position  in  Europe.  War,  in  the  bad 
philosophy  of  these  men,  was  not  a  contingency  which 
might  have  to  be  faced,  not  the  tragic  but  sole-remaining 
defence  of  the  cause  of  justice  and  their  own  independence  ; 
it  was  to  them  a  national  weapon  as  legitimate  as  industrial 
enterprise  or  commercial  expansion,  and  far  more  honour- 
able. They  prepared  for  it,  therefore,  with  a  cold  intensity 
of  conviction  which  made  the  future  contest  in  all  its 
details  almost  more  real  to  their  minds  than  the  preliminary 
period  of  preparation.  Yet  Bismarck  and  his  allies  were  not 
Germany.  It  was  only  through  the  most  elaborate  use  of 
the  press,  and  by  taking  advantage  of  the  folly  of  the  French, 


n  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODERN  WARS  51 

that  he  was  able  to  bring  about  the  final  catastrophe. 
It  is  hard,  therefore,  to  classify  the  war  of  1870.  There 
was  a  good  deal  of  the  spirit  of  conquest  about  it.  Many 
Germans  coveted  French  provinces,  and  the  old  fatal 
fascination  of  the  Rhine  frontier  had  not  lost  all  its  power 
over  the  French.  But  it  was  a  war  for  power  rather  than 
for  territory,  and  the  men  who  set  the  snare  must  bear 
more  of  the  blame  than  those  who  rushed  blindly  in. 
Neither  side  had  any  real  sense  of  the  gravity  and  dignity 
of  war.  Neither  French  nor  Germans  saw  in  it  an  act  of 
justice ;  neither  attempted  to  formulate  a  plea  founded  on 
the  general  principles  which  should  direct  human  conduct. 
Indeed,  any  sober  consideration  of  the  point  on  which  the 
peace  of  the  world  was  hanging,  a  Spanish  marriage  which 
had  never  taken  place,  should  have  been  followed  by  a 
burst  of  Homeric  laughter.  Unfortunately  neither  sobriety 
nor  humour  was  to  be  found  on  either  side.  Both  east  and 
west  of  the  Rhine  there  was  passion  :  on  the  west  it  was 
blind,  incoherent,  mutable  ;  on  the  east,  behind  the  popular 
passion  there  were  hands  that  guided  and  eyes  that  saw. 
This  rapid  survey  of  the  motives  behind  some  recent  wars 
seems  to  show  that  the  spirit  of  conquest  is  far  from  dead 
in  the  modern  world.  It  may  not  appear  in  the  dramatic 
shape  of  an  Alexander  or  a  Napoleon,  but  it  is  there  just 
as  surely  though  in  company  with  other  spirits  of  a  more 
respectable  character,  or  at  least  of  a  better  reputation — 
the  spirit  of  Nationality,  for  instance.  The  wish  for  terri- 
tory, the  wish  for  power,  the  wish  for  the  means  of  wealth  : 
it  will  be  long  before  they  are  exorcised  from  the  minds  of 
men  ;  and  when  they  reach  a  certain  degree  of  intensity 
they  break  through  all  frontiers.  Nor  do  they  appear  to 
be  confined  to  governments  and  bureaucracies,  or  to  the 
small  cliques  who  may  expect  to  make  a  direct  profit  out 


52  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  n 

of  war.  In  the  eighteenth  century  it  was  much  easier  for 
the  interests  or  ambitions  of  princes  and  peoples  to  be 
distinct,  but  in  the  nineteenth  century,  with  the  growth  of 
unified  states,  the  spread  of  democratic  ideas  and  the  great 
increase  in  the  power  of  the  press,  wars  have  become  far 
more  national.  The  initiative  may  have  come  from  the 
governments,  but  they  have  often  had  as  little  difficulty  as 
Alexander  in  getting  their  people  to  follow.  There  was  one 
occasion  in  our  own  history,  it  was  in  1857,  when  the  House 
of  Commons  revolted  against  a  government  on  account  of 
one  of  the  most  unjustifiable  of  our  little  nineteenth  century 
wars,  but  Lord  Palmerston  was  brought  back  triumphantly 
by  a  general  election  within  a  month.  Nor  can  it  be  said 
that  the  present  war,  with  all  that  led  up  to  it  and  all  its 
ramifications  in  the  south  of  Europe,  is  a  very  hopeful  sign 
for  the  future.  It  will  be  long  before  national  aspirations 
and  national  antagonisms  are  guided  solely  by  principle. 
Nationalities  have  proved  as  self-assertive  and  as  acquisitive 
as  the  old  kings,  and  in  drawing  practical  conclusions  it 
would  be  sheer  folly  to  assume  that  wars  of  conquest  are 
entirely  things  of  the  past. 

3.  WARS  OF  PRINCIPLE 

Throughout  history,  as  far  as  we  know  it,  men  have  been 
prepared  to  sacrifice  the  comforts  of  peace  and  life  itself  for 
an  "  idea."  By  this  is  meant  something  more  than  the 
mere  interests  of  their  own  country.  An  isolated  robber 
fights  for  his  own  interest ;  the  member  of  a  robber  band 
fights  for  the  band,  but  his  own  personal  advantage  is  very 
closely  bound  up  with  it.  The  larger  the  society  to  which 
a  man  belongs,  the  less  selfish  does  his  action  on  its  behalf 
become.  But  unselfishness  is  not  enough  to  justify  an  act. 


ii  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODEEN  WAES  53 

There  is  a  lightness  or  a  wrongness  in  the  acts  themselves, 
and  if  a  society  is  engaged  in  doing  something  unjust,  the 
individual  member  of  it,  though  in  a  low  sense  of  the  word 
he  is  acting  "  patriotically,"  cannot  be  said  to  be  acting 
on  principle.  "  Patriotism  is  not  enough."  If  it  were, 
each  side  in  every  war  would  be  in  the  "  right,"  the 
word  right  would  in  fact  lose  its  meaning,  and  war  would 
be  removed  from  the  moral  order  altogether  and  reduced 
to  the  level  of  a  fight  between  packs  of  highly  intelligent 
wolves.  Principle  must,  therefore,  be  something  of  universal 
application,  some  standard  by  which  both  sides  can  be 
judged,  some  form  of  the  moral  law.  Of  such  principles 
the  most  simple  is  the  right  of  self-defence.  One  country 
may  clearly  defend  itself  from  the  unprovoked  attack  of 
another  :  both  the  conscience  and  the  romance  of  the  human 
race  have  glorified  a  death  in  defence  of  hearth  and  home. 
It  may  happen,  on  the  other  hand,  that  sufficient  provoca- 
tion has  been  given  to  justify  the  aggressor,  and  it  is  the 
high  duty  of  International  Law  to  lay  down,  as  far  as  pos- 
sible, the  general  principles  which  would  justify  a  state  in 
beginning  a  war  :  a  duty  difficult  to  carry  out,  but  the 
most  vital  to  the  wellbeing  of  the  world.  Assuming,  how- 
ever, that  there  has  been  no  real  provocation,  the  country 
that  defends  itself  is  fighting  not  only  for  its  own  independ- 
ence but  also  to  prevent  the  triumph  of  brute  force  amongst 
the  members  of  the  community  of  states,  and  it  would  be 
difficult  to  find  a  nobler  cause. 

The  phrase  "  Wars  of  Principle  "  is  generally  used,  how- 
ever, in  a  different  sense  :  it  is  used  to  signify  a  war  for  a 
cause  which  is  not  merely  that  of  a  country.  The  Crusades 
are  a  proverbial  type  of  such  a  war.  From  the  point  of 
view  of  Christendom  as  a  whole  they  were  wars  of  self- 
defence,  but  the  Turks  did  not  threaten  the  west  of  Europe, 


54  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  n 

and,  though  the  motives  of  individual  Crusaders  were  as 
varied  as  their  characters,  the  general  cause,  that  of  recover- 
ing or  protecting  from  the  Moslem  the  Holy  Places  sanctified 
by  the  life  and  death  of  Our  Lord,  had  about  it  no  spark 
of  personal  or  national  selfishness.  The  Wars  of  Religion 
of  the  sixteenth  century  were  in  another  sense  Wars  of 
Principle.  Religious  and  political  motives  were  intermingled 
to  a  degree,  which  is  the  despair  of  the  historian  who 
attempts  to  disentangle  the  threads,  yet  in  the  main  they 
were  the  work  of  men  who  believed  that  they  should  sacrifice 
political  loyalty  to  religion.  In  nearly  every  country  in 
Europe  there  was  a  minority,  usually,  though  not  always, 
persecuted,  which  claimed  the  right  to  rebel  and  even  to 
call  in  foreign  assistance.  Thus  for  a  brief  period  the 
French  Huguenots  entered  into  an  alliance  with  England 
and  even  handed  over  Havre  to  Queen  Elizabeth.  These 
wars  were  often  enough  disgraced  by  great  ferocity,  by  per- 
secutions, massacres  and  assassinations.  The  strength  of 
religion  in  good  men  is  the  measure  of  the  bitterness  it  can 
cause  and  the  evil  it  can  do  when  perverted  into  fanaticism. 
For  all  their  cruelty,  however,  there  is  an  undeniable  dignity 
about  the  War  of  Religion  which  Wars  of  Conquest,  or  for 
economic  advantages,  can  hardly  claim.  They  were  also, 
like  the  Crusades,  intensely  democratic.  It  is  amongst  the 
rank  and  file  of  an  army  that  the  religious  motive  will,  as 
a  rule,  be  most  unalloyed.  A  good  example  is  our  own 
Civil  War,  for,  on  one  side  at  least,  it  was  a  war  of  religion. 
The  opposition  to  Charles  I.  was  constitutional  in  form  but 
its  heart  was  religious.  It  was  religion  which  turned  opposi- 
tion into  rebellion,  and  it  was  religion  too  which  was  the 
soul  of  Cromwell's  wonderful  Puritan  army. 

The  Great  Rebellion  was  the  last  of  the  Wars  of  Religion. 
On  the  Continent  they  had  already  changed  into  political 


ii  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODEEN  WARS  55 

wars,  wars  of  conquest  or  partition,  and  such  remained  the 
character  of  European  hostilities  down  to  the  French 
Revolution.  There  was  not  much  of  the  Crusader 
about  Louis  XIV.  or  Frederick  the  Great.  With  the 
Revolution,  however,  we  get  a  new  chapter  in  the  history 
of  enthusiasm.  English  constitutional  movements  have 
generally  been  caused  by  specific  grievances  and  directed  to- 
wards definite  reforms,  such,  for  instance,  as  the  extension  of 
the  franchise.  They  have  not  been  statements  of  general 
principle.  They  have  been  attempts  to  solve  our  own 
particular  problems  ;  and  with  us  periods  of  constitutional 
crisis  have  nearly  always  been  periods  of  self-absorption 
and  isolation  from  continental  questions.  That  is  not  the 
way  of  the  French,  a  people  whose  peculiar  mission  it  is  to 
express  the  ideas  that  at  any  given  time  are  floating  about 
in  the  world.  With  them  constitutional  movements 
become  transformed  into  spiritual  forces,  into  doctrines 
with  a  universal  appeal.  Thus,  since  the  days  of  Burke 
it  has  been  a  commonplace  to  compare  the  French  Revolu- 
tion to  a  religious  movement.  It  was  the  enthusiastic 
assertion  of  a  number  of  ideas  and  doctrines  for  which  it  is 
impossible  to  find  a  simple  formula,  but  the  most  important 
of  which  was  the  principle  of  equality.  In  the  first  generous 
outburst  of  optimism  Frenchmen  thought  that  the  Revolu- 
tion would  inaugurate  a  period  of  universal  peace  ;  but  in- 
stead of  peace  it  proved  to  be  a  sword.  The  Revolution  was 
soon  to  have  its  fanatics  as  Religion  had  had.  Indeed  the 
Jacobin  is  perhaps  the  most  accomplished  type  of  the 
fanatic,  the  hard  man  in  whom  pride  has  dried  up  the  springs 
of  human  kindness,  who  is  incapable  of  seeing  men  as  they 
really  are  and  to  whom  all  opposition  is  wickedness  which 
should  be  hated  and  punished.  The  development  of 
Revolutionary  fanaticism  and  the  undoubted  provocations 


56  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  n 

of  Prussia  and  Austria  produced  the  Revolutionary  War. 
It  was  not  to  be  expected  that  the  Terror,  so  pitiless  at 
home,  would  be  tolerant  abroad,  and  inoffensive  nations, 
like  the  Dutch  or  the  Swiss,  found  in  Revolutionary  France 
a  more  arrogant  neighbour  than  ever  the  Bourbon  kings  had 
been.  It  is  impossible  to  draw  a  hard  and  fast  line  between 
the  wars  of  the  Revolution  and  those  of  Napoleon.  The 
Emperor  did  but  carry  out  with  far  greater  efficiency  and 
success  the  policy  inaugurated  by  the  Republic,  and,  how- 
ever selfish  his  own  motives  may  have  been,  the  spirit  that 
inspired  the  Frenchmen  who  fought  and  died  for  him  in  the 
rough  places  of  Spain  or  the  snows  of  Russia  was  Revolu- 
tionary and  cosmopolitan,  not  national.  To  be  propa- 
gandist, aggressive,  military  long  remained  a  characteristic 
of  French  constitutional  movements,  and  both  in  1830  and 
1848  it  was  with  some  difficulty  that  the  extremists  could 
be  prevented  from  throwing  themselves  on  Germany  and 
inaugurating  a  new  Revolutionary  war.  Even  during  the 
Franco-German  War  of  1870-71,  there  were  men  who  thought 
that  the  country  could  be  saved  at  the  last  moment  by  a 
return  to  the  methods  of  1793,  but  they  had  the  great 
mass  and  the  renewed  seriousness  of  the  country  against 
them,  and  to-day  nothing  can  be  further  removed  from 
Revolutionary  fanaticism  or  frenzy  than  the  quiet  and 
impressive  courage  with  which  the  French  people  have  met 
the  invader. 

Though  the  Revolutionary  fire  was  still  smouldering  one 
principle  of  international  action  came  by  degrees  in  the 
nineteenth  century  to  dominate  all  others,  the  Principle  of 
Nationality ;  and  with  it  most  of  the  wars  of  the  century 
have  at  least  been  connected.  To  write  its  history  would 
mean  writing  the  history  of  Europe  since  the  fall  of  the 
Roman  Empire,  but  in  its  modern  form  the  Principle  of 


n  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODERN  WARS  57 

Nationality  was  born  with  the  partition  of  Poland. 
"  Thenceforward,"  in  Lord  Acton's  words,  "  there  was  a 
nation  demanding  to  be  united  in  a  State — a  soul,  as  it  were, 
wandering  in  search  of  a  body  in  which  to  begin  life  over 
again,"  and  it  is  amongst  the  Poles  that  the  cause  of 
Nationality  has  been  sanctified  by  the  purest  and  most 
passionate  self-sacrifice.  The  French  Revolution  nourished 
the  Principle  first  of  all  by  dissolving  the  identity  which  the 
Reformation  period  had  established  between  the  Sovereign 
and  the  State,  and  secondly  by  arousing,  mostly  when  it  was 
in  its  Napoleonic  stage,  the  national  spirit  of  the  countries 
it  oppressed  :  to  quote  Lord  Acton  again  :  "  Napoleon 
called  a  new  power  into  existence  by  attacking  nationality 
in  Russia,  by  delivering  it  in  Italy,  by  governing  in  defiance 
of  it  Germany  and  Spain."  The  War  of  Liberation  against 
Napoleon  was  an  outburst  of  national  feeling.  In  its  earlier 
and  simpler  forms,  then,  the  Principle  of  Nationality  is 
hardly  to  be  distinguished  from  the  right  of  self-defence, 
but  in  time  it  began  to  make  new  claims  less  easy  to  reconcile 
with  the  accepted  principles  of  the  Law  of  Nations.  It  was 
urged  that  a  population  which  had  through  race,  language 
or  past  history  an  identity  of  its  own,  had  a  right  to  an 
independent  political  existence,  and  this  whether  it  was 
oppressed  or  not,  and  in  spite  of  traditional  allegiances  or 
the  terms  of  treaties.  Thus  the  Greeks  rebelled  against  the 
Turks  more  from  a  consciousness  of  their  own  strength  than 
from  any  violence  of  oppression.  Though  the  Belgians 
had  many  grievances  against  the  Dutch  Government  that 
had  been  set  over  them,  Belgian  independence  was  really 
due  to  the  fact  that  the  country  had  a  national  identity 
which  had  a  right  to  be  recognised  politically.  The  Austrian 
rule  in  Lombardy  was  over  a  century  old,  and  the  Austrian 
provinces  were  probably  the  best  administered  in  Italy 


58  INTEKNATIONAL  RELATIONS  n 

before  1848,  but  that  did  not  prevent  a  widespread  feeling 
that  the  foreigners  should  be  driven  out. 

A  further  stage  was  reached  when  to  the  idea  of  inde- 
pendence was  added  that  of  unity.  It  seemed,  indeed, 
natural  that  people  of  the  same  "  nationality  "  should  be 
formed  into  one  united  state,  and  the  stories  of  Italian  and 
German  unity  are  the  most  characteristic  features  in  the 
annals  of  the  nineteenth  century.  Yet  there  was  an  un- 
fortunate ambiguity  about  the  term  "  Nationality."  To 
some  the  most  essential  of  the  elements  which  go  to  make  up 
a  "  nation  "  was  the  enduring  will  of  the  people  to  have  an 
independent  and  united  political  existence.  Race,  language, 
religion,  traditions,  these  were  important  only  in  so  far  as 
they  helped  to  produce  the  common  will.  When  we  are 
dealing  with  intelligent  and  free  human  beings  their  will  is 
what  matters,  and  "  nationality  "  must  be  the  expression 
of  that  will.  Thus  Alsace  did  not  belong  to  the  German 
nationality  in  1870,  because  in  spite  of  race  and  language 
the  Alsatians  willed  determinedly  to  remain  French.  To 
others  the  claims  of  race  and  language  seemed  so  command- 
ing that  they  were  prepared  to  override  the  will  of  a  minority 
which  should  attempt  to  hold  out  against  them.  The 
Italian  patriots  put  the  cause  of  Italian  unity  above  the 
long-established  rights  of  the  hitherto  independent  Italian 
states,  and  the  German  extremists  were  ready  to  bring 
Alsace  by  force  into  Germany.  Thus  the  Principle  of 
Nationality  was  in  a  sense  a  new  gospel  with  new  ideas  of 
right  and  wrong  in  national  affairs,  and  it  is  not  surprising 
that  to  the  conservatives  of  the  day  it  should  seem  a  revolu- 
tionary force  and  the  cause  of  wars  which  were  partially 
wars  of  opinion.  The  war  of  1859,  in  which  France  defeated 
Austria,  drove  her  out  of  Lombardy,  and  broke  her  power  in 
Italy,  is  the  war  which  is  most  directly  derived  from  the 


n  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODEEN  WAES  59 

Principle,  but  the  Danish  war  of  1864,  the  Prusso-Austrian 
War  of  1866,  and  the  Franco-German  War  of  1870  are  all 
connected  with  the  Nationality  problem.  They  were  stages 
in  the  construction  of  German  unity. 

Nationality  continues  to  exert  at  the  present  day  an 
immense  power  over  men's  minds,  and  that  not  only  in  the 
Austrian  Empire  and  the  Balkan  Peninsula.  Differences  of 
language  tend  to  become  everywhere  the  basis  of  political 
partisanship.  Old  languages  are  revived,  long-forgotten  racial 
distinctions  rediscovered.  The  efforts  of  the  map-makers 
can  hardly  keep  pace  with  the  movement,  and  the  ethno- 
graphic map  of  Europe  is  becoming  more  and  more  of  a 
motley.  Little  countries  like  Belgium  and  Switzerland, 
where  the  motives  for  union  seem  so  strong,  are  beginning 
to  surrender  to  racialism,  and  the  United  States  to  reflect 
the  racial  antagonisms  of  Europe.  It  cannot  be  denied,  too, 
that  the  Principle  has  changed  in  character  with  its  success. 
In  its  early  days  it  expressed  the  cry  of  an  oppressed  people. 
It  nerved  the  Poles  to  resist  the  three  robber  states,  and 
heartened  men  who  were  struggling  to  preserve  their  own 
language,  to  live  their  own  lives,  and  stand  upon  the  ancient 
ways.  With  success  it  has  become  allied  with  national 
pride,  and  with  the  wish  to  acquire  power  and  territory. 
Nor  when  they  are  powerful  are  modern  nationalities  very 
tender  towards  weaker  peoples.  The  Germans  have  shown 
little  inclination  to  give  independence  to  the  Slavs  within 
their  borders.  This  is  not  the  place  to  pursue  the  fascinating 
subject  of  the  future  of  the  National  Principle,  but  it  must 
at  least  be  pointed  out  that  it  cannot  provide  a  final  solution 
of  international  problems.  If  a  population  of  a  certain 
race  and  language  find  it  impossible  to  live  under  the  same 
political  system  as  others  of  a  different  race  and  language, 
it  is  no  doubt  best  not  to  force  them  to  do  so,  and  this  is 


60  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  n 

especially  the  case  when  there  is  political  oppression.  But 
this  process  cannot  be  carried  out  indefinitely  ;  there  are 
races  and  subdivisions  of  races,  there  are  languages  and 
dialects ;  there  are  many  districts  where  it  would  be  im- 
possible to  establish  a  homogeneous  race  without  wholesale 
massacre  or  deportation.  What  is  much  more  important, 
it  is  essential  for  the  great  cause  of  peace  and  unity  that 
men  should  learn  to  understand  and  tolerate  one  another. 
Surely  it  is  obvious  that  both  Englishmen  and  Irishmen  in 
the  United  Kingdom,  English  and  French  in  Canada, 
English  and  Dutch  at  the  Cape,  will  all  be  the  better  men 
if  they  can  acquire  sufficient  broadmindedness  and  sufficient 
mutual  goodwill  to  be  able  to  live  together  under  the  same 
political  institutions.  To  identify  racial  and  political 
borders  may  be  and  very  often  is  the  only  means  of  securing 
peace  and  order,  but  it  must  tend  to  deepen  political 
divisions  and  to  strengthen  national  antagonisms.  Men 
begin  to  use  a  dangerous  language  about  a  "  French  soul  " 
or  a  "  German  soul,"  as  if  the  differences  between  countries 
were  things  admirable  in  themselves  and  to  be  encouraged. 
There  is  more  hope  for  future  peace  in  Federal  States,  such 
as  the  British,  the  Austrian,  and  possibly  in  the  future  the 
Russian  Empires,  than  in  great  centralised  racially  homo- 
geneous states,  for  a  Federation  endeavours  by  free  in- 
stitutions to  bind  men  together.  Even  the  Austrian  Empire, 
though  it  failed  with  the  Southern  Slavs,  had  the  great  merit 
of  keeping  together  in  tolerable  friendliness  men  of  the 
German,  Bohemian,  and  Polish  races. 

For  the  moment,  however,  Nationality  remains  one  of 
the  great  forces  making  for  movement  and  change  in  the 
political  world.  It  is  in  direct  opposition  to  any  static 
condition  of  international  affairs.  Like  other  political 
ideals  it  is  to  be  found  in  all  classes,  but  particularly  amongst 


n  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODEKN  WAES  61 

the  more  democratic  sections  of  the  community.  Political 
leaders,  like  the  crusading  chiefs,  may  be  moved  by  ambition 
or  influenced  by  motives  of  expediency  :  it  is  among  the 
rank  and  file  that  the  whole-hearted,  uncompromising 
idealist  will  be  found. 


4.  THE  NECESSITY  OF  A  FOREIGN  POLICY 

This  attempt  to  get  some  general  view  of  the  motives 
behind  modern  wars  seems  at  least  to  show  that  there  are 
many  dynamic  forces  abroad.  There  are,  indeed,  others 
which  fortunately  have  not  yet  led  to  warfare,  the  colour 
question  for  example,  an  extreme  case  of  the  Nationality 
Principle.  So  many  and  so  powerful  are  these  dynamic 
forces  that  the  mere  suggestion  of  a  static  arrangement  of 
nations  could  hardly  be  made  anywhere  except  in  England. 
In  other  countries  there  is  much  less  satisfaction  with  the 
status  quo.  It  is  not  difficult  to  see  why  there  should  be 
this  difference.  England,  in  the  first  place,  has  no  serious 
territorial  ambitions,  and  secondly,  Englishmen  expect 
much  less  from  the  State  than  do  the  inhabitants  of  Con- 
tinental countries.  We  have  a  very  great  place  in  the  sun. 
Our  insular  position  has  not  only  saved  us  from  invasion, 
it  has  done  us  the  benefit,  almost  equally  great,  of  freeing 
us  from  Continental  ambitions.  In  the  world  at  large 
our  problems,  and  they  are  very  serious  ones,  consist  in 
th.e  difficulties  of  uniting  and  governing  the  different  parts 
of  the  Empire.  We  have  outlets  for  our  trade,  Dominions 
and  dependencies  that  produce  raw  material,  undeveloped 
land  partially  occupied  by  our  own  kinsfolk  for  our  emigrants. 
Territorially  we  are  a  "  sated  "  people.  It  is  not  surprising, 
perhaps,  that  we  have  aroused  the  jealousy  of  less  fortunate 
nations.  Then,  again,  much  of  this  national  success  has 


62  INTEKNATIONAL  RELATIONS  n 

been  due  not  to  government  action  but  to  individual  enter- 
prise. Our  possessions  over  seas,  at  any  rate  during  the 
last  hundred  years,  have  been  won  more  by  the  energy  of 
our  colonists  and  traders  and  the  activity  of  our  industrial 
production  than  by  war  or  government  action.  We  hardly 
knew  ourselves  what  we  were  doing,  and  the  other  European 
states  did  not  realise  till  near  the  end  of  the  nineteenth 
century  how  important  colonial  expansion  would  be  in  the 
future.  Thus  our  Empire  was  able  to  grow  with  very  little 
opposition  from  rival  European  military  states.  It  had 
not  always  been  so.  We  had  plenty  of  rivals  in  the  past, 
and  Englishmen  of  the  sixteenth  century  looked  to  Queen 
Elizabeth  to  help  them  to  defeat  the  Spanish  attempt  to 
keep  the  monopoly  of  the  American  trade,  as  their  descend- 
ants two  hundred  years  later  looked  to  Pitt  to  prevent 
France  from  securing  the  vast  unoccupied  spaces  of  North 
America.  Pitt  indeed  did  the  work  so  thoroughly  that 
from  his  day  to  our  own  we  have  been  practically  without  a 
rival  on  the  high  seas.  What  Englishmen  expected  of  Pitt 
in  the  eighteenth  century  other  countries  expect  of  their 
governments  to-day,  help  and  direction  in  achieving  their 
"  national  aspirations  " — not  necessarily  by  war,  but  at 
least  by  management  and  diplomacy. 

It  need  hardly  be  pointed  out  that  if  we  abandon  the 
ideal  of  a  static  world  some  kind  of  Foreign  Policy  becomes 
essential.  If  even  one  important  state  is  of  a  predatory 
disposition  others  must  combine  to  resist  it,  and  such 
alliances  are  not  always  easy  to  maintain.  If,  on  the  other 
hand,  some  change  in  the  territorial  or  other  arrangements 
of  states  and  their  dependencies  becomes  advisable,  such 
a  change  should  be  carried  out  by  reasonable  means,  by 
friendly  discussion,  according  to  accepted  principles.  It 
should  be  the  result  of  reason,  not  of  chance  or  violence. 


n  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODERN  WARS  63 

Diplomacy  can  be  directed  by  justice  as  well  as  by 
injustice.  It  has  a  bad  name  probably  because  the 
diplomats  who  thought  merely  of  their  country's  material 
interests,  who  were  engaged  in  some  elaborate  and 
unworthy  intrigue,  have  often  been  more  able  and  more 
active  than  the  defenders  of  the  right.  Nothing  has 
done  more  to  promote  the  success  of  injustice  than  the 
idea  that  good  intentions  are  an  equivalent  for  knowledge 
and  capacity.  The  simplicity  of  the  dove  and  the  wisdom 
of  the  serpent  are  not  incompatible,  and  wisdom  requires 
knowledge  and  experience.  But  besides  a  knowledge  of 
the  conditions  of  other  countries  and  of  the  relations  be- 
tween them,  of  the  facts  in  other  words,  a  knowledge  and 
a  sense  of  law  is  also  necessary.  When  honest  men  are 
engaged  in  private  affairs  a  sense  of  law  and  moral  principle 
may  be  presumed.  This  is  unfortunately  not  always  the 
case  in  international  affairs.  The  principles  of  Inter- 
national Law  have  been  so  obscured  by  persistent  and 
successful  violations  of  them,  by  the  introduction  of  new 
ideas,  by  the  absence  of  any  generally  accepted  guide, 
that  a  statesman  may  find  it  easier  to  follow  what  may 
seem  the  clear  voice  of  interest  than  the  possibly  uncertain 
utterances  of  moral  principle.  It  is  here  that  the  people 
should  help.  The  more  widely  international  problems  are 
understood  the  better  for  every  reason  ;  but  in  knowledge 
of  facts  the  professional  will  always  have  an  advantage,  and 
in  moments  of  crisis  secrecy  is  inevitable.  The  publication 
of  despatches  might  indeed  easily  precipitate  the  hostilities 
which  it  is  the  effort  of  honest  diplomacy  to  prevent.  In 
matters  of  principle  it  is  otherwise.  The  man  who  is  not 
absorbed  in  the  detail  of  negotiation  will  find  it  easier  to 
keep  before  bis  mind  general  principles  of  right  action.  He 
is  not  oppressed  by  the  terrible  responsibility  for  national 


64  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  n 

success  or  failure,  but  he  is  responsible,  as  every  man  in  a 
free  state  must  be  to  some  extent,  for  his  country's  right 
conduct.  A  public  opinion  well  informed  on  the  general 
position  of  foreign  affairs,  enlightened  by  much  more 
definite  ideas  than  we  have  now  of  right  and  wrong  in 
international  dealings,  and  above  all  keenly  alive  to  the 
overwhelming  importance  of  this  aspect  of  state  action, 
should  be  the  essential  background  to  diplomacy.  It  will 
support  a  minister  who  is  prepared  to  take  risks  in  order 
to  make  sure  that  he  is  in  the  right ;  it  will  call  him  severely 
to  account  if  he  acts  dishonestly  ;  it  will  insist  that  before 
the  country  is  involved  in  war  every  other  means  should 
be  attempted  and  every  possible  piece  of  evidence  pro- 
duced which  the  national  conscience  may  require.  Justice 
is  inseparable  from  judgment,  and  judgment  means  the 
possession  of  principles  of  law  and  the  examination  of 
evidence.  It  is  particularly  in  these  moral  questions  that 
the  judgment  of  the  great  working  classes  is  soundest ;  it 
is  in  these  that  their  influence  can  and  should  be  exerted. 
The  future  may  see  some  day  the  establishment  of  an 
international  system  of  states  and  of  a  body  capable  of 
applying  and  enforcing  international  law,  but  there  are 
many  difficulties  and  dangers  in  that  path.  Our  immediate 
duty  is  at  any  rate  to  set  our  own  house  in  order,  and  by 
our  example  to  help  to  secure  the  principle  that  in  inter- 
national relations,  as  in  all  human  action,  the  moral  issue 
should  predominate. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Some  historical  books  will  be  found  in  the  bibliography 
after  Chapter  I.,  and  those  on  International  Law  in  that  after 
Chapter  IV.  Unfortunately,  modern  treatises  on  International  Law 
are  as  a  rule  very  unsatisfactory  and  incomplete  on  the  fundamental 


ii  THE  CAUSES  OF  MODERN  WARS  65 

question,  "  What  constitutes  a  just  war  ?  "  They  concern  themselves 
more  with  positive  international  enactments  than  with  the  discussion 
of  the  genera]  principles  of  the  Law  of  Nations.  Some  writers,  who 
seem  to  find  it  difficult  to  accept  a  moral  system  independent  of 
the  State,  found  international  morals  on  a  kind  of  quasi-State  of 
states.  This  appears  to  be  Mr.  Delisle  Burns' s  point  of  view  in  his 
Morality  of  Nations  (University  of  London  Press,  5s.  net).  The 
more  traditional  system,  that  of  basing  international  morals  on  the 
"  Natural  Law,"  is  employed  in  the  Primer  of  Peace  and  War,  edited 
by  the  Rev.  C.  Plater,  and  published  by  the  Catholic  Social  Guild 
through  King  &  Son  (Is.  6d.).  It  is  a  very  courageous  attempt  to 
deal  in  a  short  compass  with  fundamental  questions.  A  great  deal 
has  been  written  about  "  Nationality  "  (cf.  the  useful  bibliography 
under  the  heading  "  Nationalism  "  in  The  Causes  of  the  War  :  What 
to  Read,  published  by  the  Council  for  the  Study  of  International 
Relations),  but  there  does  not  appear  to  be  any  substantial  work 
dealing  with  the  different  phases  of  the  movement.  An  interesting 
study  of  it,  written  in  1862,  from  a  more  or  less  adverse  point  of  view, 
will  be  found  in  the  Essay  on  "  Nationality  "  in  Lord  Acton's  History 
of  Freedom  and  Other  Essays. 


Ill 

INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS 

1.  THE  GROWTH  OP  INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS 

INTIMATE  economic  relations  on  a  large  scale  between 
people  in  different  countries  are  a  product  of  the  modern 
world.  In  the  early  Middle  Ages  trade  was  for  the  most 
part  local  in  character.  Many  physical  obstacles  in  the 
way  of  the  transportation  of  goods  had  not  been  overcome. 
The  pack-horse  was  unable  to  carry  great  burdens  ;  wheeled 
vehicles  oftentimes  could  make  little  progress  on  account 
of  the  condition  of  the  roads ;  bridges  were  by  no 
means  common  ;  the  system  of  tolls  on  both  roads  and 
bridges  in  very  many  places  degenerated  into  a  means  of 
extortion.  The  sea  had  not  really  been  conquered,  and 
the  slave,  who  required  a  considerable  space  for  his  accom- 
modation compared  with  the  amount  of  goods  that  he 
could  propel,  was  but  a  feeble  motive  force,  so  that  overseas 
trade  was  for  long  largely  in  goods  of  small  bulk  and  high 
value.  Even  in  times  of  peace,  where  government  was 
weak,  land  carriage  was  far  from  safe,  the  feudal  lords 
themselves  in  some  cases  lending  their  aid  to  highway 
robbery,  whilst  on  the  seas  the  merchant  was  at  the  mercy 
of  pirates.  Brigandage  and  piracy  rendered  trading  highly 
speculative,  and  the  merchant,  to  cover  his  risks,  extracted 
high  prices,  which  naturally  hindered  large  sales.  The 

66 


ni      INTEENATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     67 

modern  commercial  spirit  was  unborn,  and  both  Church 
and  State  hedged  trading  round  with  restrictions  intended 
to  safeguard  public  morality. 

In  the  course  of  the  Middle  Ages,  however,  great  trading 
cities  arose,  whose  ships  were  to  be  found  in  every  important 
port  in  Europe,  bringing  from  other  lands  articles  of  luxury, 
the  staple  commodities  being  for  the  most  part  produced 
at  home.  The  galleys  of  the  Middle  Ages  bore,  not  grain 
and  coal  and  machinery,  but  precious  stones,  perfumes  and 
spices,  silks,  fine  brocades  and  furs,  though  as  time  wore  on 
woollen  and  linen  goods,  leather,  metals,  and  foodstuffs 
came  to  play  an  increasing  part  in  the  traffic  between 
different  countries.  But  broadly  speaking,  in  mediaeval 
times  the  nations  were  much  more  economically  self- 
contained  than  they  have  since  become.  Economic  life 
had  a  simplicity  which  it  has  since  lost,  and  though  in 
some  ways  highly  organised,  it  was  yet  primitive  in  the 
sense  that  life  was  tolerable  without  the  use  of  produce 
brought  from  distant  lands. 

The  centralised  monarchies  of  Western  Europe,  whose 
rise  closed  the  Middle  Ages,  systematised  the  economic 
tendencies  of  the  times,  and  gradually  developed  conscious 
national  policies  aimed  at  national  development  and  welfare, 
and  working  through  restrictions  and  protection.  This 
period,  roughly  the  end  of  the  fifteenth  century,  marks  the 
beginning  of  the  modern  economic  age  through  the  rapid 
enlargement  of  the  known  world.  The  extension  of 
Turkish  power  in  Asia  Minor  and  the  invasion  of  the  Balkan 
Peninsula  seriously  hampered  the  caravan  trade  between 
the  East  and  the  West,  for  the  Turks  were  not  traders. 
Indeed,  the  warrior  Turks  slammed  the  gate  to  the  Golden 
Orient  in  the  face  of  the  merchant  princes  of  the  West. 
Anxious  to  retain  this  lucrative  Eastern  trade,  they  looked 


68 

to  the  possibility  of  finding  a  sea  route.  This  economic 
impulse,  together  with  the  improvements  in  high  seas 
navigation  and  the  spirit  of  discovery  fostered  and  aided  by 
Prince  Henry  the  Navigator  of  Portugal,  led  to  adventurous 
voyages  which  during  the  fifteenth  century  opened  both 
the  East  and  the  West.  A  procession  of  sailors  felt  their 
way  down  the  coast  of  Africa,  passing  the  Equator,  rounding 
the  Cape,  and  ultimately  reaching  India  and  the  East 
Indian  Islands.  Other  sailors  seeking  the  East  by  a 
Western  route  stumbled  on  the  New  World.  In  the  light 
of  the  political  philosophy  of  the  sixteenth  and  succeeding 
centuries,  these  vast  territories  with  their  wealth  of  produce 
were  looked  upon  as  means  to  national  wealth  and  power. 
Trading  companies,  anxious  to  embark  on  this  doubly 
lucrative  trade  of  exchanging  commodities  of  little  Western 
value  for  produce  in  great  demand  to  be  sold  to  the  peoples 
of  the  Old  World,  sought  monopolies  from  their  rulers. 
States  regarded  their  "  colonies  "  as  private  preserves,  as 
markets  for  their  goods,  and  sources  of  supply  for  valuable 
merchandise.  The  economic  factor  began  to  play  a  much 
greater  part  in  high  politics  and  to  complicate  the  play  of 
motives.  The  wars  of  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth 
centuries  were  largely  colonial  and  commercial  in  their 
origin,  whatever  their  immediate  pretext.  This  was  the 
period  of  struggle  for  colonial  empires,  not  merely  because 
territory  increased  national  prestige,  but  because  posses- 
sions were  regarded  as  a  possible  source  of  wealth,  which 
was  one  of  the  elements  of  national  power. 

It  was  this  same  mercantile  policy  which  led  England  to 
encourage  exports  and  discourage  most  imports,  to  regard 
agriculture  as  one  of  the  foundations  of  national  welfare, 
and  to  watch  with  approval  the  growth  of  English  shipping. 
Our  economic  policy,  in  common  with  that  of  our  neighbours, 


in      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     69 

was  intensely  national.  And  though  foreign  trade  grew 
in  volume  and  value,  complex  restrictions  hampered  its 
development,  means  of  transport  and  communication 
were  slow,  and  the  methods  of  production  inadequate  to 
open  up  the  world's  resources.  What  the  discoveries  of 
the  fifteenth  century  did  was  to  bring  to  light  potential 
sources  of  raw  materials  and  potential  markets,  the  full 
importance  and  value  of  which  were  not  recognised  until 
it  became  possible  to  utilise  them. 

If  the  conquest  of  the  seas  and  the  discovery  of  new 
lands  marked  one  great  economic  epoch,  the  Industrial 
Revolution  marked  another.  Steam  -  driven  machinery 
during  the  last  century  and  a  half  has  gradually  been 
applied  to  one  industry  after  another ;  in  recent  years  the 
use  of  electricity  as  a  motive  force  has  made  great  headway. 
Power-driven  machinery  increased  enormously  the  pro- 
ductivity of  industry,  and  called  for  ever  larger  and  larger 
quantities  of  raw  material,  which  as  the  nineteenth  century 
proceeded  were  drawn  from  widely  dispersed  sources  of 
supply — wool  from  the  Antipodes  and  South  America, 
cotton  from  the  United  States  and  Egypt,  and  so  forth. 
The  world  was  ransacked  for  mineral  wealth  ;  new  areas 
were  opened  up  for  agricultural  produce.  The  greater 
output  of  industry  implied  larger  markets,  which  were 
sought  in  other  lands.  America,  Asia,  and  Africa  were 
drawn  into  the  European  markets  to  supply  the  needs  of 
modern  industry,  and  to  share  in  its  products. 

Better  means  of  transport  and  communication  became 
as  vital  as  larger  markets,  and  were  intimately  bound  up 
with  the  supply  of  both  raw  materials  and  finished  products 
over  a  large  area.  As  the  nineteenth  century  proceeded, 
steamships  of  greater  and  greater  power  and  increasing  size 
gradually  ousted  the  sailing  vessels  from  routes  where 


70  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  m 

trade  was  large  and  certain  ;  and  what  was  of  equal  import- 
ance, the  service  became  much  more  frequent.  Distances 
have  been  shortened  by  the  construction  of  canals,  of  which 
by  far  the  most  important  are  those  of  Suez  and  Panama. 
Then  postal  facilities  improved,  the  telegraph  and  telephone 
linked  together  buyers  and  sellers  at  a  distance,  and  the 
world  became  one  great  economic  unit.1  The  Industrial 
Revolution  was  not  merely  a  revolution  in  industry,  but 
also  in  commerce  and  finance. 

The  keynote  of  the  change  that  it  has  wrought  is  economic 
interdependence.  The  economic  self-sufficiency  of  the 
Middle  Ages  has  passed  away.  The  countries  of  Europe 
not  only  rely  on  each  other  for  the  satisfaction  of  many  of 
their  needs,  but  draw  their  supplies  of  food,  raw  materials, 
and  manufactured  goods  from  distant  parts  of  the  world. 
In  spite  of  protective  tariffs,  a  rough  kind  of  territorial 
division  of  labour  has  taken  place.  Far  from  perfect  though 
it  may  be,  it  has  nevertheless  increased  the  dependence  of 
nations  on  each  other.  In  this  country,  for  example,  even 
the  very  means  of  life,  once  produced  in  sufficient  quantities 
for  home  needs,  and  even  for  export,  are  now  swept  into 
our  markets  from  the  ends  of  the  earth.  The  enormous 
growth  of  foreign  trade  during  the  past  century  is  witness 
of  the  phenomenon  that  nations  no  longer  stand  alone, 
and  that  the  world  has  become — or  rather  is  increasingly 
becoming — a  single  economic  unit. 

Capital,  once  viscid  and  sluggish  in  its  flow,  has  now 
become  liquid,  finds  little  obstacle  in  political  boundaries  or 
natural  frontiers,  and  pours  its  fertilising  stream  into  the 
undeveloped  regions  of  the  world.  Even  labour,  notwith- 

1  There  are  now  close  upon  300,000  nautical  miles  of  submarine 
cables  in  the  world,  bringing  the  various  countries  into  rapid  and 
intimate  communication  with  each  other. 


m      INTEKNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     71 

standing  the  ties  of  home,  of  friends,  and  of  familiar  institu- 
tions, has  become  much  more  mobile  than  early  economists 
would  have  expected.  Streams  of  Europeans  of  all 
nationalities  have  gone  out  to  people  and  develop  countries 
beyond  the  seas.1  The  concessionnaire,  the  modern  Pied 
Piper  of  Hamelin,  has  by  the  music  of  higher  wages  called 
to  him  not  only  white,  but  also  coloured  labourers,  with  far- 
reaching  consequences. 

Parallel  with  the  growth  of  a  world-wide  economic 
intercourse — the  "  cosmopolitanisation  "  of  industry  and 
commerce — there  has  been,  necessarily,  the  development 
of  a  world-system  of  exchange,  of  a  means  of  settling  debts 
owed,  say,  by  a  British  cotton  merchant  to  an  American 
exporter,  and  of  projecting  capital  and  credit,  say,  from 
London  to  the  oil-fields  of  Southern  Russia.  The  bankers 
and  bill-brokers  have  supplied  the  means,  and  business  can 
be  transacted  between  China  and  America  with  little  more 
difficulty  than  between  London  and  Edinburgh.  It  is 
clear  that  the  complicated  transactions  of  the  modern 
economic  world,  the  transference  of  goods,  securities, 
loanable  capital  and  credit,  the  payment  for  services 
rendered,  the  distribution  of  the  produce  of  the  world's 
work,  require  a  complicated,  highly  organised,  and  delicate 
mechanism  if  they  are  to  be  carried  through  smoothly  and 
economically.  But  because  it  is  delicate  and  responds  like 
a  barometer  to  changes  in  the  international  atmosphere,  it 
is  the  more  easily  disturbed  by  abnormal  events.  The  rise 
of  modern  industry,  commerce,  and  finance  has  brought 
us  new  economic  problems,  which  need  not,  however,  be 
dealt  with  here.  But  it  is  worth  while  mentioning  in 

1  Between  1853  and  1912,  a  period  of  sixty  years,  over  12J 
million  emigrants  of  British  origin  left  this  country  for  places  outside 
Europe. 


72  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  ... 

passing  that  even  political  events  which  do  not  at  first 
sight  appear  to  have  any  intimate  relations  with  economic 
life,  will  disturb  the  foreign  exchanges,  and  react  on  the 
world  of  business.  The  mere  rumour  of  war  is  reflected 
in  the  sensitive  nervous  system  of  modern  economic  life — 
the  banking  world ;  the  outbreak  of  war  results  in  total 
temporary  paralysis,  as  may  be  seen  from  the  events  of 
July  and  August  1914. 

Although  the  whole  trend  of  modern  industry,  commerce, 
and  finance  has  been  towards  closer  intercourse  and  greater 
interdependence,  this  movement  has  been  hampered  by  the 
fact  that  there  has  been  no  parallel  development  in  the 
direction  of  the  political  unification  of  the  world.  Economic 
and  political  influences  have  intermingled  in  the  world, 
and  political  considerations  have  often  worked  against  the 
normal  evolution  of  economic  society  towards  greater  unity. 
In  spite  of  the  cosmopolitan  character  of  great  masses  of 
modern  capital,  there  is  some  capital  that  is  controlled  solely 
by  members  of  the  same  state,  which  seeks  fields  for  ex- 
ploitation abroad,  and  enters  into  competition  with  capital 
from  other  states.  This  would  be  nothing  more  than  the 
economic  rivalry  of  individuals  in  a  competitive  system,  if 
it  were  not  that  often  either  open  or  tacit  support  is  given 
to  the  prospective  concessionnaires  by  the  states  of  which 
they  are  members. 

Further,  the  imposition  of  tariff  restrictions  has  impeded 
the  full  play  of  the  economic  forces  making  for  the  inter- 
dependence of  peoples,  in  so  far  as  they  have  prevented 
the  growth  of  the  world  division  of  labour  which  lies  at  the 
roots  of  interdependence.  It  is  argued  that  a  tax  on  the 
importation  of  a  commodity  into  a  country  keeps  out  a 
supply  which  would  otherwise  have  entered  it,  and  in  its 
place  home-produced  commodities  are  bought  which  were 


not  sold  before,  because  they  were  either  inferior  in  quality 
or  higher  in  price  than  those  imported.  Hence,  part  of  the 
consumers  of  the  world  are  living  on  commodities  produced 
with  less  efficiency  than  the  remainder  of  the  world's  supply. 
Moreover,  commodities  enjoying  a  bounty  on'  export  are 
enabled  to  make  their  way  into  foreign  markets,  which  they 
were  not  able  to  supply  on  their  merits  without  the  aid 
of  such  bounty ;  again,  there  may  be  economic  loss  on 
the  whole.  It  must  be  remembered,  also,  that  the  fiscal 
system  of  a  country  is  usually  the  result  of  other  than  merely 
economic  considerations.  A  state  may  impede  the  free 
interchange  of  some  commodities  in  order  deliberately 
to  restrict  their  consumption  because  their  use  may  be 
deleterious,  though  naturally  revenue  is  one  object  of  the 
taxation.  More  important  than  this  is  the  use  of  its  fiscal 
system  by  a  state  as  a  means  of  obtaining  its  own  economic 
advantage.  The  argument  may  be  put  in  this  way.  "  It 
is  true  that  artificial  barriers  to  trade  are  injurious  to  the 
world  as  a  whole,  but  we  may  impose  them  in  such  a  way 
that  they  will  yield  us  a  greater  advantage  than  the  share 
of  advantage  we  should  get  from  free  economic  intercourse." 
And  for  a  time  it  is  conceivable  that,  though  the  whole  world 
may  lose,  a  single  nation  may  gain  by  such  a  policy.  But 
more  important  still  is  the  use  of  tariffs  and  bounties  in 
order  to  bring  about  all-round  economic  development  with 
a  view  to  minimising  a  state's  dependence  on  the  people 
of  other  states.  So  long  as  wars  are  a  possibility,  so  long 
are  states  likely  to  consider  the  danger  of  economic  inter- 
dependence in  the  event  of  hostilities.  One  great  gain 
which  the  world  will  reap  from  the  cessation  of  wars  will 
be  found  in  the  further  unification  of  economic  society  by 
the  abandonment  of  tariff  restrictions  imposed  in  the  main 
for  military  reasons.  Few  nations  are  prepared  to  face  the 


74  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  m 

possibility  of  starvation  in  time  of  war.  This  country  has 
adopted  an  alternative  policy  of  depending  on  naval 
power  to  keep  open  trade  routes.  The  German  Empire, 
on  the  other  hand,  has  adopted  a  policy  of  maintaining 
agricultural  efficiency.  In  the  words  of  Prince  von  Billow, 
"  economic  policy  must  foster  peaceful  development ;  but 
it  must  keep  in  view  the  possibility  of  war,  and,  for  this 
reason  above  all,  must  be  agrarian  in  the  best  sense  of  the 
word."  l  Further,  if  one  state  becomes  the  predominant 
source  of  supply  for  a  commodity,  and  a  trust  is  formed, 
the  whole  world  then  lies  at  the  mercy  of  a  single  compact 
economic  unit.  Twenty  years  ago,  when  this  country  was 
very  largely  dependent  upon  American  wheat,  people  were 
afraid  of  a  "  corner,"  and  the  havoc  it  might  work.  Such 
a  contingency  will  always  tend  to  a  policy  of  developing 
a  home  supply  as  the  best  safeguard.  Even  where  con- 
siderations of  war  do  not  weigh  very  heavily,  a  state  may 
still  prefer  to  protect  certain  industries  which  it  believes 
to  be  necessary  to  the  welfare  of  its  people.  It  may  believe, 
for  example,  that  a  vigorous  agricultural  population,  even  i-f 
they  are  less  favourably  situated  for  efficient  production 
than  the  farmers  of  other  countries,  are  a  national  asset, 
even  though  urban  life  becomes  more  tolerable  and  more 
healthy.  "  We  admit,"  it  may  say,  "  that  there  is  a 
material  loss  to  our  community  and  to  the  world  in  giving 
artificial  aid  to  our  agriculturists  when  they  might  be 
making  machinery,  but  national  welfare  is  not  to  be 
measured  in  material  wealth."  In  this  case  the  state  would 
be  making  an  economic  sacrifice  in  the  interests  of  what  it 
believed  to  be  a  greater  good.  But  strong  as  national  motives 
of  different  kinds  have  been  in  seeking  national  ends  irre- 
spective of  the  world's  material  progress,  they  have  signally 
1  Imperial  Germany,  p.  221. 


m      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     75 

failed  to  overcome  the  economic  forces  transcending  political 
boundaries  and  binding  the  peoples  of  all  states  together. 

The  increasing  consolidation  and  unification  of  the 
economic  world  has  its  necessary  counterpart  in  the  funda- 
mental unity  of  the  labouring  classes.1  The  cry  of  Karl 
Marx,  "  Workers  of  the  world,  unite  !  "  assumed — what 
few  would  deny — that  labour  in  all  countries  has  certain 
common  vital  interests  and  problems.  It  is  labour's 
recognition  of  the  "  cosmopolitanisation  "  of  the  industrial 
system.  The  solidarity  of  labour  has  been  proclaimed  by 
the  international  socialist  and  trade  union  movements. 
But  the  political  systems  of  the  world,  which  have 
impeded  the  growth  of  economic  unity,  have  also  been  the 
means  of  bringing  divisions  into  the  international  ranks 
of  labour.  The  development  of  industry  and  commerce, 
bringing  the  produce  of  the  nations  into  fuller  competition 
in  the  markets  of  the  world,  has  introduced  trade  rivalry 
on  a  scale  hitherto  unknown,  and  has  consequently  intro- 
duced competition  between  workers  of  different  countries, 
in  much  the  same  way  as  capitalists  with  common  interests 
in  the  economic  system  have  solidified  into  rival  national 
groups.  In  a  Free  Trade  country,  advocates  of  "  Tariff 
Reform  "  remind  the  workers  of  the  "  unfair  competition  " 
due  to  inferior  conditions  of  labour  in  other  countries.  Under 
a  protective  system  efforts  are  made  to  exclude  the  pro- 
ducts of  the  foreign  labourer,  and  thereby  to  ensure  "  more 
work"  for  the  native  labourer.  A  protective  tariff,  therefore, 
assumes  that  the  economic  interests  of  some  labourers  are 
antagonistic  to  those  of  others,  and  is  a  denial  in  the  actual 
practice  of  the  world  of  the  principle  of  labour  solidarity 

But  the  cry  of  the  unfair  competition  of  cheap  labour  is 
strongest  where  there  is  a  wide  disparity  in  the  standards 
1  See  Appendix  (Note  on  Cosmopolitan  Associations). 


76  INTERNATIONAL  KKI.ATIONS  n, 

of  life  of  the  competing  workers,  as  in  the  case  of  white 
and  Asiatic  labour.  The  export  of  capital  to  tropical  and 
semi-tropical  regions  has  drawn  into  the  economic  whirlpool 
labour  which  has  hitherto  been  outside  the  great  vortex  of 
world  trade.  In  the  use  of  cheap  yellow  labour  the  white 
workman  sees  a  menace  to  the  white  standard  of  life.  Hence 
the  demands  for  the  exclusion  of  the  Asiatic  from  the  labour 
market  in  Australia  and  North  America,  in  spite  of  the 
fact  that  these  labourers  are  as  much  a  part  of  the  capitalist 
system  as  their  white  brothers.  The  maintenance  of  the 
white  standard  of  life  and  all  that  it  implies  is  important 
for  civilisation  as  a  whole  ;  but  to  admit  this  is  merely  to 
admit  the  clash  of  immediate  economic  interests  in  the 
world  of  labour,  and  to  deny  the  prospect  of  the  real  unity 
of  labour  in  the  present  industrial  society.  It  illustrates 
also  the  difficult  problems  the  world  has  made  for  itself 
through  its  modern  development. 

It  is  clear  that  whilst  economic  forces  have  tended  to 
break  down  barriers,  to  increase  economic  intercourse,  and 
to  bring  an  ever  larger  part  of  the  world  within  the  scope 
of  these  world  forces,  modern  society  has  shown  tendencies 
towards  internal  disruption  due  to  the  play  of  individual 
self-interest  and  of  free  competition.  Externally,  the 
political  system  of  the  world  has  retarded  the  growth  of 
economic  interdependence.  Though  Capital  as  a  factor  in 
the  industrial  and  commercial  world  has  a  single  interest,  the 
capitalists  who  own  it  have  their  own  interests  which  have 
tended  to  crystallise  nationally.  Similarly,  Labour  as  an 
agent  of  production  has  its  own  interests  as  distinct  from 
those  of  Capital,  but  its  solidarity  has  been  obscured  partly 
by  the  competitive  system  which  has  set  one  labourer 
against  another,  and  partly,  though  the  two  may  be  con- 
nected, by  national  and  political  influences. 


in      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     77 

These  influences,  rightly  or  wrongly,  have  led  to  the  clash 
of  interests  between  those  large  social  groups  called  states  ; 
and  nations  with  their  vertical  consolidation  of  all  classes 
have  confused  the  issues  between  those  simpler  horizontal 
combinations,  across  states,  representing  sectional  interests. 
The  international  socialist  movement  has  never  really  faced 
the  issue  between  nationalism  and  the  international  economic 
society ;  it  has  asserted  its  international  position,  but 
never,  by  resolution,  denied  the  validity  of  nationalism, 
nor  does  it  appear  to  have  attempted  to  reconcile  the  con- 
flicting claims.  The  international  trade  union  movement 
has  avoided  even  more  the  consideration  of  the  question. 
The  problem  of  the  future  is  to  weave  out  of  the  nations  of 
the  world  a  political  organisation  which  shall  control  the 
cosmopolitan  economic  society  that  has  grown  in  modern 
times,  just  as  in  a  well-ordered  state  economic  interests 
would  be  subordinated  to  the  wider  social  aims  of  the 
community.1 

2.  ECONOMICS  AND  POLITICS 

The  deep-seated  economic  changes  which  have  taken 
place  in  the  modern  age  have  resulted  in  bringing  economic 
influences  into  a  much  more  prominent  place  in  world 
affairs.  This  is  not  to  say  that  the  world  of  to-day  has 
necessarily  become  materialised,  but  only  that  a  vastly 
more  powerful  weapon  has  been  placed  in  the  hands  of 
individuals  and  communities  striving  to  realise  immaterial 
ends — some  probably  of  a  low  order,  but  nevertheless 
super-economic.  Internationally,  economic  influences  have 
come  to  play  a  greater  part  in  the  rivalry  between  nations 
for  power  and  prestige  than  ever  before.  Dr.  Seton- Watson 
writes  of  "  the  three  dominant  factors  of  modern  life — 
1  See  Appendix. 


78  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  ... 

religion,  nationality,  and  economics."  l  Mr.  Morton  Fuller- 
ton's  analysis,  though  different,  agrees  in  attributing 
considerable  importance  to  the  economic  factor. 

Behind  the  fa9ade  of  Governments  two  occult  powers  are  now 
determining  the  destinies  of  the  world.  One  of  these  is  the 
disseminated  Wealth  of  the  Democracy,  canalized  both  by  the 
plutocratic  oligarchy  of  the  Bankers  (la  Haute  Finance),  whose 
clients,  the  Modern  States,  great  and  small,  are  constrained  to 
apply  to  them  for  immense  loans,  and  by  the  great  manufacturers 
and  mining  proprietors,  who  tend  to  be  actuated  solely  by 
economic  interest,  and  who  often  combine  in  international 
trusts,  the  operations  of  which  are  merely  hampered  by  patriotic 
questions  of  national  policy  and  national  honour. 

The  other  power  is  the  mysterious  pervasive  force  known  as 
Public  Opinion,  which  is  becoming  more  and  more  conscious 
of  its  efficacy,  and,  as  its  curiosity  concerning  the  public  weal 
and  concerning  international  facts  and  correlations  grows  more 
alert,  is  manifesting  a  proportionately  livelier  jealousy  of  its 
prerogatives.2 

In  another  passage  he  goes  so  far  as  to  assert  that  "  the 
economic  necessities  of  a  nation  determine  its  policy."  3 
A  conviction  of  the  truth  that  in  the  modern  world  one 
of  the  governing  influences  of  action  is  economic  does  not 
involve  acceptance  of  the  view  of  "  dollar  diplomacy  "  ; 
that  economic  advantage  is  sought  by  states  as  an  end  in 
itself,  or  primarily  as  a  means  of  enriching  a  certain  class 
within  the  state. 

What  part  have  economic  forces  and  interests  played 
in  determining  foreign  policy  ?  To  put  it  concretely,  Has 
British  foreign  policy,  for  example,  aimed  deliberately  and 
exclusively  at  the  extension  of  British  trade  and  commerce  ? 
So  far  back  as  the  Middle  Ages,  Edward  III.  used  the 

1  The  Future  of  Bohemia  (Nisbet,  1915,  3d.),  p.  4. 

2  Problems  of  Power,  p.  1. 

3  Ibid.  p.  213. 


in      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     79 

British  export  of  wool  as  a  diplomatic  weapon ;  that  is  to 
say,  as  an  instrument  to  serve  the  ends  of  national  policy 
At  a  later  period,  when  private  enterprise  was  establishing 
trading  companies  and  merchants  were  seeking  for  profits 
abroad,  the  Government  granted  the  companies  monopolies, 
not  because  the  mercantile  class  dominated  the  Government 
and  was  able  to  exploit  the  state  in  its  own  private  interests, 
but  because  the  Government  believed  that  foreign  trade 
was  a  means  to  national  power.  The  mercantilist  policy  of 
the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries  was  not  a  sur- 
render of  the  state  to  the  merchant  community.  It  was 
rather  a  conscious  national  policy  aimed  at  the  development 
of  national  power  and  prestige,  and  which  saw  in  a  favour- 
able "  balance  of  trade  "  and  the  accumulation  of  material 
wealth  a  means  to  that  end.  So  far  was  this  policy  carried 
that  commercial  intercourse  with  states  which  were  looked 
upon  as  "  natural  enemies "  was  discouraged  !  The 
capitalists — commercial  and  industrial — of  the  Industrial 
Revolution  period,  finding  this  state  direction  and  super- 
vision irksome,  were  among  those  who  most  strongly  cried 
for  the  abolition  of  restrictions  and  for  the  regime  of  laissez- 
faire.  During  the  great  agitation  in  the  first  half  of  the 
nineteenth  century  for  the  abolition  of  the  Corn  Laws,  and 
of  the  protective  system  generally,  opposition  came  from 
those  who  felt  that  freedom  of  trade  would  affect  them 
adversely,  whilst  the  movement  was  supported  by  those 
who  saw  in  the  abolition  of  tariff  restrictions  the  chances 
of  greater  private  gain.  In  other  words,  self-interest 
played  a  great  part  in  the  controversy,  and  many  people, 
without  considering  their  own  pockets  first,  would  naturally 
found  their  judgment  on  their  own  industrial  experience. 
At  the  same  time,  the  crucial  question  and  the  real  issue 
upon  which  the  controversy  turned  was  that  of  national 


80  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  .., 

interest — or  national  self-interest,  if  that  term  be  preferred. 
Again,  when  in  the  twentieth  century  Mr.  Joseph  Chamber- 
lain revived  the  old  controversy  in  a  new  form,  and  urged 
the  reintroduction  of  a  "  Colonial  "  system,  enthusiastic 
support  came  from  those  who  controlled  the  industries 
which  were  likely  to  profit  by  it,  and  stubborn  opposition 
from  those  who  felt  their  economic  interests  threatened. 
And  much  of  the  flood  of  argument  was  used  to  show  the 
free-traders  on  the  one  hand  that  they  would  be  better  off 
under  a  protective  tariff,  and  the  protectionists  on  the  other 
that  they  were  better  off  with  the  system  of  free  imports. 
But  Mr.  Chamberlain's  motive  was  political,  and  he  was 
not  concerned  with  the  aggrandisement  of  one  group  of 
capitalists  rather  than  another.  Rightly  or  wrongly,  he 
believed  that  fiscal  charges  were  called  for  in  what  he 
considered  to  be  the  best  interests  of  the  nation  and  the 
Empire.  The  economic  results  were  not  to  him  ends  in 
themselves,  but  means  for  the  realisation  of  imperial  power 
and  prestige.  The  tariff  was  an  economic  instrument  to 
be  wielded  for  political  purposes,  a  weapon  with  which  to 
gain  state  ends  in  the  sphere  of  international  politics. 

Similarly,  in  the  struggle  for  concessions  in  undeveloped 
regions,  though  there  may  be  competition  between  rival 
groups  of  capitalists  actuated  solely  by  motives  of  self- 
interest,  it  does  not  follow  that  they  control  for  their  own 
ends  the  diplomatic  negotiations  between  states  with 
regard  to  concessions,  or  that  the  states  have  been  prosti- 
tuted to  serve  the  purpose  of  a  few  individuals.  Conces- 
sions are  counters  in  the  great  diplomatic  game  in  which 
states  are  striving  for  position,  power,  and  prestige,  and 
for  the  satisfaction  of  their  ambitions.  This  may  not  be  a 
high  standard  of  conduct.  The  relations  between  states 
ought,  we  may  agree,  to  be  based  on  higher  motives.  The 


in      INTEKNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  KELATIONS      81 

point,  however,  is  that  the  interests  of  the  financier  are 
served,  not  primarily  on  his  individual  behalf,  but  for  the 
satisfaction  of  state  aspirations.  In  the  same  way  the  offers 
made  to  induce  labour  to  emigrate  to  new  countries  have 
not  as  their  first  object  either  the  alleviation  of  distress  or 
the  advancement  of  the  economic  position  of  a  number  of 
individual  labourers,  but  the  development  of  a  young  state's 
own  resources  and  power. 

Nevertheless,  a  powerful  vested  interest  is  always  a 
menace.  Wealth  is  power  ;  and  the  accumulated  resources 
of  great  financiers  may,  indeed,  sway  Governments.  Finan- 
cial interests  are  well  represented  in  the  councils  of  the 
nations,  and  executive  power  may  fall  into  the  hands  of 
those  who,  however  sincere  they  may  be,  contemplate 
national  problems  through  financial  spectacles.  Further, 
where  Governments  are  corrupt  or  feeble,  the  financier 
eager  for  concessions  may  work  his  will  and  profit  thereby 
with  the  connivance  of  the  state,  which  has  used  its  re- 
sources for  other  than  state  ends.  Cases  of  this  kind  are 
not  wanting.  The  part  played  by  the  Banca  di  Eoma  in 
the  Tripolitan  War  illustrates  the  kind  of  entanglement 
of  finance  and  the  State  to  which  self-seeking  private 
interests  may  give  rise. 

Human  motives  are  usually  complex,  and  national 
motives  not  less  so.  The  desire  to  make  money  is  no 
stronger  than  the  desire  to  make  history.  "  The  desire  to 
make  history,"  "  national  prestige,"  etc.,  may  appear  to  be 
merely  phrases,  but,  as  Professor  Graham  Wallas l  has 
pointed  out,  a  phrase  may  be  an  effective  motive,  even 
though  it  is  never  analysed,  and  these  things  are  ends  in 
themselves.  To  explain  national  policy,  therefore,  merely 

1  See  his  treatment  of  political  motives  in  Human  Nature  in 
Politics. 


82  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  m 

on  the  basis  of  financial  interest  is  too  simple  a  method,  and 
one  which,  by  telling  part  of  the  truth  and  giving  less  than 
its  due  to  the  remainder,  conveys  as  a  result  a  more  or  less 
erroneous  impression.  For  example,  to  explain  British 
policy  in  Egypt  solely  on  the  grounds  of  the  private  financial 
interests  which  were  at  stake,  is  to  neglect  other  important 
factors.  Financiers  had  encouraged  for  their  own  ends 
"  the  rake's  progress  "  in  Egypt,  and  the  pressure  which 
they  exerted  undoubtedly  influenced  the  Government. 
Further,  British  diplomacy  might  have  been  more  clear- 
sighted. Even  so,  wider  questions  were  involved.  The 
British  Government  was  a  shareholder  in  the  Suez  Canal ; 
the  Canal  was  of  great  commercial  and  strategic  importance. 
What  was  at  stake  was  several  millions  of  national  capital, 
the  control  of  an  important  trade  route,  and  the  highway 
to  the  eastern  parts  of  the  Empire.  There  was  also  the 
question  of  preventing  chaos  extending  to  other  regions 
and  leading,  perhaps,  to  serious  widespread  disturbances. 
And  only  a  cynic  would  suggest  that  the  fears  of  Gladstone, 
Granville,  and  others  for  the  lives  of  the  quarter  of  a  million 
residents  in  Egypt  were  a  hypocritical  pretence.  Con- 
sideration of  these  factors  weighed  heavily  in  the  minds  of 
many  who  would  repudiate  the  idea  of  intervention  in  the 
interests  of  a  horde  of  financiers. 

In  European  intervention  in  China,  the  partition  of 
Africa,  the  question  of  Morocco — in  all  the  great  inter- 
national entanglements  of  modern  times — there  is  to  be 
seen  the  confused  play  of  mixed  motives,  the  interaction 
of  economic  influences  and  political  forces — the  investor, 
seeking  for  new  fields  to  exploit,  endeavouring  to  drive  the 
diplomats,  the  diplomats  anxious  for  economic  develop- 
ments as  a  means  to  national  prestige,  security,  and  the 
realisation  of  national  ambitions. 


in      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     83 

In  no  country  does  one  see  the  motives  behind  national 
policy  so  clearly  as  in  Germany.  The  aims  and  actions 
of  the  German  Empire  are  rooted  in  the  ideas  expressed 
by  List  and  Treitschke.  Industry,  commerce,  transport, 
tariff  system,  foreign  trade,  have  all  been  viewed  as  means 
for  the  fulfilment  of  a  national  purpose.  Whoever  may 
have  gained  by  the  way,  their  gains  are  merely  means  to 
a  greater  end.  And  since  Germany's  entry  into  WeltpolitiJc 
no  country  has  pursued  more  thoroughly  a  policy  of  utilising 
economic  methods,  not  for  the  aggrandisement  of  interested 
parties,  but  for  the  realisation  of  political  ambitions.1 

Now  that  nations  are  not  economically  self-sufficing, 
even  with  the  aid  of  protective  tariffs,  economic  motives 
have  become  more  and  more  important  in  the  field  of 
international  politics,  because  economic  insecurity  means 
national  insecurity  and  the  probable  frustration  of  national 
hopes.  Consequently  negotiations  and  treaties  nowadays 
turn  largely  upon  commercial  questions.  Our  own  Imperial 
Conference,  though  naturally  devoting  itself  to  matters  of 
Imperial  defence,  has  found  much  of  its  time  absorbed  in 
questions  of  an  economic  character. 

The  recent  agreement  between  China  and  Japan  illus- 
trates the  extent  to  which  economic  considerations  enter 
into  modern  treaties. 

On  May  8,  1915,  after  prolonged  negotiations,  China  agreed 
to  certain  demands  made  upon  her  by  Japan.  They  were  mainly 
five  in  number  : — 

1  The  importance  of  economic  power  as  a  basis  of  political  power 
is  well  illustrated  in  the  case  of  the  German  Empire.  "  One  of  the 
most  important  influences  on  the  redistribution  of  political  power  in 
Europe  during  the  past  forty  years  has  been  the  discovery  that 
Germany,  instead  of  being  comparatively  poor  in  coal,  is  one  of  the 
greatest  coal  countries  in  the  world."  (Professor  Gregory  in  Con- 
temporary Revieio,  Dec.  1915.) 


84  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  m 

1. — Shantung 

China  agreed  (1)  to  recognise  the  arrangements  between 
Japan  and  Germany  (in  the  treaty  of  peace)  concerning  the 
latter's  rights  in  Shantung  ;  (2)  not  to  cede  or  lease  any  portion 
of  the  province  ;  (3)  to  apply  to  Japanese  capitalists  for  a  loan 
if  it  is  decided  to  build  a  railway  connecting  Cheefoo  or  Lungkau 
with  the  Tsingtau-Tsinan  line  ;  (4)  to  open  more  trade  marts 
in  the  province. 

2. — South  Manchuria 

China  agreed  (1)  to  extend  the  lease  of  the  Kwangtung  pro- 
vince to  ninety-nine  years  ;  (2)  to  give  liberty  of  trade  and  move- 
ment to  Japanese  subjects  in  South  Manchuria  ;  (3)  to  approach 
Japanese  capitalists  if  it  should  require  loans  for  construction 
works  in  the  country ;  (4)  to  consult  the  Japanese  Government 
before  engaging  foreign  advisers  for  the  administration  of  South 
Manchuria. 

3. — Eastern  Inner  Mongolia 

China  agreed  (1)  to  consult  Japan  before  contracting  any 
loans  for  construction  works  in  this  area  ;  (2)  to  open  more  trade 
marts. 

4. — Kiau-Chau 

Japan  agreed  that  if  on  conclusion  of  the  war  she  has  the  free 
disposal  of  Kiau-Chau,  she  would  be  ready  to  restore  it  to  China 
on  certain  conditions,  the  principal  being  that  Kiau-Chau  Bay 
should  become  an  open  port. 

5. — Miscellaneous  Points 

China  agreed  (1)  to  allow  the  Han-Yeh-Siug  Company  to 
carry  on  ita  operations  ;  (2)  not  to  grant  any  rights  to  any  Power 
to  build  military  or  naval  establishments  in  Fukien.1 

It  would  seem  that  the  object  of  Japan  in  this  Treaty 
was  threefold :  first,  to  strengthen  her  own  economic 
position  by  obtaining  a  favourable  outlet  for  her  capital, 

1  Statesman's  Year  Book,  1915,  p.  Ixv. 


m      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     85 

shielded  by  a  monopoly,  and  by  obtaining  new  markets 
within  easy  reach  of  her  shores  ;  secondly,  to  gain  political 
power  in  China  through  the  power  of  the  purse  ;  and  thirdly, 
thereby  to  increase  her  prestige  among  the  nations  of  the 
world. 

The  part  played  by  "  high  finance  "  in  modern  diplomacy 
is  well  illustrated  in  the  French  loan  to  Turkey  in  1914. 
In  spite  of  already  heavy  commitments  in  the  Balkans,  Paris 
financiers  agreed  to  lend  £32,000,000  to  the  Turks.  "  For 
this  accommodation  the  Turkish  nation  have  had  to  pay  very 
heavily  in  railway  and  harbour  concessions,  and  the  security 
has  cut  deep  into  the  independence  of  its  Anatolian  home- 
land." "  The  loan  negotiations  covered  the  whole  diplo- 
matic field  between  France  and  Turkey.  The  status  of 
French  subjects  in  Turkey  was  regulated  to  the  annihilation 
of  Turkish  ambitions  of  abrogating  the  privileged  status 
of  foreigners.  In  return,  Paris  agreed  to  a  4  per  cent 
increase  of  customs  duties,  and  a  tariff  instead  of  ad  valorem 
rates,  as  well  as  to  various  monopolies,  to  which  London, 
Vienna,  and  Rome  had  already  assented.  Turkey  further 
conceded  to  France  the  concession  of  the  ports  of  Jaffa, 
Haifa,  and  Tripoli  in  Syria,  and  of  Ineboli  and  Eregli  on  the 
Black  Sea,  as  well  as  1250  miles  of  railway  construction  in 
Syria  (Rayak-Ramleh)  and  in  Anatolia  (Samsun-Sivas- 
Erzindjan,  Kharput-Angora,  Van-Bitlis,  and  Boli-Havza). 
Moreover,  the  French  abandoned  the  Bagdad  Railway  to 
the  Germans  by  surrendering  the  £1,400,000  Bagdad  stock 
held  by  French  banks  in  return  for  rights  in  the  1910  loan 
to  Turkey."  * 

As  economic  considerations  have  come  to  play  an 
increasingly  important  part  in  the  policy  of  nations,  they 
have  also  been  a  means  of  feeding  the  fires  of  national 

1  Nationalism  and  the  Near  East,  pp.  329-30. 


86  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  m 

hostility.  Economic  power  has  become  a  stick  with  which 
to  belabour  rival  states.  Serbia,  for  example,  has  been  in 
economic  bondage  to  Austria-Hungary,  because  the  latter 
controlled  the  outlets  through  which  Serbian  products 
flowed  to  Central  Europe.  The  power  thus  placed  in  the 
hands  of  the  politicians  of  the  Dual  Empire  was  used  as  a 
means  to  achieve  the  political  subordination  of  the  Balkan 
state.  This  intolerable  situation  led  Serbian  policy  in  a 
direction  in  harmony  with  her  political  aspirations ;  and 
though  the  Balkan  League  and  the  Balkan  Wars  were  not 
in  the  first  place  due  to  economic  considerations,  these  added 
to  the  force  of  other  circumstances. 

Another  illustration  of  the  use  of  the  economic  weapon 
to  obtain  political  ends  may  be  drawn  from  the  annexation 
of  Bosnia  by  Austria-Hungary  in  1908.  The  Turks,  unable 
to  offer  effective  military  or  diplomatic  opposition,  replied 
by  an  economic  boycott  of  the  produce  of  the  Dual  Mon- 
archy. So  effectual  was  this  that  before  long  Austria  was 
glad  to  offer  the  Ottoman  Empire  compensation.  It  is 
extremely  improbable  that  prolonged  diplomatic  negotia- 
tions would  have  led  to  the  satisfaction  of  Turkish  claims, 
but  what  diplomacy  could  not  do  was  accomplished  by  the 
silent  operation  of  economic  forces  through  the  policy  of 
the  "  general  strike." 

Further,  a  state  which  seeks  to  attain  its  aims  through 
military  power,  and  estimates  its  prestige  in  terms  of  the 
size  and  efficiency  of  its  military  and  naval  forces,  will 
endeavour  to  include  under  its  flag  regions  supplying  the 
sinews  of  war.  Notwithstanding  any  economic  arguments 
on  the  futility  of  the  mere  possession  of  territory,  a  state 
lacking  materials  for  the  manufacture  of  munitions  of 
war  will  cast  an  eye  over  the  disposable  areas  of  the  world 
in  the  hope  of  obtaining  territory  which  will  satisfy  its 


in      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     87 

needs.  Alternatively  it  will  seek  for  open  markets  for 
the  purchase  of  them.  These  self-same  commodities  are 
also  the  first  essentials  to  the  arts  of  peace.  So  that 
in  the  modern  world  a  lack  of  those  products  on  which 
the  very  life  of  a  nation  in  time  of  war  depends  is  likely  to 
reflect  itself  in  its  policy.  It  has  been  said  of  Germany 
that  "  even  more  than  an  open  market  in  which  to  sell 
her  goods,  she  wants  an  open  market  from  which  to 
buy  other  essential  products,  the  possession  of  which  is 
to-day  a  matter  of  life  and  death  for  her.  She  is  scouring 
the  world  for  iron."  l  The  need  of  iron  and  copper,  tin  and 
zinc,  oil  and  rubber,  has  been  a  great  factor  in  the  growth 
of  the  concessionaire  class.  Both  military  and  economic 
necessity  have  led  states  into  rivalry  for  economic  pre- 
dominance in  the  areas  whence  these  products  come.  The 
source  of  trouble  is  not  the  economic  rivalry  between 
sovereign  states  themselves,  but  the  more  complicated 
question  of  the  relation  between  sovereign  states  with 
regard  to  the  undeveloped  regions  of  the  world.  It  would 
seem,  therefore,  that  whilst  economic  interdependence 
makes  for  peace  in  some  directions,  it  may  be  the  cause  of 
international  unrest  and  hostility. 

The  question  as  to  whether  the  cosmopolitan  character 
of  credit  and  capital,  and  the  existence  of  great  world 
markets  for  the  world's  merchandise,  make  for  peace,  does 
not  admit  of  a  simple  answer.  It  is  often  assumed  that  the 
greater  mobility  of  capital  in  modern  times,  and  the  irriga- 
tion of  the  world  through  financial  channels,  exercises  a 
pacific  influence.  Over  the  greater  part  of  the  economic 
field,  the  close  interdependence  of  nation  and  nation,  of 
industry  and  industry,  of  raw  material  and  finished  product, 
has  driven  home  the  advantages  of  peace,  and  the  dis- 
1  Problems  of  Power,  p.  214. 


88  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  in 

integrating  effects  of  war.  Those  who  are  concerned  with 
supplying  the  staple  commodities  of  the  everyday  life  of 
the  world  are,  in  the  main,  interested  in  the  preservation 
of  peace.  And  the  fact  that  capital  and  credit  roam  at 
large  over  the  world  seeking  for  rich  pastures  is  a  steadying 
factor.  On  the  other  hand,  the  network  of  capitalists 
making  the  paraphernalia  of  war,  and  exercising  in  subtle 
ways  a  constant  pressure  upon  Governments,  is  an  ugly 
menace  to  the  world's  peace.  This  influence  is  an  ever- 
present  irritant  in  a  world  of  sore  places.  Granting  that  the 
armament  firms  are  interested  in  war  scares  rather  than 
wars,  a  mere  scare  may  be  sufficient  to  set  into  motion 
well-nigh  uncontrollable  forces  making  for  war.  Moreover, 
though  it  is  true  that  a  vast  amount  of  the  world's  capital 
is  cosmopolitan,  there  is,  as  we  have  seen,  a  volume  of  capital 
which  is  national  in  character,  and  which,  in  search  of  foreign 
outlets,  operates  often  with  the  military  and  naval  resources 
of  states  behind  it,  being,  as  it  were,  a  medium  for  the  in- 
crease of  national  prestige.  It  is  worth  remarking  that  the 
British  capitalist  prefers  investments  under  British  govern- 
ment, and  though  a  considerable  amount  of  British  capital 
is  invested  outside  the  British  Empire,  most  of  this  is  under 
the  jurisdiction  of  states  (e.g.  U.S.A.)  over  which  the  British 
Government  can  exercise  no  influence.  The  French 
Foreign  Office  exercises  a  limited  control  over  the  flow  of 
French  capital,  by  requiring  the  Foreign  Minister's  sanction 
before  stocks  or  shares  can  be  bought  and  sold  on  the  Paris 
Exchange.  As  France  is,  after  Great  Britain,  the  chief 
capital-exporting  country  in  the  world,  this  provision  has 
proved  a  useful  diplomatic  weapon  on  more  than  one 
occasion. 

Then  also  capital  lent  to  a  state,  which  uses  it  directly 
or  indirectly  for  strengthening  its  military  power,  or  for 


in      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     89 

purposes  which  other  states  believe  to  be  inimical  to  their 
interests,  may  be  a  means  of  exciting  hostility  leading  to 
bad  blood,  if  not  to  a  breach  of  the  peace.  The  possession 
of  loanable  capital  by  the  citizens  of  a  state  may  be  used 
by  it  as  a  diplomatic  instrument,  complicating  international 
relations,  if  not  actually  endangering  peace,  and  introducing 
an  influence  tending  to  the  settlement  of  issues  on  grounds 
other  than  those  of  justice.  A  state  with  money  to  lend 
may  use  the  power  it  wields  to  gain  ends  antagonistic  to 
the  interests  of  other  states.  A  state  which  has  borrowed 
money  may  find  in  the  lending  state  a  friend  who  will  either 
condone  its  actions,1  or  a  mentor  who  will  insist  on  the 
maintenance  of  conditions  which  will  safeguard  the  loan. 
It  is  certain  that  the  possession  of  Turkish  bonds  led  many 
people  in  this  country  to  approve  a  kindly  policy  towards 
the  Ottoman  Empire,  and  vested  interests,  blind  to  wider 
impersonal  considerations,  supported  intervention  in  Egypt 
from  pecuniary  motives.  War  loans  raised  abroad  are 
likely  to  prolong  wars  which  the  economic  exhaustion  of 
belligerent  resources  might  otherwise  have  brought  to  an 
end  ;  whilst  a  great  part  of  the  sums  so  raised  only  go  to 
strengthen  the  position  of  the  armament  dealers,  either 
through  an  agreement  to  take  part  of  the  loan  in  munitions, 
or  in  order  to  pay  for  war  materials  already  bought. 

In  weak  and  backward  states  the  invasion  of  foreign 
capital  is  often  the  first  step  to  political  tutelage  and 
international  jealousy.  Important  industrial  and  com- 
mercial interests  closely  affecting  the  welfare  of  other 
states  may  be  imperilled  by  internal  disorder  in  a  country 
which  the  latter  may  find  itself  unable  to  suppress.  The 

1  The  alliance  between  Russia  and  France  is  in  part  at  least  an 
alliance  between  a  debtor  and  a  creditor  state  for  their  mutual 
advantage. 


90  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  m 

usual  end  is  that  law  and  order  are  restored  by  external  aid, 
but  at  the  expense  of  some  loss  of  the  country's  political 
independence.  It  is  clear,  therefore,  without  pursuing 
further  the  complicated  effects  of  the  entry  of  economic 
influences  into  politics,  that  the  very  factors  of  modern  life 
which  have  brought  people  more  closely  together,  may  also 
be  forces  harnessed  to  plough  up  misunderstandings  rather 
than  to  aid  understanding.  According  to  an  American 
writer,  "  among  the  Western  peoples  the  most  probable 
future  causes  of  war,  in  addition  to  national  antipathies, 
will  be  clashing  commercial  or  industrial  interests,  contests 
for  new  markets  and  fresh  opportunities  for  profitable  in- 
vestments of  capital,  and  possibly,  extensive  migrations 
of  labourers."  x 

The  intimate  connection  between  economics  and  politics 
is  recognised  in  the  largely  untrue  but  widely  accepted 
dictum  that  "  trade  follows  the  flag."  In  the  earlier  days 
of  colonial  development  it  could  be  said  with  some  truth, 
but  in  recent  times  there  are  many  instances  to  show  that 
the  flag  follows  trade.  The  days  of  military  conquest  have 
been  succeeded  by  the  period  of  economic  conquest  with  its 
frequent  consequence,  political  possession.  The  normal 
evolution  appears  to  be  trade,  administration,  possession. 
This  process  has  gone  on  both  unconsciously  and  consciously. 
In  India,  for  example,  the  flag  followed  trade,  though  the 
process  took  two  and  a  half  centuries  to  complete  from  the 
establishment  of  the  East  India  Company  to  the  declaration 
of  Queen  Victoria  as  Empress  of  India  after  the  Indian 
upheaval.  In  this  case  the  grant  of  a  charter  to  the 
British  East  India  Company  was  not  the  first  step  in  a 
deliberate  policy  of  territorial  expansion. 

1  Some  Roads  towards  Peace,  by  C.  W.  Eliot  (Carnegie  Endowment 
for  International  Peace),  p.  14. 


in      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     91 

Briefly,  trade  in  India  was  seen  to  be  impossible  without 
law  and  order.  Internal  disorder  in  the  country  drove  the 
Company  to  protect  itself  by  gradually  developing  a  system 
of  administration,  the  Company  taking  upon  itself  important 
functions  of  government  and  becoming  a  quasi-state, 
which,  owing  to  its  very  nature  as  a  business  concern,  could 
not  be  relied  upon  to  exercise  its  powers  wisely.  It  was 
therefore  an  anomaly  to  which  there  was  only  one  end — 
absorption  as  a  definite  part  of  the  State  controlling  the 
Company.  On  this  point  it  may  be  said  that  government 
by  chartered  company  can  never  be  more  than  temporary, 
and  is  a  doubtful  expedient  from  the  point  of  view  of 
political  science,  whatever  may  be  said  of  the  efficiency  of 
the  chartered  company  as  an  engine  of  economic  exploita- 
tion. 

The  history  of  external  interference  in  China  is  as  yet 
but  in  its  early  stages,  commercial  rather  than  political,  but 
in  recent  years  the  feeling  has  grown  that  commercial 
rivalry  in  the  Far  East  was  the  prelude  to  political  partition. 
The  integrity  of  China,  words  often  on  the  lips  of  diplomats, 
will  only  be  preserved  through  the  fear  of  each  of  the 
Powers,  that  others  may  get  more  than  a  due  share  of  the 
lion's  skin,  or  through  the  operation  of  a  new  spirit  in 
international  politics.  It  is  said  that  Japan  has  designs 
upon  China,  and,  if  so,  there  is  little  doubt  that  the  treaty 
quoted  above  is  intended  as  a  step  along  the  way.  "  The 
foreign  financial  control  of  Macedonia,  Crete,  and  Egypt," 
says  a  recent  writer,  "  was  the  beginning  of  the  end  of 
Ottoman  rule  there  ;  and  foreign  control  of  Armenia  and 
Syria  will  have  the  same  result."  x 

"  Economic  penetration  "  is  nowadays  considered  as  a 
powerful    instrument    for    the    realisation    of    Chauvinist 
1  Nationalism  and  War  in  the  Near  East,  p.  332. 


92 

ambitions.  Commercial  predominance  in  an  area  unclaimed 
by  a  great  Power  easily  becomes  political  suzerainty  when 
the  time  is  ripe,  or  the  issue  is  forced  in  the  diplomatic 
world.  Germany's  deliberately  pursued  policy  of  "  peaceful 
penetration  "  in  the  Balkan  Peninsula  was  an  integral  part 
of  her  general  foreign  policy  in  the  Near  East,  and  appears, 
to  judge  by  the  Pan-Germans,  to  have  been  regarded  as  the 
first  step  towards  the  establishment  of  colonial  possessions 
in  Asia  Minor.  The  policy  of  economic  penetration  may, 
however,  be  frustrated  by  the  growth  of  national  and  demo- 
cratic movements.  Because  Russia,  by  means  of  the  Russian 
Railway,  gained  control  in  Manchuria,  it  does  not  follow  that 
the  Bagdad  Railway  will  also  achieve  a  similar  end.  Half 
a  century  ago  Austria,  by  the  construction  of  the  Oriental 
Railway  to  Constantinople,  secured  a  measure  of  economic 
control  over  the  Balkans,  which  led  to  no  real  political 
control  owing  to  the  rise  of  national  movements  and  the 
diplomatic  support  given  to  them  by  other  Powers.  It 
is  clear,  therefore,  that  though  a  policy  of  economic  penetra- 
tion may  pave  the  way  for  political  penetration,  political 
forces  may  act  as  a  barrier  to  schemes  of  foreign  exploita- 
tion, though  those  who  mould  these  forces  may  fall  into  the 
grip  of  other  Powers  through  the  poverty  of  their  own 
resources,  as  has  happened  in  the  Balkans,  where  certain 
of  the  states  became  financially  indebted  to  Paris.  Though 
in  Africa  "  trade  followed  the  flag,"  modern  developments 
also  proceeded  in  the  opposite  direction  through  the 
discovery  of  the  policy  of  economic  penetration.  The 
modern  state  seeks  to  control  economic  forces  more  than  it 
thought  to  do,  or  was  even  able  to  do,  a  century  ago.  In 
these  circumstances  it  is  evident  that  the  industrial  revolu- 
tion and  its  economic  consequences  have  not  made  only  in 
the  direction  of  peace. 


m      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     93 

How  far  economic  questions  are  involved  in  the  relations 
between  states  may  perhaps  be  best  seen  in  a  brief  considera- 
tion of  the  issues  to  be  faced  at  the  end  of  the  Great  War. 
The  statement  of  Dr.  Seton-Watson,  a  publicist  who  will 
not  be  suspected  of  underestimating  the  importance  of  other 
issues,  may  well  be  quoted  in  full : 

If  Nationality  is  to  be  the  dominant  factor  in  the  future 
settlement  of  Europe,  two  other  vital  factors — economics  and 
religion — must  on  no  account  be  neglected,  unless  we  are  to 
court  disaster.  The  geographical  configuration  of  the  Continent 
and  the  distribution  of  the  various  races  renders  some  inter- 
national arrangement  of  a  commercial  nature  an  almost  essential 
postulate  of  future  peace.  The  free  navigation  of  the  Dardanelles 
and  the  Bosphorus  is  in  a  special  category  of  its  own,  and  lies 
in  the  interests  of  every  nation  in  Europe  without  exception.  If 
Italy  should  succeed  in  establishing  her  claim  to  Trieste,  she  must, 
alike  in  her  own  interests  and  in  those  of  European  peace,  convert 
the  city  into  a  free  port  for  all  commerce.  Its  inclusion  in  the 
Italian  tariff  system  would  rapidly  reduce  a  nourishing  port  to 
ruin  and  create  an  intolerable  situation  for  its  entire  hinterland, 
besides  acting  as  a  direct  challenge  to  Germany  to  upset  the 
settlement  at  the  earliest  possible  date  ;  whereas  its  proclamation 
as  a  free  port  would  give  full  scope  to  every  legitimate  aspiration 
of  German  commerce  in  the  eastern  Mediterranean.  In  the 
same  way,  if  Fiume  should  become  the  port  of  the  new  Serbo- 
Croat  state,  some  satisfactory  arrangement  must  be  made  for 
the  free  access  of  Hungarian  and  Bohemian  commerce  to  the 
sea.  From  such  an  arrangement  each  of  the  three  states  would 
derive  great  benefits,  and  its  triangular  nature  would  be  its  most 
effective  guarantee.  A  similar  experiment  has  already  been 
successfully  tried  at  the  harbour  of  Salonica,  where  Serbia 
possesses  a  special  zone  of  her  own,  exempt  from  Greek  customs 
dues.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  Greece  will  voluntarily  cede  Kavala 
in  return  for  valuable  territorial  expansion  elsewhere ;  but 
failing  that,  a  free  port  and  special  tariff  concessions  for  the 
future  Struma  valley  railway  ought  to  be  assured  to  Bulgaria. 

Finally,  in  the  north  of  Europe  similar  adjustments  would  be 
necessary.  If,  as  all  but  a  few  reactionaries  hope  and  believe, 
this  war  should  bring  at  least  a  partial  atonement  for  that 


94  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  in 

greatest  of  political  crimes,  the  partition  of  Poland,  then  the 
river  system  of  the  Vistula  will  resume  its  old  importance  as  a 
geographical  unit,  and  the  new  Poland  must  inevitably  obtain 
its  outlet  to  the  sea.  The  only  possible  way  of  ending  the 
secular  feud  of  Pole  and  German  is  to  reunite  the  broken 
fragments  of  the  Polish  race  and  to  restore  the  port  of  Danzig 
to  its  natural  position  as  a  free  port.  The  alternative  would  be 
the  cession  of  Danzig  and  at  least  a  portion  of  West  Prussia  to 
the  new  Poland,  the  isolation  of  East  Prussia  from  the  German 
motherland,  and  the  consequent  creation  of  a  new  "  Alsace- 
Lorraine  "  in  the  east  of  Europe.  This  would  be  not  to  undo, 
but  merely  to  invert,  the  crime  of  the  Polish  Partition,  and  to 
produce  a  situation  such  as  must  inevitably  lead  to  fresh  armed 
conflicts.  Here  then  is  obviously  a  point  at  which  wise  and 
far-sighted  commercial  provisions  can  do  much  to  modify  acute 
racial  antagonisms. 

There  is  indeed  much  to  be  said  for  some  special  international 
arrangement,  on  the  lines  of  the  Danube  Commission,  for  regulat- 
ing the  commerce  of  all  the  riparian  states  with  each  other  and 
with  the  outer  world.  In  such  cases  as  the  Seine,  the  Po,  or  the 
Volga  only  a  single  state  is  concerned,  and  the  problem  must 
be  regarded  as  one  of  internal  policy.  But  Germany  has  as 
great  an  interest  as  Holland  in  the  mouth  of  the  Rhine,  Belgium 
is  no  less  interested  than  Holland  in  the  mouth  of  the  Scheldt ; 
on  the  Elbe  and  the  Moldau  depends  much  of  Bohemia's  pros- 
perity ;  the  Danube  is  likely  to  assume  for  Hungary  an  even 
greater  importance  in  the  future  than  in  the  past ;  while  the 
Vistula  supplies  the  key  to  the  Polish  problem.1 

This  passage  shows  forcibly  not  only  the  interdependence 
of  economics  and  politics,  but  the  real  economic  back- 
ground of  the  Great  War. 


3.  ECONOMIC  INFLUENCES  AND  WAR 

In  the  modern  world  any  dislocation  or  suspension  of 
trade  and  industry  has  consequences  far  beyond  the  im- 
mediate area  of  disturbance.  The  dislocation  produced 

1   What  is  at  Stake  in  the  War,  pp.  13-15  (Papers  for  War  Time). 


in      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     95 

by  a  serious  earthquake,  a  political  revolution  or  a  war, 
each  in  varying  degrees,  has  economic  consequences  not 
exactly  calculable  but  far-reaching  and  often  profound. 
It  is  not  necessary  to  labour  the  economic  wastage  of  modern 
warfare.  Wars  entail  an  immediate  economic  loss  to  the 
world  as  a  whole.  There  may,  on  the  other  hand,  be  some 
gains  to  show.  If,  for  example,  the  result  of  a  war  is  to 
bring  a  larger  portion  of  the  world  within  the  sphere  of 
better  government,  or  rearrange  the  political  framework, 
within  which  the  economic  system  functions,  in  such  a  way 
as  to  permit  of  better  economic  arrangements,  the  result  in 
the  long  run  may  be  largely  to  reduce  the  net  loss — if  not, 
indeed,  to  effect  a  gain — by  securing  the  more  effective 
utilisation  of  nature's  resources,  and  facilitating  that 
orderly  development  of  industry  and  commerce  which 
depends  upon  enlightened  rule  and  wise  administration. 
Moreover,  in  spite  of  the  great  risks  of  unforeseen  economic 
consequences,  and  of  the  certainty  of  more  or  less  serious 
economic  injury  to  the  community  as  a  whole,  individual 
states,  belligerent  or  non-belligerent,  may  on  balance  show 
no  appreciable  ultimate  loss. 

In  some  ways  it  is  futile  to  attempt  to  measure  the 
relative  gain  and  loss  of  war.  In  the  first  place,  the  result 
of  the  calculation  will  depend  on  the  length  of  the  period 
over  which  the  consequences  of  the  war  are  measured,  as 
short  period  gains  may  prove  to  be  counterbalanced  by 
ultimate  losses  and  vice  versa.  Secondly,  no  one  can  fore- 
cast with  certainty  the  course  of  events  and  their  economic 
bearing  if  the  dispute  had  been  settled  by  some  other 
means  than  war.  In  any  case,  the  good  and  bad  effects 
of  war  are  so  inextricably  intertwined  and  so  utterly 
incapable  of  measurement  that  it  becomes  impossible  to 
strike  a  balance  with  any  degree  of  accuracy.  The  economic 


96  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  m 

effects  of  war  are  to  be  judged  not  only  by  the  immediate 
economic  losses  it  involves,  but  also  by  their  influence  on 
the  future  course  of  economic  development,  as  compared 
with  the  possibilities  of  the  inscrutable  "  what  might  have 
been."  Not  only  so,  but  the  political  changes  involved 
react  on  economic  life  either  for  good  or  evil,  so  that  the 
political  consequences  of  war  may  be  either  economically 
advantageous  or  the  reverse.  It  has  been  well  said  that  in 
the  modern  world  purely  economic  matters  do  not  exist ; 
the  bonds  between  economics  and  politics  are  too  intimate. 
If,  as  a  result  of  the  Franco-German  War,  Germany  had 
obtained  in  the  Treaty  of  Frankfort  all  the  iron  mines  of 
Eastern  France,  as  she  thought  she  had  done,  "  the  im- 
perious call  of  iron  "  would  never  have  arisen,  and  the 
political  history  and  the  economic  life  and  growth  of  the 
last  generation  would  have  been  different ;  whether  the 
net  result  would  have  been  economically  good  or  not  is  a 
question  which  may  be  left  to  those  who  enjoy  journeys 
into  the  region  of  speculation. 

What  are  the  material  costs  of  war  ?  In  the  first  place, 
war  disturbs  the  normal  workaday  life  of  the  world.  In 
spite  of  periodical  war  scares  and  the  apparently  important 
part  played  by  military  considerations,  the  modern  economic 
world  has  been  evolved  upon  the  assumption  of  a  state  of 
peace.  It  is  built  upon  a  peace  foundation.  When  we 
speak  of  "  the  crushing  burden  of  armaments,"  judging 
their  cost  by  the  expenditure  on  life-giving  state  services, 
we  are  apt  to  forget  that  the  volume  of  goods  produced  in 
preparation  for  war  is  small  in  comparison  with  the  total 
volume  of  the  world's  production.  Broadly  speaking,  only 
a  small  proportion  of  the  workers  of  the  world  are  engaged 
either  directly  or  indirectly  upon  the  production  of  war 
materials.  The  vast  majority  are  engaged  in  supplying 


m      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     97 

food  and  clothing,  housing  accommodation,  and  the 
amenities  of  civilised  life,  or  in  conveying  them  from  place 
to  place,  or  in  building  the  ships  and  rolling-stock  which 
carry  them.  Even  in  Germany,  where  the  water  and 
railway  transport  system  has  been  consolidated  and 
developed  with  strategic  intentions,  intermittent  years  of 
warfare  cannot  submerge  the  importance  of  long  periods 
of  peaceful  use. 

And  the  whole  world,  in  spite  of  rivalry  and  individual 
self-seeking,  is  engaged  in  the  stupendous  task  of  supplying 
its  normal  needs.  This  task  has  called  for  the  co-ordinated 
activity  of  all  its  producers  and  a  considerable  amount  of 
international  co-operation.  Whatever  diplomats  and  the 
Press  may  say  to  the  contrary,  however  much  people  at 
times  are  pulled  up  before  the  prospect  of  an  "  inevitable  " 
war,  the  world  goes  on  its  way  producing  and  consuming, 
on  the  assumption  that  to-morrow  will  be  as  to-day,  and 
that  peace  will  continue.  The  credit  system — an  economic 
device  for  taking  time  by  the  forelock — an  institution  in- 
dispensable in  modern  industry  and  commerce,  is  unwork- 
able on  any  other  assumption. 

War  shatters  the  peace  basis  of  the  economic  world. 
The  whole  economic  organisation,  even  in  the  most  militar- 
istic country,  must  be  revolutionised  and  re-established  on 
a  war  basis.  The  vast  engine  of  economic  life  amid  creaks 
and  jolts  ponderously  beats  the  ploughshare  into  engines 
of  war.  Large  numbers  of  men  leave  the  productive 
labours  of  peace  for  military  or  naval  service ;  a  large 
portion  of  the  remainder  of  the  working  population  are 
turned  into  producers  of  the  manifold  needs  of  modern 
armies  and  navies.  Those  on  active  service  not  only 
become  non-producers,  but  become  consumers  on  a  scale 
which  they  have  hardly  dreamt  of  before.  Less  of  the 


98  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  m 

commodities  of  peace  are  produced.  Plant  and  work- 
people, both  relatively  less  fitted  for  their  new  work,  make 
war  materials  of  some  kind  instead  of  the  goods  to  which 
they  are  accustomed,  and  the  tale  of  loss  is  increased.1 
Trade  between  the  belligerent  countries  ceases,  and 
a  nation  exercising  control  of  the  seas  destroys  the 
enemy's  trade  with  neutral  countries,  thus  compelling 
resort  to  substitutes,  if  these  are  obtainable  within  the 
country.  The  war  itself  is  the  cause  of  immense  destruction, 
all  the  greater  in  modern  times  because  it  may  be  carried 
on  in  large  industrial  areas.  Because  of  the  great  cost 
of  war,  countries  trench  upon  their  capital,  or  at  the  best 
devote  to  the  work  of  war  wealth  which  under  normal 
circumstances  would  have  gone  to  swell  the  world's  capital, 
so  that  future  production  suffers.  Large  numbers  of  people 
are  either  killed  or  permanently  incapacitated,  and  as  they 
are  for  the  most  part  young  men,  the  world  loses  the  best 
part  of  a  lifetime's  labour.  At  the  end  of  the  war,  the 
confusion  and  dislocation  caused  through  the  reconversion 
of  industry  from  a  war  footing  to  the  normal  peace  footing 
is  the  occasion  of  further  inefficiency  and  waste.  Credit, 
without  which  commerce  must  languish,  depends  on  trust 
and  confidence,  a  state  of  mind  which  is  not  immediately 
restored  with  the  return  of  peace.  This  is  by  no  means 
the  full  story  of  the  economic  losses  of  war,  but  it  serves 
to  indicate  what  war  means  to  industry  and  commerce. 

1  It  should  be  noted  that  the  dislocation  created  by  war  is  not  so 
great  as  at  first  sight  appears,  since  a  considerable  proportion  of  the 
expense  is  in  the  nature  of  allowances,  food,  clothing,  etc.,  to  soldiers 
and  sailors  and  their  dependents,  who,  for  the  most  part,  consume 
in  war  time  the  things  they  use  in  times  of  peace.  Further,  the 
division  of  labour  in  such  a  way  that  parts  of  war  commodities  and 
their  accessories  are  manufactured  in  a  large  number  of  different 
workshops,  merely  means  the  employment  of  peace  industries  for 
war  purposes,  without  very  much  change. 


m      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS     99 

Modern  wars  are  costly  for  two  reasons  :  first,  because  of 
the  economic  interdependence  of  peoples ;  and  secondly, 
because  of  the  revolution  which  has  taken  place  in  the 
methods  of  waging  war.  War  has  become  a  large-scale 
machine  industry.  Elaborate  trenches  constructed  with 
far  more  care  than  the  average  house,  mines  on  land  and 
sea,  field  telephones,  wire  entanglements,  motor  transport, 
the  large  size  of  modern  armies,  the  huge  and  complicated 
engines  which  destroy  themselves  in  propelling  costly  pro  - 
jectiles,  have  industrialised  warfare  to  an  extent  which  few 
people  realised  until  the  other  day. 

It  had  been  thought  that  a  great  war  would  work  such 
economic  disaster  that  its  end  would  be  a  matter  of  weeks 
or  at  the  most  months.  The  fact  is  that  the  efficiency  of 
production,  the  technical  knowledge,  the  power  of  organisa- 
tion which  have  assisted  in  unifying  the  economic  world, 
and  added  to  the  awful  thoroughness  of  war,  are  instruments 
in  the  hands  of  belligerent  states  for  the  purpose  of  organ- 
ising for  war.  The  adaptability  and  resourcefulness  of 
modern  industry  and  commerce,  the  power  to  distribute 
the  enormous  financial  burdens  over  generations,  will  work 
to  overcome  the  smashing  blow  which  war  gives  to  society. 
The  very  qualities  which  have  developed  the  world  organisa- 
tion of  industry  and  commerce,  and  which  control  it  in 
times  of  peace,  are  devoted  to  adapting  it  to  the  different 
needs  and  circumstances  of  war.  The  growing  inter- 
dependence and  complexity  of  international  economic 
relations  will  not  render  war  impossible,  but  they  will  make 
it  more  and  more  costly.  But  even  here  the  extraordinary 
recuperative  powers  of  the  economic  organism,  the  greater 
knowledge  of  economic  phenomena  and,  therefore,  the 
greater  possibility  of  control,  together  with  the  increased 
willingness  of  modern  states  to  institute  control,  will  tend 


100  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  in 

to  diminish  the  net  loss  of  warfare.  Even  so,  however, 
the  cost  of  war  is  almost  beyond  calculation,  and  as  cosmo- 
politan forces  develop,  and  the  interdependence  of  east  and 
west  and  .north  and  south  becomes  greater,  the  cost  will 
correspondingly  increase.  This  will,  at  any  rate,  tend  to 
cool  the  ardour  of  those  who  call  for  war,  and  give  pause  to 
sabre-rattling  politicians,  though,  in  itself,  it  will  only  show 
the  folly  of  war  and  not  its  impossibility. 

It  has  already  been  suggested  that  there  is  a  credit  side 
to  warfare.  So  far  as  the  world  as  a  whole  is  concerned, 
the  aggregate  gains  from  war  will  in  all  probability  be  less 
than  the  total  loss,  though  to  what  extent  none  can  say. 
Political  changes  due  to  war  may  have  permanent  economic 
effects,  of  considerable  importance,  given  sufficient  time 
in  which  to  operate.  The  colossal  and  pressing  demand 
for  munitions  of  war  and  their  accessories  taxes  the  economic 
world  to  the  utmost.  Necessity  is  the  mother  of  invention  ; 
and  in  belligerent  states  and  neutral  countries  with  manu- 
facturing industries,  the  demand  for  war-supplies  is  likely 
to  lead  to  steps  to  satisfy  it.  New  methods  of  production, 
new  inventions,  improved  organisation,  such  as  we  have 
already  seen  to  be  a  result  of  war,  will  be  the  means 
taken  to  augment  the  supply  of  needed  commodities.  These 
changes  will  tend  to  persist.  The  effects  of  an  industrial 
revolution,  as  a  direct  consequence  of  war  precipitating 
drastic  changes  in  economic  life,  cannot  be  dismissed  as 
negligible  in  their  influence  on  the  rate  and  character  of 
economic  progress.  The  economic  losses  of  war  are  im- 
mediately apparent,  the  possible  gains  less  obvious. 
Further,  though  the  flood  of  loss  is  to  some  extent  distri- 
buted over  time,  its  greatest  effects  are  felt  during  the 
period  of  war  and  in  the  succeeding  years  ;  but,  in  general, 
it  will  diminish  with  the  passage  of  time.  The  gains,  on 


in      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS    101 

the  other  hand,  are  cumulative,  and  will,  in  some  cases, 
fructify  after  a  considerable  period  of  time.  The  former 
tend  to  be  eradicated  from  economic  society ;  the  latter 
become  permanently  absorbed  into  its  fabric.  Hence  it 
is  that  estimates  of  the  relative  losses  and  gains  of  war  are 
impossible  for  long  periods  and  futile  for  short  periods. 

This  holds  also  in  the  case  of  single  states.  A  state 
that  went  to  war  in  the  hope  of  obtaining  material  advantage 
from  it  would  run  fearful  risks  of  disappointment.  It  would 
be  a  gambler's  throw ;  for  not  only  is  there  the  chance  of 
defeat,  but  the  chance  of  future  economic  developments 
being  different  from  what  was  desired,  as  economic  forces 
and  tendencies  are  not  fit  subjects  for  definite  prophecy. 
As  a  set-off  to  the  costs  of  war,  however,  a  country  may 
obtain  a  revision  of  another  country's  tariff  in  its  favour, 
or  a  treaty  conferring  special  advantages  on  its  nationals  ; 
or  it  may  obtain  new  territory,  the  revenue  from  which  will 
exceed  the  cost  of  administration,  or  perhaps  supply  it  with 
ports  under  its  own  fiscal  control.  Further,  it  may  secure 
an  indemnity  in  order  to  burden  its  enemy  with  the  greater 
cost  of  the  war.  For,  as  a  recent  writer  points  out,1  skilful 
handling  of  an  indemnity  may  avoid  the  pitfalls  dangerous 
to  the  unwary,  and  it  may  be  similar  in  its  results  to  a 
loan  made  by  the  people  of  one  country  to  another  state. 

A  study  of  the  last  Balkan  Wars  shows  the  complex 
character  of  their  economic  effects  and  the  intimate  manner 
in  which  economic  and  political  consequences  are  inter- 
woven, as  well  as  the  ramifications  of  their  reaction  upon 
the  Great  Powers.2  The  relatively  primitive  stage  of 
economic  development  reached  in  the  Balkans,  however, 

1  Mr.  J.  H.  Jones  in  The  Economics  of  War  and  Conquest. 
*  See  the  illuminating  account  of  the  economic  results  of  the 
Balkan  Wars  in  Nationalism  and  War  in  the  Near  East. 


102  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  m 

makes  it  less  difficult  to  trace  the  effects  of  war  there.  A 
war  in  which  the  Great  Powers  were  engaged  would  be 
more  difficult  to  unravel,  and  its  effects  would  be  both 
more  deep-seated  and  far-reaching.  Whether  any  of  them 
would  show  the  solid  and  undoubted  economic  gains  which 
resulted  to  Greece  is  more  than  doubtful,  though  it  is 
extremely  likely  that  some  of  them  would  suffer  the  equally 
undoubted  losses  which  were  the  lot  of  Bulgaria. 

To  say  that  there  may  be  some  economic  gains  from 
war  is  not  to  assert  that  war  is  the  only  way  or  the  best 
way  to  obtain  them.  Much  less  can  one  argue  that  wars 
are  a  good  thing,  as  at  the  best  they  mean  a  certain  im- 
mediate economic  loss  and  a  problematical  and  probably 
long-period  gain.  There  is,  however,  no  evidence  that  any 
statesman  «ver  decided  on  war  or  risked  war  because  he 
thought  it  would  pay.  The  case  against  war  rests  really  on 
other  than  economic  grounds. 

4.  INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMICS  AND  THE  FUTURE  . 

The  free  trade  agitation  in  this  country  two  generations 
ago  was,  in  the  eyes  of  its  leaders,  much  more  than  an 
economic  movement.  It  was  thought  that,  under  the 
leadership  of  Britain,  the  world  would  adopt  a  free  trade 
policy,  that  as  a  consequence  all  nations  would  prosper, 
and  that  the  abandonment  of  hostile  tariffs  would  remove 
many  causes  of  friction.  Hence,  international  relations 
would  be  more  harmonious,  and  the  blessings  of  free  trade 
would  militate  against  war.  The  movement  was  therefore 
a  peace  movement.  In  the  mind  of  John  Bright,  for 
example,  freedom  of  trade  was  a  means  towards  the  realisa- 
tion of  international  friendship  ;  or  as  Cobden  said,  "  Free 
trade  is  the  best  peacemaker." 


m      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS    103 

With  few  exceptions — though  in  a  few  cases  not  without 
periods  of  hesitation — the  states  of  the  world  have  chosen 
the  other  path.  Has  the  regime  of  protection  endangered 
peaceful  international  relations,  and  is  the  future  peace 
of  the  world  dependent  upon  the  abolition  of  protective 
tariffs  ?  So  far  as  the  Great  Powers  themselves  are  con- 
cerned, the  most  that  can  be  said  is  that,  though  in  them- 
selves insufficient  to  lead  to  war,  protective  measures  have 
at  times  swollen  the  volume  of  an  already  existing  feeling 
of  hostility  between  nations.  Even  during  the  worst 
periods  of  German  or  American  "  dumping  " — a  device 
of  protection — no  one  in  this  country  dreamt  of  going  to 
war  on  the  question.  The  most  that  was  demanded  was 
some  form  of  economic  retaliation.  It  will  be  generally 
found  that  when  a  country  raises  its  tariff  wall  and  inflicts 
injury  on  the  industrial  and  commercial  interests  of  other 
countries,  the  cry  is  for  economic  reprisals  and  not  for  the 
use  of  armed  force.1 

But  in  the  case  of  the  outposts  of  empire,  the  problem 
is  somewhat  different.  These  outlying  territories  are 
potential  markets  for  European  produce  and  important 
sources  of  supply  of  essential  raw  materials.  The  Powers 
whose  "  possessions  "  they  are  more  frequently  than  not 
give  the  goods  of  their  nationals  preferential  treatment  as 
against  foreign  imports.  Neither  Britain  nor  Germany, 
however,  has  pursued  this  policy.  Preferential  treatment 
has  undoubtedly  fostered  bad  feeling  between  the  nations. 
Nations  entering  into  the  field  of  world  politics  at  a  later 
date  have  found  the  greater  part  of  the  earth  under  the 
flag  of  other  states,  and  barriers  in  the  way  of  seeking  over- 

1  The  chief  blows  to  British  trade  have  come  from  tariff  revisions 
in  the  United  States  ;  concurrently,  political  relations  between  Great 
Britain  and  the  United  States  have  improved  ! 


104  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  ra 

seas  markets  and  obtaining  supplies  of  important  products. 
In  the  case  of  countries  not  annexed  by  Western  Powers, 
such  as  China,  "  the  open  door  "  policy  has  been  supported 
in  order  that  no  state  may  secure  monopolistic  advantages 
in  trade. 

Without  exaggeration  it  may  be  said  that  universal 
free  trade  would  be  the  greatest  step  towards  the 
realisation  of  peace.  But  the  economically  ideal  policy 
may  not  be  politically  expedient.  At  present,  states  are 
moved  by  motives  of  self-interest  and  not  by  world 
interest,  to  say  nothing  of  motives  of  a  non-economic 
character.  Fiscal  policy  is  intimately  bound  up  with 
taxation  and  domestic  policy  generally.  It  is  because  of 
this  that  the  British  self-governing  dominions  retain  full 
control  over  their  fiscal  systems.  Imperial  interference 
would  strike  at  the  roots  of  self-government.  A  unified 
fiscal  system  for  the  British  Empire  as  a  whole  will  be 
possible  when  it  is  in  accord  with  the  national  interests 
of  its  constituent  self-governing  parts.  The  majority  of 
states  in  the  world  do  not  conceive  of  free  trade  as  being 
in  the  best  interests  of  their  own  national  development, 
and  without  infringing  their  independence  it  could  not  be 
imposed  upon  them.  The  day  of  free  trade  will  have 
dawned  when  the  nations  judge  it  to  be  in  harmony  with 
their  own  domestic  interests.  For  that  day  and,  therefore, 
for  the  realisation  of  universal  freedom  of  trade  we  shall 
have  long  to  wait,  even  if  the  economic  bonds  between 
nations  grow  stronger  and  more  numerous. 

The  suggestion,  however,  that  the  foreign  possessions 
of  the  Powers  should  be  thrown  open  to  the  traders  and 
contractors  of  all  nations  on  equal  terms,  as  is  done  in  the 
British  Empire,  is  within  the  range  of  practical  politics.  It 
is  hardly  likely  that  the  Powers  concerned  would  agree  to 


in      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS    105 

the  abolition  of  tarifE  restrictions,  for  that  would  be  con- 
sidered the  prerogative  of  the  governing  authority,  but  it 
is  perhaps  not  unlikely  that  they  might  agree  to  uniform 
tariffs  for  imports  whatever  the  country  of  origin.  This 
would  remove  from  the  field  of  international  politics  a 
source  of  irritation  and  hostility. 

The  interdependence  of  peoples  has  led  to  a  belief  in  the 
use  of  the  "  economic  boycott "  as  a  possible  alternative 
to  war.  The  idea  is  by  no  means  new.  Although  the 
transport  of  troops  and  supplies,  the  possibility  of  bombard- 
ment of  enemy  territory,  etc.,  are  valuable  results  of  naval 
superiority,  they  are  merely  incidental ;  the  fundamental 
advantage  of  maritime  supremacy  to  the  state  that  possesses 
it  in  war-time  is  economic.  It  is  essential  to  maintaining 
its  own  supplies  from  neutral  and  allied  countries  ;  at  the 
same  time  it  enables  it  to  prevent  the  import  of  supplies 
into  an  enemy  country.  It  is  because  of  the  economic 
consequences  that  countries  dependent  for  their  existence 
upon  foreign  produce  have  greater  need  of  naval  power 
than  economically  independent  countries.  In  the  modern 
world,  however,  the  number  of  self-supporting  states  is 
becoming  less,  for  the  state  of  to-day  needs  so  much. 
Hence  the  increasing  importance  of  the  naval  arm.  The 
economic  boycott  is  intended  to  secure  the  same  results 
as  naval  supremacy,  without  resort  to  the  same  methods. 

In  the  words  of  Mr.  J.  A.  Hobson,  "  The  boycott  is  a 
weapon  which  could  be  employed  with  paralysing  power 
by  a  circle  of  nations  upon  an  offender  against  the  public 
law  of  the  world.  ...  If  all  diplomatic  intercourse  were 
withdrawn  ;  if  the  international  postal  and  telegraphic 
systems  were  closed  to  a  public  law  breaker ;  if  all  inter- 
State  railway  trains  stopped  at  his  frontiers  ;  if  no  foreign 
ships  entered  his  ports,  and  ships  carrying  his  flag  were 


106  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  m 

excluded  from  every  port ;  if  all  coaling  stations  were  closed 
to  him ;  if  no  acts  of  sale  or  purchase  were  permitted  to 
him  in  the  outside  world — if  such  a  political  and  commercial 
boycott  were  seriously  threatened,  what  country  could 
long  stand  out  against  it  ?  Nay,  the  far  less  rigorous 
measure  of  a  financial  boycott,  the  closure  of  all  foreign 
exchanges  to  members  of  the  outlaw  State,  the  prohibition 
of  all  quotations  on  foreign  Stock  Exchanges,  and  of  all 
dealings  in  stocks  and  shares,  all  discounting  and  accept- 
ances of  trade  bills,  all  loans  for  public  and  private  purposes, 
and  all  payments  of  moneys  due — such  a  withdrawal  of 
financial  intercourse,  if  thoroughly  applied  and  persisted 
in,  would  be  likely  to  bring  to  its  senses  the  least  scrupulous 
of  States."  l 

It  is  an  indication  of  the  importance  of  economic  influ- 
ences in  the  modern  world  that  economic  means  should  be 
suggested  as  a  substitute  for  war.  As  Mr.  Hobson  points 
out,  the  prosecution  of  a  boycott  would  react  injuriously 
upon  the  states  putting  it  into  operation.  Its  chief  weak- 
ness probably  is  "  the  fact  that  any  such  boycott  would  be 
far  less  potent  or  immediate  in  its  pressure  against  some 
nations  than  against  others.  While  Great  Britain  would 
have  to  yield  at  once  to  the  threat  of  such  pressure,  Russia  or 
even  the  United  States,  could  stand  out  for  a  considerable 
time,  and  China  might  even  regard  it — the  boycott — as 
a  blessing."  2  There  are  some  difficulties  which  would 
render  its  use  less  powerful,  not  the  least  of  which  is  that 
of  stopping  private  trading,  especially  as  "  running  the 
blockade  "  would  be  highly  profitable  if  successful.3  It  is 
also  not  unlikely  that  a  boycott  might  precipitate  war. 

1  Towards  International  Government,  pp.  90-91. 

•  Ibid.  p.  93. 
8  Great  Britain's  difficulty  in  blockading  Germany  is  significant. 


m      INTEKNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS   107 

For  its  successful  use  the  boycott  assumes  the  active  co- 
operation of  a  number  of  states,  indeed  of  the  most  im- 
portant states  of  the  world.  This  is  where  the  real  difficulty 
lies.  Could  the  nations  of  the  world  agree  on  common 
action  for  the  maintenance  of  peace,  the  chances  of  war 
would  be  greatly  diminished.  Up  to  the  present  such 
full  co-operation  has  not  been  forthcoming,  so  far  as  agree- 
ment to  keep  the  peace  has  been  concerned,  and  it  is 
questionable  how  far  states  will,  in  the  immediate  future, 
be  willing  to  act  together  on  an  economic  basis. 

It  has  been  suggested  by  Mr.  F.  N.  Keen  that  "  the 
States  comprised  in  the  international  scheme  might  be 
required  to  keep  deposited  with,  or  under  the  control  of, 
the  International  Council  sums  of  money  .  .  .  which 
might  be  made  available  to  answer  international  obligations, 
and  an  international  bank  might  be  organised."  1  It  should, 
however,  be  remembered  that  any  sums  likely  to  be  placed 
by  states  on  deposit  for  this  purpose  will  be  so  small  com- 
pared with  the  cost  of  war  that  a  state  prepared  to  face 
such  expenditure  would  not  be  deterred  by  the  loss  of  its 
account  in  the  international  bank. 

The  suggestion  has  been  made  that  the  close  economic 
co-operation  of  the  Allied  Powers  should  be  made  the  basis 
of  an  economic  league.  Proposals  in  this  direction  have 
emanated  from  individuals  in  this  country,  in  France,  Italy, 
and  Russia.  The  motives  appear  to  be  various.  It  is  felt 
by  certain  people  that  some  form  of  Zollverein  would  cement 
the  friendship  of  states  which  have  fought  together,  by  others 
that  such  a  league  would  be  able  to  prosecute  with  vigour 
the  economic  chastisement  of  the  Germanic  Powers  on  the 
cessation  of  military  and  naval  operations  ;  some  see  in  the 
idea  the  beginning  of  a  scheme  of  international  economic 
1  The  World  in  Alliance,  p.  58. 


108  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  m 

co-operation,  with  the  boycott  as  its  weapon  against 
aggression.  The  chances  are  that  an  economic  league  on 
the  lines  suggested  would  exclude  enemy  Powers,  and  be 
merely  a  method  of  prolonging  warfare  in  another  sphere 
and  keeping  alive  feelings  of  hostility. 

It  is  outside  the  scope  of  this  chapter  to  put  forth  con- 
structive proposals,  but  even  the  all  too  brief  examination 
of  the  economic  proposals  that  have  been  made  will  serve 
to  show  the  difficult  problems  that  the  future  must  face. 
On  the  economic  side  it  may  be  pointed  out  that  in  the 
settlement  of  the  Great  War  there  will  be  a  number  of 
complicated  matters  needing  treatment,  connected  with 
the  payment  of  compensation,  indemnities,  loans,  etc. 
These  questions  are  different  in  character  from  those  with 
which  diplomatists  aie  familiar,  and  after  the  principles 
involved  have  been  settled,  there  could  be  no  better  way  of 
dealing  with  these  economic  problems  than  by  the  appoint- 
ment of  an  international  economic  commission,  which 
might  also  advise  on  the  question  of  the  economic  recon- 
struction of  Europe.  If  such  a  body  became  permanent, 
it  would  ultimately  become  a  commission  charged  with  the 
control  of  certain  international  economic  forces. 

In  conclusion,  we  have  seen  the  growth  in  modern  times 
of  closer  economic  intercourse  between  the  people  of  different 
nations ;  and  the  tendency  towards  the  greater  economic 
unification  of  the  world.  The  markets  for  the  great  staple 
commodities  have  become  world-wide,  and  peoples  hitherto 
more  or  less  self-sufficing  have  come  to  depend  on  others 
to  an  increasing  extent  for  the  satisfaction  of  the  varied 
needs  of  modern  life.  Consequently,  relations  in  our  day 
are  more  intimate  in  times  of  peace  and  their  disruption 
is  more  far-reaching  and  disastrous  in  times  of  war. 
Economic  forces  and  factors,  once  mainly  local  or  national, 


ra      INTERNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  RELATIONS    109 

have  come  to  operate  over  larger  and  larger  areas  until  they 
are  rapidly  becoming  world-wide.  Capital  and  labour  are 
enabled  to  seek  employment  over  a  great  field  ;  and  the 
opportunities  of  each  for  consolidation  have  multiplied. 
In  point  of  fact,  the  former  is  more  unified  than  the  latter, 
though  both  capitalists  and  labourers,  each  within  their 
own  ranks,  compete  with  each  other,  the  former  chiefly 
through  the  medium  of  foreign  investments  and  concessions, 
the  latter  mainly  through  the  operation  of  fiscal  systems. 

Economic  power  is  an  important  asset  to  a  state  ;  its 
political  power  and  prestige  depend  in  some  degree  upon 
its  economic  power.  The  old  mercantilist  policy  of  the 
seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries  has  been  discarded  by 
the  states  of  the  world  for  a  more  complex  subtle  policy 
in  harmony  with  modern  economic  developments*  The 
era  of  territorial  occupation  has  given  place  to  the  period 
of  economic  exploitation ;  and  the  rivalry  of  states  is  fought 
out  more  and  more  in  the  sphere  of  industrial  and  com- 
mercial competition,  in  which  struggle  the  undeveloped 
regions  of  the  world  are  the  chief  battle-ground.  Hence 
the  subtle  relations  existing  in  some  countries  between  the 
Government  and  its  financiers.  Nearer  home,  governments 
are  ready  to  utilise  geographical  advantages  for  diplomatic 
purposes,  usually  to  hamper  the  economic  development  of 
another  country.  The  world,  in  consequence,  loses  ;  and 
hostility  is  increased. 

Thus  whilst  greater  economic  intercourse  has  made  for 
peace  through  interdependence,  economic  rivalry  overseas, 
and  the  use  of  economic  pressure  in  one  form  or  another  as 
a  diplomatic  weapon^  together  with  the  pervasive  influence 
of  large-scale  co-operative  capitalism  in  munitions  industries, 
have  disturbed  the  peaceful  relations  fostered  by  fuller 
intercourse.  Amid  the  tangled  causes  of  the  Great  War 


110  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  m 

may  be  discerned  economic  threads.  The  effects  of  war 
on  the  world's  economic  life  we  have  seen  to  be  deep-seated 
and  difficult  to  measure. 

Finally,  we  have  touched  upon  one  or  two  suggestions 
for  the  future  in  order  to  emphasise  the  difficulty  and 
complexity  of  the  problems  in  store  for  the  world.  The 
need,  we  realise,  is  for  a  large  view.  From  the  international 
economic  standpoint  the  question  is  twofold ;  in  the  first 
place  there  is  the  problem,  which  will  assume  larger  propor- 
tions in  the  future,  of  subjecting  to  control  the  cosmopolitan 
economic  forces,  e.g.  combinations,  and  the  competition 
between  white  and  coloured  labour ;  secondly,  there  arise 
thorny  questions  connected  with  the  development  of  the 
world's  resources.  The  rivalry  of  capitalists  for  outlets 
has  in  its  present  form  little  to  commend  it,  and  concession- 
aires eager  for  quick  returns  are  apt  to  be  careless  of  ultimate 
economic  interests  and  to  show  little  consideration  for  the 
labour  they  employ,  judging  by  the  Congo  and  Putumayo 
scandals.  Further,  the  utilisation  of  a  nation's  geographical 
position  to  exploit  a  neighbour,  whether  by  tariffs,  by 
hindrances  to  through  transport,  or  what  not,  is  merely  a 
method  of  taking  advantage  of  the  world's  economic  needs, 
which  ought  not  to  be  made  the  plaything  either  of  capitalists 
or  states. 

These  questions  necessitate  international  control  through 
the  institution  of  some  permanent  body  or  bodies  specially 
established  to  deal  with  them,  and  under  the  direction  of 
an  international  political  institution.  Economic  inter- 
nationalism will  perform  its  real  function  in  the  world  only 
when  it  is  politically  controlled  in  the  wider  interests  of 
humanity. 


m      INTEKNATIONAL  ECONOMIC  KELATIONS    111 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

There  is  no  single  book  covering  the  ground  dealt  with  in  the 
chapter.  The  most  convenient  book  dealing  with  the  growth  of 
international  economic  relations  is  A  History  of  Commerce  by  Clive 
Day.  (Longmans.  7s.  6d.)  Any  good  text-book  on  economics  will 
throw  light  upon  economic  interdependence,  etc.  The  distribution 
and  earnings  of  British  foreign  investments,  which  is  essential  to  an 
understanding  of  their  influence  on  policy,  are  given  in  a  valuable 
paper  by  Sir  G.  Paish  in  The  Journal  of  the  Royal  Statistical  Society 
for  January  1911.  On  the  relations  between  economics  and  politics 
reference  should  be  made  to — 

Problems    of  Power,    by   W.   Morton  -  Fullerton.      (Constable. 

7s.  6d.) 

Nationality  and  the  War,  by  Arnold  Toynbee.     (Dent.     7s.  6d.) 
The  New  Europe,  by  Arnold  Toyn bee.     (Dent.     Is.  6d.)     Chapter 

III.  deals  with  "  Politics  and  Economics." 
The  War  of  Steel  and  Gold,  by  H.  N.  Brailsford.     (Bell.     2s.) 
Ten   Years  of  Secret  Diplomacy,  by  E.  D.  Morel.     (National 

Labour  Press.     Is.) 

German  Culture.  (Jack.  2s.  6d.)  Chapter  on  "  Political  and 
Economic  Aspects  of  German  Nationalism,"  by  Professor 
D.  H.  Macgregor. 

Labour  and  the  War,  by  G.  D.  H.  Cole.  (Bell.  2s.)  Chapter  I. 
("  War  and  Class-War  ")  and  Chapter  II.  ("  Labour  and 
the  Outbreak  of  War  "). 

For  Section  3  on  "  Economics  and  War,"  see — 

The  Great  Illusion,  by  N.  Angell  (Heinemann.     2s.  6d.),  and 

Mr.  Angell's  other  works. 
The  Economics  of  War  and  Conquest,  by  J.  H.  Jones.     (Kong  & 

Son.     2s.  6d.) 
The    Franco  -  German    War    Indemnity,    by  H.   H.    O'Farrell. 

(Garton  Foundation.     Is.) 
Nationalism  and    War  in  the  Near  East,   by  a  Diplomatist. 

(Clarendon   Press.     12s.   6d.)     Chapter  VIII.   deals  with 

the  economic  results  of  the  Balkan  Wars. 
The  Political  Economy  of  War,  by  F.  W.  Hirst.     (Dent.     5s.) 

For  Section  4  dealing  with  the  economic  aspects  of  international 
peace,  etc.,  see — 

The  War  of  Steel  and  Gold,  by  H.  N.  Brailsford.     (Bell.     2s.) 

Part  II. 

Towards  International  Government,  by  J.  A.  Hobson.  (Allen 
and  Unwin.  2s.  6d.)  Chapter  VII.  ("  The  Economic 
Boycott  ")  and  Chapter  IX.  ("  International  Government 
in  Relation  to  Problems  of  Economic  Opportunity  "). 


112  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  m 

The  Ethics  of  International  Trade,  by  H.  Lambert.    (Papers  for 

War  Time.     2d.) 
The   Great   Settlement,    by    C.    Ernest   Fayle.     (Murray.     6s.) 

Chapter  V.  ("  Colonial  Questions  in  the  Settlement  ")  and 

Chapter  VI.  ("  The  Economic  Factors  of  the  Settlement  "). 
Towards  a  Lasting  Settlement,  ed.  by  C.  R.  Buxton.     (Allen  and 

Unwin.     2s.  6d.)     Chapter  by  Mr.  J.  A.  Hobson  on  "  The 

Open  Door." 

See  Appendix  (Note  on  Cosmopolitan  Associations). 


IV 

INTERNATIONAL  LAW 

IT  may  be  well  to  state  what  is  attempted  in  the  present 
chapter,  not  in  a  vain  effort  to  forestall  criticism,  but  to 
indicate  the  aim  with  which  it  is  written.  A  mere  digest  of 
International  Law  would  be  of  little  use  at  the  present 
time.  The  conflict  between  the  ideals  of  stability  and 
adaptation  to  new  needs  arises  in  any  system  of  rules,  and  in 
the  international  system  this  conflict  is  present  in  a  degree 
which  is  not  found  in  other  systems.  The  present  time  has 
afforded  peculiar  opportunities  to  this  conflict,  so  that 
many  have  become  sceptical  as  to  whether  it  would  not  be 
better  to  deny  the  existence  of  a  system  of  rules  which  could 
be  regarded  in  any  sense  as  binding  upon  nations,  or 
rather  upon  the  Governments  which  represent  them,  and 
are  the  guardians  of  their  honour. 

It  will  clearly  be  of  more  use,  therefore,  to  give  a  general 
survey  of  the  nature  and  of  the  contents  of  the  international 
system  of  rules  than  to  attempt  a  digest  of  the  rules  them- 
selves ;  to  feel  towards  a  method  of  thinking  upon  these 
matters  which  may  enable  us  to  acquire  a  balanced  and 
reasoned  outlook  to  the  exclusion  of  a  somewhat  flippant 
scepticism. 

The  chief  question,  therefore,  that  this  essay  will  seek 
to  answer  is  : 

113  I 


114  INTEKNATIONAL  KELATIONS  iv 

I.  Is  International  Law  really  a  true  species  of  Law  ? 
Some  reference  will  also  be  made  to 

II.  The  Scope  and  Contents  of  International  Law, 
and 

III.  The  Position  of  International  Law  at  the  present 
time. 


1.  Is  INTERNATIONAL  LAW  REALLY  A  SPECIES  OF  LAW? 

This,  of  course,  is  a  question  going  to  the  root  of  our 
subject,  a  question  which  introduces  us  to  a  lengthy  con- 
troversy upon  the  nature  and  definition  of  law,  of  which 
some  account  must  be  given  because  a  substantial  question 
lies  hidden  behind  it.  In  dealing  with  abstract  definitions 
it  is  always  well  to  keep  in  mind  the  real  substantial  facts 
which  lurk  behind  the  abstract  statements  with  which  one 
is  concerned,  so  that  a  discussion  may  be  as  far  removed 
from  intellectual  pedantry  as  possible.  What  then  is  the 
substance  of  the  controversy  raised  by  those  who  deny  that 
International  Law  is  Law  ?  Let  us  approach  the  question 
as  follows : 

Is  it  true  or  not  to  speak  of  the  community  of  states  ? 
If  there  is  such  a  community,  then  there  must  be  rules  to 
regulate  the  relations  of  the  individuals  who  form  that 
community,  and  these  rules  must  be  taken  to  be  laws  until 
they  are  proved  not  to  be.  The  essence  of  a  law  ia  that  it 
belongs  to  a  system  of  rules  which  exist  for  the  regulation 
of  the  rights  and  duties  of  members  of  a  community.  If 
we  decide  that  there  is  a  community  of  states,  we  may 
throw  the  burden  upon  objectors  to  prove  that  the  rules 
governing  those  states  are  not  laws. 

He  would  be  a  rash  man  who,  even  at  the  present  time, 
would  deny  that  there  is  a  community  of  states.  A  quarrel 


iv  INTERNATIONAL  LAW  115 

does  not  sever  a  family  into  me.re  unrelated  individuals. 
No  one  would  deny  that  France,  Great  Britain,  Russia, 
Japan,  and  Italy  are  at  present  members  of  a  community, 
and  to  these  we  may  certainly  add  all  neutral  countries. 
Those  who  are  most  readily  sceptical  about  international 
law  call  Germany  an  outlaw,  and  so  imply  a  community 
governed  by  law  from  which  she  is  excluded.  If  then  there 
are  rules  applicable  to  the  conduct  of  these  individual  states 
in  their  relations  to  other  states,  why  should  not  these  rules 
be  termed  laws  in  the  fullest  sense  of  the  term  ?  The 
various  objections  may  be  considered  in  order. 

1.  The  main  objection  which  interests  lawyers  comes 
from  those  who  accept  what  is  called  the  Austinian  theory 
of  law.  The  history  of  the  political  ideas  involved  in  this 
theory  may  be  left  to  political  philosophers  ;  at  present  we 
must  be  content  to  see  for  ourselves  whether  we  can  accept 
the  definition  of  law  put  forward  by  Austin  and  his  followers. 

John  Austin  was  the  first  to  fill  the  Chair  of  Jurisprudence 
in  the  University  of  London  in  the  earlier  half  of  the  nine- 
teenth century,  and  he  set  himself  to  define  the  nature  of 
law.  He  took  his  standpoint  outside  society  and  came  to 
the  following  conclusions  upon  the  laws  by  which  society  is 
regulated. 

In  any  civil  society  there  is  a  cleavage  between  governor 
and  governed,  and  the  governor  sets  laws  to  be  obeyed  by 
the  governed.  Law,  therefore,  is  a  command,  and  implies 
power  in  the  governor  of  enforcing  the  command  by  the 
application  of  force.  The  governor  is  sovereign,  and  the 
governed  are  subjects.  Apart  from  the  historical  career 
of  this  system  of  ideas  upon  the  nature  of  society,  it  may  be 
noted  that  Austin's  thinking  was  moulded  by  the  Constitu- 
tion of  England  about  the  time  of  the  Reform  Act  of  1832. 
Before  the  extension  of  the  franchise  in  1832,  the  political 


116  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  iv 

condition  of  England  would  not  contradict  very  forcibly  a 
theory  which  regarded  law  as  a  mere  command  to  the  mass 
of  the  community  by  a  sovereign  parliament.  Even  after 
the  extension  of  the  franchise  in  1832  there  was  not  such 
a  realisation  of  the  ideal  of  self-government  as  would  make 
the  theory  obviously  unsatisfactory. 

It  is  clear,  however,  that  the  growth  of  democratic  in- 
stitutions and  ideas  would  not  be  consistent  with  retaining 
such  a  conception  of  the  nature  of  law.  It  would  be  con- 
tradictory to  inform  a  self-governing  citizen  that  his  con- 
duct was  regulated  from  above  by  a  sovereign  whose  com- 
mands were  backed  by  force.  Even  in  Austin's  writings 
there  are  many  passages  departing  from  his  own  clear-cut 
conceptions.  The  growth  of  democratic  self-government 
through  an  extended  franchise  led  therefore  to  modifica- 
tion of  Austin's  views  by  successive  writers.  The  problem 
was — How  can  you  tell  a  self-governing  citizen  that  he  is 
commanded,  without  contradicting  yourself  ?  The  result 
of  successive  steps  in  reasoning  may  be  stated  as  follows  : 
It  is  true  that  Parliament  makes  laws  which  are  commands, 
backed  by  force,  but  the  Parliament  is  only  the  organ  of 
speech  ordained  by  the  constitution  to  give  expression  to 
the  will  of  the  community  as  a  whole.  The  community  as 
a  whole  is  the  sovereign  seat  of  authority,  and  it  is  an  organic 
whole  in  which  the  self-governing  citizen  finds  his  place, 
obedient  to  laws  which  are  the  expression  of  his  social  self. 
The  main  point  of  this  inadequate  statement  of  certain 
aspects  of  political  theory  is  to  emphasise  the  fact  that  for 
many  minds,  particularly  for  English  minds,  the  idea  that 
law  is  necessarily  a  command  backed  by  force  has  been 
retained,  and  reconciled  with  political  conditions  which 
seemed  at  first  to  destroy  it.  For  such  minds  International 
Law  can  never  be  truly  called  law.  It  is  the  command  of 


rv  INTERNATIONAL  LAW  117 

no  sovereign  with  executive  organs  comparable  to  those 
which  appear  in  a  modern  state  for  the  enforcement  of  the 
uttered  commands.  State  Law  is  State  Command,  and 
State  Command  is  the  only  law  in  the  true  sense  of  the 
term.  The  challenge  is  clear  :  before  any  system  of  rules 
can  be  termed  '  law,'  point  to  the  sovereign  who  enunciates 
the  rules,  and  who  in  the  last  resort  will  enforce  them. 

There  are  many  lines  of  attack  upon  this  clear-cut 
system  of  ideas.  Some  minds  of  an  idealistic  turn  will  seek 
to  find  a  deeper  meaning  in  the  civil  law  than  that  which  is 
implied  in  regarding  it  as  a  command ;  others  of  a  pene- 
trating type  will  approach  the  matter  psychologically  and 
ask,  What  are  the  facts  of  civic  life,  and  the  relation  of  law 
thereto  ?  and  will  attempt  an  examination  of  the  motives 
for  obedience  to  this  law  which  is  called  a  command  backed 
by  force.  The  method  of  approach  which  will  prove  most 
useful  for  present  purposes  is  the  historical. 

The  best  known  pioneer  in  the  application  of  historical 
methods  to  legal  study  is  Sir  Henry  Maine,  and  two  famous 
chapters  written  by  him  in  The  Early  History  of  Institu- 
tions are  generally  taken  to  have  put  Austin's  conception  of 
law  out  of  court  as  a  serious  definition.  It  may  be  said  in 
passing  that  Maine  paid  a  tribute  to  Austin's  thinking 
which  has  escaped  many  who  follow  his  ideas  in  preference 
to  those  of  Austin.  Maine  acknowledged  that  if  we  regard 
modern  state  life  alone,  Austin's  conception  of  law  would 
serve  very  well,  but  he  contended  that  for  a  full  definition 
of  law  it  was  impossible  so  to  confine  our  outlook. 

To  the  assertion  that  law  is  inevitably  the  command  of 
a  sovereign,  the  historian  replied  that  there  are  many  com- 
munities to-day,  representing  a  stage  in  civilisation  through 
which  even  organised  modern  communities  have  passed, 
which  are  in  no  sense  governed  by  laws  in  the  shape  of 


118  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  iv 

commands  issuing  from  an  organised  sovereign.  They  are 
governed  by  customary  law  in  various  stages  of  develop- 
ment, representing  the  gradual  accumulation  of  rules  from 
a  time  when  human  groups  made  their  half -conscious  adap- 
tations to  surrounding  circumstances.  As  a  rough  example 
of  such  adaptation  we  may  note  one  cause  of  the  develop- 
ment of  two  forms  of  early  tribal  organisation.  Where  a 
tribe  has  to  sustain  itself  by  hunting,  the  man  had  to  be 
free  from  the  cares  of  home  to  the  fullest  degree,  so  that  the 
woman  acquired  a  domestic  position  of  such  strength  that 
she  became  the  head  of  the  family.  The  man  married  into 
her  family,  and  the  phenomenon  of  the  matriarchal  system 
followed.  On  the  other  hand,  in  more  settled  modes  of 
living,  the  man  can  gather  an  agricultural  community 
round  him  and  found  a  patriarchal  household.  The  woman 
will  be  taken  into  his  family,  and  he  will  have  power  over 
her,  and  her  children  will  be  his  children,  with  no  rights  of 
inheritance  through  their  mother.  In  this  way  early  law 
grew  up,  by  gradual  development  from  first  principles  laid 
down  under  stress  of  circumstance,  much  as  a  pathway 
grows  through  a  forest,  deviating  according  as  the  first 
pioneers  adapted  themselves  to  the  conditions  under  which 
they  laboured.  Such  rules  are  not  commanded  from  above 
like  the  roads  of  a  model  building  estate,  any  more  than  are 
the  forest  pathways.  They  are  obeyed  rather  by  consent 
than  by  command,  obeyed  as  law  rather  than  because  they 
are  law. 

The  historian  took  up  the  cudgels  on  behalf  of  these  early 
rules,  and  claimed  that  any  definition  of  law  worthy  of  th^ 
name  should  include  a  survey  of  them.  Some  thought  it  a 
fit  answer  to  say  that  to  define  a  man  there  is  no  need  to 
define  an  ape.  Even  assuming  that  this  answer  was  founded 
upon  good  evolutionary  theory,  it  is  clear  that  it  by  no 


iv  INTEKNATIONAL  LAW  119 

means  silences  the  historian.  The  controversy  is  important 
from  one  point  of  view,  because  if  we  can  really  put  our 
finger  upon  the  point  at  issue,  it  will  probably  help  us  to 
make  up  our  minds  upon  the  nature  of  International  Law. 

The  Austinian  says,  law  is  a  command  of  a  sovereign  : 
the  historian  says  that  this  does  not  account  for  the  earlier 
types  of  law  prevalent  in  tribal  organisation,  and  that  any 
true  definition  of  law  must  embrace  all  forms  of  law ;  the 
International  lawyer  talks  of  his  system  of  law,  and  the 
Austinian  denies  that  he  has  any  right  to  do  so,  because  his 
laws  again  are  not  commands  proceeding  from  a  definite 
sovereign  with  executive  powers.  If  the  historian  and  the 
International  lawyer  can  find  a  common  ground  upon 
which  to  attack  the  narrow  views  of  the  Austinian,  it  is 
clear  that  in  all  probability  they  have  a  very  good  case. 

They  certainly  have  a  common  ground,  and  the  criti- 
cism which  we  may  imagine  them  to  make  upon  the  Austinian 
will  proceed  upon  the  following  lines. 

The  essence  of  law  is  that  it  regulates  rights  and  duties 
between  the  individual  members  of  a  community.  To 
require  that  every  law  shall  be  the  command  of  a  sovereign 
with  executive  power  is  to  introduce  into  the  definition  of 
an  age-old  phenomenon  characteristics  derived  from  ex- 
tremely modern  conditions.  Men  have  been  in  communi- 
ties from  time  immemorial,  and  laws  have  regulated  their 
conduct,  and  it  is  only  comparatively  recently  that  law  has 
attached  to  itself  two  characteristics  : 

(i.)  That  it  proceeds  from  a  definite  sovereign  body,  with 
recognised  power  to  formulate  rules  which  shall  figure  as 
laws. 

(ii.)  That  this  sovereign  body  has  recognised  power  of 
enforcing  obedience  or  punishing  disobedience  to  the  rules 
it  has  enunciated. 


120  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  iv 

To  say  that  law  is  essentially  the  command  of  a  sovereign 
backed  by  force,  and  that  nothing  else  is  law,  is  to  regard 
only  these  modern  accidental  developments  and  to  make 
them  the  essence  of  the  matter  to  be  defined. 

Taking  a  comprehensive  view  of  human  associations  it 
is  clear  that  a  community  may  be  regulated  by  laws  which 
have  not  been  enunciated  by  a  definite  sovereign,  e.g.  it 
may  be  governed  by  pure  customary  law.  It  is  clear  also 
that  there  may  not  be  a  definite  executive  power  where 
there  is  absent  a  definite  sovereign  to  enunciate  laws.  It  is 
purely  arbitrary  to  say  that  these  earlier  laws  were  not  laws, 
because  the  essence  of  law  really  is  that  it  regulates  conduct 
in  a  community.  The  point  is  that  in  the  history  of  law 
there  are  two  distinct  lines  of  development  to  be  traced. 
In  the  first  place  there  is  the  growth  of  the  system  of  rules 
which  apply  to  the  groups  of  facts  with  which  the  law  has 
to  deal.  This  growth  may  be  gradual,  or  may  be  subject 
to  revolutionary  changes  where  new  groups  of  facts  suddenly 
develop  in  the  economic  life  of  the  community,  or  where 
new  abuses  suddenly  become  prominent.  In  the  second 
place  there  is  the  development  of  governmental  organs  and 
machinery  for  the  enactment  and  enforcement  of  laws.  It 
is  idle  to  deny  that  these  two  lines  of  growth  are  closely 
connected,  but  in  order  to  define  law  it  is  essential  to  sever 
one  from  the  other.  A  law  is  none  the  less  a  law  whether 
it  is  enforced  by  tribal  machinery,  or  by  feudal,  or  by  the 
executive  of  a  modern  state.  It  is  none  the  less  a  law 
whether  it  is  enunciated  by  a  modern  parliament,  or  whetl. 
it  has  been  forged  in  the  reaction  of  a  mass  of  men  against 
their  surrounding  conditions.  Wherever  there  is  a  com- 
munity, the  absence  of  pure  anarchy  implies  the  presence 
of  laws,  whether  or  not  there  be  a  definite  sovereign  to 
command  and  enforce. 


iv  INTEKNATIONAL  LAW  121 

Turning  to  the  question  with  which  we  began,  and 
recalling  the  fact  than  an  international  community  of  states 
does  certainly  exist,  it  follows  as  night  the  day  that  there 
must  be  a  system  of  true  laws  to  regulate  rights  and  duties. 
They  need  not  be  enunciated  by  a  sovereign  body,  nor 
certain  of  enforcement  by  a  sovereign  executive. 

The  whole  trouble  has  arisen  because  Austin  adopted  a 
system  of  ideas  for  the  definition  of  law  which  historically 
were  concerned  with  a  very  different  question,  viz.  the  seat 
of  authority  in  a  political  community.  Whether  sovereignty 
is  to  reside  in  the  general  will,  or  in  a  commanding  sovereign, 
whether  authority  be  conferred  upon  the  monarch  by  Divine 
grant,  or  by  a  grant  from  the  people,  all  these  controversies 
are  irrelevant  for  the  purpose  of  defining  law.  It  may  or 
may  not  be  good  political  theory  to  say  that  a  sovereign  has 
authority  underived  from  his  subjects  and  commands  them ; 
but  to  proceed  from  this  to  the  statement  that  the  nature 
of  all  true  law  is  that  it  is  commanded  by  a  sovereign  is 
once  again  to  inflict  on  lawyers  debatable  conclusions  in  the 
form  of  a  definition,  and  such  was  the  work  done  by  Austin. 

It  is  often  said  that  law  is  "  the  delimitation  of  rights," 
and  this  may  be  accepted  as  a  phrase  implying  the  con- 
clusions which  were  reached  in  the  above  argument. 

It  is  always  unwise  to  drive  an  analogy  too  far,  and  it 
must  not  be  thought  that  modern  international  law  has 
much  in  common  with  early  tribal  law.  It  has  to  meet 
wholly  different  groups  of  facts,  and  its  development  is  aided 
by  the  high  skill  of  modern  intelligence.  The  analogy  is 
useful,  however,  in  the  one  fundamental  matter,  that  in  both 
the  tribal  and  the  international  community  there  is  law 
apart  from  the  existence  of  a  modern  state  sovereign.  The 
analogy  breaks  down  in  a  matter  equally  fundamental,  that 
whereas  the  development  of  organised  state  machinery  out 


122  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  rv 

of  tribal  conditions  involved  also  the  break-down  of  tribal 
law  in  the  face  of  new  conditions,  there  is  no  reason  why  the 
development  of  more  organised  international  machinery 
should  involve  a  similar  break-down  of  the  present  system 
of  international  law.  The  substance  of  the  rules  for  times 
of  peace  might  remain  much  the  same,  even  though  a  more 
organised  enforcement  should  develop,  though  the  law  of 
neutrality  and  the  laws  of  war  would  cease  to  exist  as  such. 

2.  Although  the  above  line  of  argument  be  admitted  to 
be  sound  it  is  still  possible  that  present  events  might  suggest 
a  further  objection,  or  a  series  of  objections,  which  should 
here  be  considered.  They  all  have  a  connection  with  each 
other,  and  may  be  considered  together,  viz. : 

(i.)  Even  admitting  that  a  system  of  law  need  not  have 
a  modern  organised  executive  behind  it,  it  must  be  backed 
up  by  force  in  some  way,  so  that  offenders  shall  be  punished, 
or  have  the  possibility  of  punishment  before  their  eyes  as  a 
deterrent. 

(ii.)  If  it  were  anything  approaching  a  system  of  law,  it 
must  surely  be  such  as  would  exclude  warfare  as  a  means 
of  deciding  disputes. 

(iii.)  Is  it  not  so  continually  broken  that  it  becomes  a 
mere  farce  to  call  it  law  ? 

(As  to  i.)  Need  a  system  of  law  be  backed  up  by  force  ? 
There  is  not  the  slightest  reason  why  it  should.  A  law  may 
be  a  true  law  though  obedience  to  it  can  never  be  enforced. 
It  is  commonly  said  that  International  Law  is  law  because 
states  agree  to  regard  certain  rules  as  law.  It  makes  no 
difference  whatever  whether  states  will  abide  by  it  when 
the  time  of  trial  arrives.  This  cannot  be  emphasised  too 
strongly,  nor  is  this  statement  such  a  foolish  one  as  might 
at  first  appear.  Were  the  functions  of  international  law 
exhausted  after  it  had  provided  a  standard  for  breaches  of 


iv  INTEKNATIONAL  LAW  123 

itself,  it  would  still  have  served  the  purpose  of  a  system  of 
law,  viz.  to  delimit  rights  and  duties.  The  sole  function  of 
a  system  of  law  is  to  provide  a  considered  measure  by  which 
conduct  may  be  judged  as  legal  or  illegal. 

When  we  accuse  Germany  of  having  broken  certain  laws, 
when  Germany  and  the  United  States  accuse  us  of  having 
broken  certain  laws,  is  it  nothing  to  have  precedents  and  a 
considered  system  to  which  an  appeal  may  be  made  for 
judgment  in  the  questions  at  issue  ?  Law  is  everywhere 
but  the  crystallisation  of  previous  experience,  something 
agreed  upon  as  representing  the  balance  of  equity  in  the 
case,  and  the  question  whether  its  conclusions  can  be  en- 
forced upon  a  refractory  member  is,  however  important, 
irrelevant  to  the  question  whether  it  is  law.  It  is  untrue, 
however,  to  say  that  international  law  can  never  be  en- 
forced :  it  has  its  sanctions,  regulated  by  itself.  For 
instance,  the  United  States  might  have  withdrawn  from 
diplomatic  intercourse  with  Germany  in  consequence  of  the 
submarine  policy  of  the  German  Navy.  She  might  have 
confiscated  German  shipping  in  her  harbours. 

Another  form  of  sanction  is  the  approved  form  of  self- 
help  which  has  figured  largely  in  the  present  war,  viz. 
reprisals.  In  response  to  Germany's  modes  of  warfare,  we 
announce  a  stricter  control  over  produce  entering  and 
leaving  German  soil ;  then  by  way  of  reprisals  Germany 
enters  upon  her  submarine  policy,  upon  which  we  accord 
special  treatment  to  their  captured  crews ;  and  this  again 
calls  for  reprisals  on  the  part  of  Germany  in  treating  more 
harshly  certain  British  prisoners  in  her  hands. 

It  is  true  that  the  organised  enforcement,  such  as  is  seen 
in  a  modern  state,  is  absent,  but  it  is  untrue  to  say  that  there 
is  no  enforcement  at  all.  War  itself  may  be  regarded  as  a 
possible  mode  of  enforcement.  We  were  bound  by  treaty 


124  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  iv 

to  enter  the  war  in  defence  of  Belgian  neutrality ;  but  in  the 
United  States,  certain  utterances  of  Mr.  Roosevelt  practic- 
ally called  upon  America  to  vindicate  the  law  by  a  war  on 
its  behalf.  The  practical  utility  of  a  system  of  law  will 
doubtless  depend  upon  the  efficacy  of  the  sanctions  attached 
to  it,  but  it  is  wholly  erroneous  to  deny  the  system  of  rules 
the  status  of  laws  merely  because  such  sanctions  are  weak 
or,  indeed,  absent  altogether. 

(As  to  ii.)  Should  not  international  law  exclude  warfare 
as  a  mode  of  decision,  if  it  is  to  be  worthy  of  the  name  of 
law  ? 

The  feeling  that  a  system  of  law  is  inconsistent  with  war- 
fare lurks  strongly  in  the  minds  of  most  of  us,  so  that  it 
would  be  well  to  consider  the  relations  of  international  law 
to  warfare,  and  to  realise  that  the  Conventions  agreed  upon 
at  the  Hague  have  no  magical  power  to  prevent  the 
occurrence  of  war. 

(a)  We  may  note  at  once  that  by  common  consent  a  large 
part  of  international  relations  are  regarded  as  being  beyond 
the  domain  of  law,  i.e.  questions  of  policy  and  honour  and 
vital  interests.  Instances  of  this  may  be  taken  at  random. 

In  the  draft  of  a  scheme  for  the  pacific  settlement  of 
international  disputes  issued  by  the  New  Statesman  in  July 
1915  a  rigid  distinction  was  drawn  between  justiciable  and 
noii- justiciable  cases,  i.e.  cases  of  a  legal  nature  or  not  of  a 
legal  nature.  Cases  of  a  legal  nature  were  for  hearing  by 
an  International  High  Court,  but  larger  questions  of  policy 
were  for  treatment  by  an  International  Council.  A  legal 
matter  is  one  where  facts  have  to  be  elucidated  and  rules 
applied,  as  for  instance  in  the  arbitration  between  Great 
Britain  and  the  United  States  on  the  conduct  of  the  Ala- 
bama. In  this  case  the  British  authorities  had  failed  to 
act  in  accordance  with  the  standard  of  care  demanded  of 


iv  INTEKNATIONAL  LAW  125 

neutrals,  in  order  to  prevent  ships  being  fitted  out  by  one 
of  the  belligerents  in  the  neutral  port,  before  using  such 
ships  to  cruise  against  the  enemy.  The  Alabama  was  rigged 
up  in  British  waters  for  the  Southern  States,  and  subsequently 
wrought  great  havoc  among  the  shipping  of  the  United 
States.  She  sailed  just  before  the  British  authorities  made 
up  their  minds  to  lay  hold  of  her,  though  after  the  authorities 
had  ample  evidence  in  their  possession  to  justify  and  to 
impose  the  duty  to  effect  a  seizure.  Now  it  is  clear  that 
if  there  are  certain  recognised  principles  of  neutrality,  the 
best  mode  of  settling  this  dispute  is  to  apply  them  to  the 
facts  as  found  after  an  enquiry,  and  to  award  compensation 
to  the  injured  party.  This  was  in  fact  done,  except  that  in 
the  absence  of  agreement  upon  the  law  to  be  applied,  rules 
for  the  guidance  of  the  arbitrators  were  agreed  upon  by 
treaty  between  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States.  It  is 
easy  to  see  the  distinction  between  this  type  of  case  and 
great  settlements  of  Europe,  such  as  took  place  at  the 
Congress  of  Vienna,  which  may  be  regarded  as  a  council 
dealing  with  non- justiciable  matters. 

The  same  recognition  that  the  scope  of  International  Law 
is  at  present  limited  is  seen  in  Article  38  of  the  first  Con- 
vention agreed  upon  at  the  Hague  Conference  of  1907.  In 
that  Article  the  Contracting  Powers  agree  that  arbitration 
is  the  most  effective  means  of  settling  disputes  in  "  questions 
of  a  legal  nature,  and  especially  in  the  interpretation  or 
application  of  International  Conventions."  The  Powers 
say  they  will  have  recourse  to  arbitration  "in  so  far  as 
circumstances  permit."  In  1907  the  Powers  registered  a 
declaration  upon  the  subject  of  compulsory  arbitration,  but 
limited  their  acceptance  of  the  principle  to  "  certain  dis- 
putes, in  particular  those  relating  to  the  interpretation  and 
application  of  the  provisions  of  international  agreements." 


126  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  iv 

The  Anglo-French  Treaty  of  1903  for  reference  to  arbitration 
of  disputes  between  France  and  England  follows  the  same 
lines  of  thought.  Article  I.  provides  that  "  differences  of  a 
legal  nature  "  or  "  relating  to  the  interpretation  of  treaties/' 
shall  be  heard  by  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration 
established  by  the  Hague  Convention,  "  provided  that  they 
do  not  affect  the  vital  interests,  the  independence,  or  the 
honour  of  the  two  Contracting  States." 

It  must  be  understood,  therefore,  that  the  system  of 
international  law  itself  recognises  the  distinction  between 
legal  and  non-legal  matters  in  the  general  mass  of  inter- 
national relations,  and  this  will  not  appear  strange  if  we 
remember  that  the  duel  survived  as  a  serious  matter  well 
into  the  modern  state  with  its  efficient  legal  administration. 
We  may  note  here  that  with  regard  to  the  severance  of 
matters  of  honour  and  vital  interests  from  the  sphere  of 
law,  the  steps  taken  by  the  United  States  are  noteworthy 
as  representing  a  possible  plank  across  a  gulf  as  yet  un- 
bridged.  By  a  recent  treaty  between  Great  Britain  and  the 
United  States  it  is  agreed  that  even  matters  affecting  honour 
and  vital  interests  shall  be  sent  to  a  commission  for  enquiry 
before  recourse  is  had  to  extreme  measures. 

(b)  So  far  we  have  merely  noted  that  international  law 
is  consistent  with  warfare,  and  recognises  it  as  a  mode 
of  deciding  "  non- justiciable  "  matters.  International  Law 
goes  further  than  this  and  deals  with  warfare  as  a  cause  of 
rights  and  duties.  Two  of  the  most  important  departments 
of  the  system  assume  a  state  of  war  to  be  existing.  The 
laws  to  regulate  the  conduct  of  war  have  reference  to  the 
relations  between  the  belligerents  themselves  ;  the  laws  of 
neutrality  relate  to  the  rights  and  duties  of  neutral  states 
in  relation  to  each  of  the  belligerents.  Historically,  the 
department  which  deals  with  the  conduct  of  belligerents 


iv  INTERNATIONAL  LAW  127 

was  the  earliest  to  arise,  and  the  main  work  of  the  modern 
Hague  Conferences  is  to  be  found  in  thirteen  Conventions, 
of  which  eleven  assume  a  state  of  war  to  exist  before  they 
are  applicable. 

To  sum  up  :  international  law  recognises  a  sphere  where 
legal  modes  of  settlement  are  not  at  present  applicable,  but 
it  attempts  to  regulate  warfare  itself,  and  to  settle  the 
position  of  neutrals  by  well-defined  measures  of  conduct. 
It  does  not  purpose  to  render  warfare  impossible. 

(As  to  iii.)  In  the  light  of  present  events  ought  we  not  to 
admit  that  a  system  of  law  which  is  so  easily  broken  is 
worthless,  that  it  is  a  mere  collection  of  pious  aspirations  ? 
This  is  a  question  which  should  be  thoroughly  and  squarely 
faced  at  the  present  time.  A  flippant  idealism  too  soon 
gives  way  to  an  equally  flippant  scepticism.  It  would 
certainly  be  a  curious  result  if  we  came  to  the  conclusion 
that  a  system  of  law  which  has  engaged  the  minds  of  the 
greatest  should  finally  be  found  to  be  worthless.  Three 
lines  of  thinking  deserve  consideration  before  the  pessi- 
mistic conclusion  is  finally  adopted. 

(i.)  Even  if  it  is  broken  regularly  in  the  case  of  a  conflict 
between  legal  duty  and  interest,  it  still  stands  as  a  measure 
of  the  conduct  in  question.  The  breach  will  throw  a  heavy 
burden  of  justification  upon  the  guilty  party.  Having 
broken  the  law,  he  must  appeal  to  international  morality  to 
absolve  him.  A  striking  instance  of  this  is  close  at  hand. 
A  series  of  breaches  of  international  law  upon  the  part  of 
Germany  led  finally  to  our  maritime  policy  as  declared  on 
the  1st  of  March  1915.  In  what  precise  details  this  policy 
departed  from  the  accepted  law  of  blockade  it  is  unnecessary 
to  discuss  here.  Let  us  assume  that  a  real  breach  of  law 
was  embarked  upon.  The  result  was  that  Mr.  Balfour,  on 
March  29,  published  a  powerful  defence  of  our  action  by  an 


128  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  iv 

appeal  to  international  morality.  He  recognised  that  the 
burden  of  justification  lay  upon  us  since  the  law  was  not 
observed.  This  justification  consisted  of  two  parts  :  first, 
that  Germany  had  herself  made  an  adherence  to  law  im- 
possible ;  secondly,  that  our  departure  did  not  violate  the 
principles  of  morality.  He  closed  his  defence  as  follows  : 
"  But  though,  as  I  think,  international  law  can  hardly  be 
literally  obeyed  unless  both  sides  are  prepared  to  obey  it, 
we  must  not  conclude  that  the  absence  of  reciprocity  justifies 
the  injured  party  in  acting  as  if  international  law  and  inter- 
national morality  had  thereby  been  abrogated.  This  would 
be  a  monstrous  doctrine.  .  .  .  Germany  would  indeed  have 
no  right  to  complain  of  retaliation  in  kind  ;  but  this  would 
not  justify  us  in  descending  to  her  level.  The  policy  which 
I  am  defending  has  no  resemblance  to  this.  It  violates  no 
deep  ethical  instincts ;  it  is  in  harmony  with  the  spirit  of 
international  law  ;  it  is  more  regardful  of  neutral  interests 
than  the  accepted  rules  of  blockade  ;  nor  is  the  injury  which 
it  is  designed  to  inflict  on  the  enemy  of  a  different  character 
from  that  inflicted  by  an  ordinary  blockade.  And  lastly, 
it  is  a  reply  to  an  attack  which  is  not  only  illegal  but 
immoral ;  and  if  some  reply  be  legitimate  and  necessary 
can  a  better  one  be  devised  ?  " 

A  system  of  law  is  surely  serving  a  sound  practical 
purpose  when  a  departure  from  its  rules  calls  forth  such  an 
eloquent  justification. 

It  might  be  urged,  however,  Why  not  rely  on  inter- 
national morality  alone  and  in  the  first  place,  instead  of 
formulating  a  law  only  to  break  it  and  fall  back  upon  inter- 
national morality  ?  The  answer  is  simply  that  wherever 
conduct  has  to  be  measured  in  a  community,  laws  appear 
for  our  general  guidance  ;  they  serve  as  general  judgments 
upon  the  merits  of  a  case,  departure  from  which  has  to  be 


iv  INTEKNATIONAL  LAW  129 

specially  justified.  So  far  then,  it  is  agreed,  that  in  calling 
for  this  special  justification  for  a  breach  of  its  rules,  the 
system  of  law  between  nations  has  an  effective  reply  to 
those  who  would  call  it  worthless. 

(ii.)  A  second  consideration  to  be  undertaken,  is  that 
because  in  times  of  stress  certain  rules  of  law  are  broken,  it 
by  no  means  follows  that  the  whole  system  is  vitiated.  A 
few  decayed  timbers  will  not  bring  the  house  down  ;  they 
may  even  be  replaced  by  better  ones.  The  outstanding 
breaches  of  law  in  the  present  war  have  been  in  the  conduct 
of  belligerent  operations  on  the  part  of  Germany.  These 
breaches,  however,  leave  untouched  the  whole  department 
of  law  which  regulates  the  conduct  of  nations  in  time  of 
peace.  The  disputes  between  Great  Britain  and  the  United 
States  with  regard  to  certain  branches  of  the  law  of  neutrality 
are  still  being  conducted  upon  the  basis  of  a  reference  to 
law  and  legal  principle. 

(iii.)  Thirdly,  the  distinction  must  be  emphasised  between 
a  breach  of  international  law  and  a  new  departure  which 
claims  the  status  of  a  precedent.  In  statute  law,  a  change 
in  the  law  is  made  consciously,  with  deliberation,  accom- 
panied by  a  definite  repeal,  express  or  tacit,  of  previous  law 
to  the  contrary.  This  is  not  the  case  with  customary  law. 
Changes  are  made  by  gradual  process,  and  the  initiative  will 
often  have  to  be  taken  by  a  particular  agent,  to  be  followed 
or  not  by  successive  agents  in  the  future.  Many  courses  of 
international  conduct  have  this  pioneering  nature.  It  is 
vital  to  a  true  appreciation  of  the  nature  of  international 
law  to  realise  that  the  spirit  of  the  rules  has,  in  comparison 
with  the  letter,  a  validity  which  it  can  never  have  in  ordinary 
state  law.  With  the  highly  organised  legal  machinery  of 
the  state,  with  permanent  means  for  a  conscious  alteration 
of  law,  an  adherence  to  the  letter  of  the  written  rule  serves 

K 


130  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  iv 

best  as  a  guarantee  of  justice.  It  is  very  different  where 
such  machinery  is  absent  to  which  an  appeal  might  have 
been  made  for  alteration.  In  this  case  a  party  may  often 
have  to  innovate  tinder  new  sets  of  circumstance,  and 
appeal  to  his  contemporaries  and  to  his  successors  for 
approval  of  his  conduct. 

To  appreciate  this,  and  to  gain  a  method  of  judgment 
into  international  matters,  an  enquiry  into  a  few  topics 
suggested  by  current  events  will  be  useful. 

(a)  Let  us  take  first  the  practice  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment in  the  present  war  of  bringing  ships  into  port  in  order 
to  search  them  for  contraband  goods,  or  other  prohibited 
cargoes. 

It  has  long  been  recognised  as  a  belligerent  right,  that  a 
commissioned  ship  may  call  upon  neutrals  on  the  high  seas 
to  submit  to  a  visit  and  search,  in  order  to  determine  whether 
there  is  any  prohibited  cargo  on  board.  If  the  search 
reveals  nothing  suspicious,  the  neutral  is  allowed  to  proceed 
upon  its  way  ;  if  there  is  suspicion  or  apparent  guilt  the 
neutral  is  brought  into  port  to  undergo  proceedings  in  a 
Prize  Court.  It  is  clear  that  to  bring  a  ship  into  port  before 
searching  her  will  involve  delay  to  many  innocent  cargoes, 
and  dislocation  in  shipping,  and  upon  this  ground  protests 
have  arisen  in  America  against  our  treatment  of  neutral 
cargoes. 

The  British  reply  alleged  as  a  justification  the  skill  with 
which  modern  ships  were  packed,  the  ruses  to  which  guilty 
cargoes  had  recourse  to  escape  detection,  such  that  a  proper 
search  was  impossible  on  the  high  seas.  If  the  right  to 
search  is  admitted  at  all,  must  not  the  law  go  further  and 
admit  that  any  measures  necessary  for  the  exercise  of  this 
right  are  permissible  ?  This  would  seem  to  be  a  reasonable 
proposition,  and  the  question  of  the  legality  of  our  procedure 


iv  INTERNATIONAL  LAW  131 

is  therefore  reduced  to  this  question  of  fact — Can  we 
examine  vessels  with  reasonable  thoroughness  upon  the  high 
seas  ?  If  not,  then  are  our  methods  reasonable  as  they  are 
at  present  exercised  ? 

(b)  The  law  of  blockade  provides  a  very  useful  field 
for  illustrating  how  an  apparent  breach  of  law  may  finally 
be  accepted  as  but  a  further  application  of  underlying 
principles. 

Let  us  take  as  an  example  a  doctrine  which  has  appeared 
in  recent  discussions,  the  "  doctrine  of  continuous  voyage." 
It  is  recognised  as  an  elementary  principle  of  law  that  in 
time  of  war  one  belligerent  may  blockade  the  coast  of 
another.  This  means  that  he  can  by  an  effective  show  of 
force  compel  neutral  traders  to  abstain  from  commerce  with 
the  blockaded  coast,  or  at  least  to  attempt  such  commerce 
only  at  the  risk  of  suffering  the  penalty  of  confiscation.  So 
far  the  matter  is  clear.  Suppose,  however,  that  close  by  the 
blockaded  area  there  is  territory  belonging  to  a  sovereign 
who  is  not  implicated  in  the  war,  so  that  other  neutrals  can 
make  this  territory  a  base  of  operations,  close  at  hand,  for 
the  running  of  the  blockade :  ought  the  blockading  Power  to 
stand  by  and  see  his  blockade  evaded  in  this  manner  ? 

The  point  to  be  grasped  is  that  the  blockade-running 
will  consist  of  two  parts  :  (1)  the  apparently  innocent 
voyage  from  one  neutral  port  to  another  which  is  conveni- 
ently close  to  the  blockaded  area ;  (2)  the  dash  from  this 
base  of  operations  through  the  blockade  by  as  many  Captain 
Kettles  as  the  trader  can  secure  for  employment. 

No  one  would  deny  that  the  second  voyage  is  a  guilty 
one,  since  its  destination  is  a  port  on  the  enemy  coastline 
which  is  being  blockaded  :  but  is  the  first  voyage  to  be  liable 
to  the  same  penalties,  since  its  destination  is  not  an  enemy 
port  at  all,  but  a  neutral  port  which  has  nothing  to  do  with 


132  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  iv 

the  war?  The  question  arose  in  great  prominence  during 
the  blockade  of  the  Southern  States  by  the  United  States 
Government  in  the  Civil  War,  and  the  Government  claimed 
the  right  to  seize  British  ships  on  the  way  to  neutral  ports, 
situated  adjacent  to  the  Southern  States.  The  ground  was 
that  these  ships  were  making  the  neutral  ports  bases  of 
operations  for  evading  the  blockade,  and  that  the  guilty 
intention  justified  capture  upon  what  was  apparently  an 
innocent  voyage  to  a  neutral  port.  The  British  Govern- 
ment acquiesced  in  this  equitable  extension  of  the  law  of 
blockade,  in  spite  of  the  protests  of  our  traders.  In  other 
words,  what  appeared  at  first  to  be  a  grave  breach  of  law, 
was  found  to  be  a  logical  application  of  the  spirit  of  the  law. 

This  extension,  allowed  by  Great  Britain  to  the  United 
States  during  the  Civil  War  is  particularly  interesting,  since 
the  same  principle  is  now  the  ground  of  justification  for 
Great  Britain  of  certain  seizures  under  circumstances  again 
somewhat  different. 

The  case  of  the  steamship  Neches  may  be  taken  as  typical. 
She  was  a  ship  of  American  register,  sailing  from  Rotterdam 
to  a  port  of  the  United  States,  with  cargo  of  enemy  origin, 
i.e.,  the  goods  came  from  territory  in  the  possession  of 
Germany.  The  British  Government  had  issued  an  order 
to  the  effect  that  every  merchant  vessel  sailing  from  a  port 
other  than  a  German  port,  with  goods  of  enemy  origin,  may 
be  required  to  discharge  such  goods  in  a  British  or  allied 
port,  and  the  Neches  was  dealt  with  in  accordance  with  this 
order.  There  was  here  no  question  of  contraband.  The 
United  States  Government  felt  "  that  it  must  insist  upon 
the  rights  of  American  owners  to  bring  their  goods  out  of 
Holland  in  due  course  in  neutral  ships,  even  though  such 
goods  may  have  come  originally  from  the  territories  of  a 
country  at  war  with  Great  Britain."  It  is  clear  that  unless 


iv  INTEKNATIONAL  LAW  133 

there  is  a  definite  principle  upon  which  such  a  seizure  may 
be  grounded,  the  protest  of  the  United  States  is  justified. 
There  is  no  ground  apparent  on  the  surface  why  a  neutral 
vessel  should  not  carry  goods  coming  from  Germany  origin- 
ally, when  sailing  from  one  neutral  port  to  another.  It 
has  been  accepted  since  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century 
that  a  neutral  vessel  protects  enemy  cargoes  other  than 
contraband. 

The  defence  put  forward  by  the  British  Government  was 
again  that  their  conduct  was  only  the  application  of  the 
underlying  principles  of  established  law.  We  did  not  claim 
a  right  to  haul  enemy  goods  out  of  neutral  bottoms,  but 
claimed  that  the  measures  "  constitute  no  more  than  an 
adaptation  of  the  old  principles  of  blockade  to  the  peculiar 
circumstances  with  which  we  are  confronted."  In  other 
words,  we  did  not  claim  to  have  broken  the  law  upon  a  just 
provocation,  but  logically  to  have  applied  pre-existing  rules. 

A  moment's  reflection  will  show  that  the  case  does  not 
differ  widely  from  the  extension  made  in  the  Civil  War  by 
the  Government  of  the  United  States.  It  will  be  remem- 
bered that  in  the  latter  case  the  ships  were  captured  on  the 
way  from  a  neutral  British  port  to  another  neutral  port 
which  was  used  as  a  base  of  operations  for  running  the 
blockade.  In  the  present  case  the  seizure  is  also  made 
between  a  neutral  port  and  the  neutral  port  of  destination. 
The  only  difference  between  the  two  cases  is,  that  whereas 
in  the  American  seizures  the  goods  were  destined  to  enter 
enemy  territory,  in  the  present  case  the  goods  had  made 
exit  from  enemy  territory.  In  other  respects,  the  case  is  on 
all  fours  with  the  American  precedent.  Now  it  is  clear 
that  a  blockade  may  be  broken  both  by  entrance  into  and 
exit  from  the  blockaded  area,  so  that  it  is  very  difficult  to  see 
why  the  United  States  should  object  to  our  seizure.  The 


134  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  iv 

case  would  clearly  seem  to  fall  into  the  category  of  an 
apparent  breach  of  law,  which  resolves  itself  upon  examina- 
tion into  no  more  than  a  legitimate  development  of  pre- 
existing rule. 

The  above  discussion  of  points  which  have  arisen  in  the 
present  war  suggests  a  method  by  which  an  attempt  may 
be  made  to  grasp  the  spirit  of  a  legal  rule  ;  to  distinguish 
a  breach  from  an  equitable  application  of  pre-existing  rule. 

To  sum  up  the  conclusions  arrived  at  so  far  :  Inter- 
national Law  is  true  lav/  because  it  regulates  lights  and 
duties  within  the  community  of  states  ;  to  object  to  this 
on  the  ground  that  no  definite  sovereign  commands  and 
enforces  it,  is  to  confuse  the  question  of  the  efficiency  of 
administrative  machinery  with  the  question  of  the  defini- 
tion of  law.  Even  if  international  law  were  never  enforced 
at  all,  it  would  serve  its  purpose  by  affording  a  standard 
for  the  judgment  of  conduct,  a  measure  of  breaches  of  itself. 
It  has,  however,  sanctions  of  its  own,  and  even  war  itself 
may  take  on  this  character.  Even  if  war  is  not  for  the 
enforcement  of  international  law,  it  does  not  deny  the 
existence  of  the  system,  since  the  system  is  largely  con- 
cerned with  groups  of  fact  which  are  only  present  in  war 
time.  Finally,  before  becoming  sceptical  about  the  obedi- 
ence paid  to  international  law,  it  is  well  to  distinguish 
between  a  breach  and  an  application  of  an  underlying 
principle. 

2.  THE  SCOPE  AND  CONTENTS  OF  INTERNATIONAL  LAW 

The  barest  outline  will  suffice  here  to  show  that  there  are 
many  timbers  to  the  structure.  The  first  great  division  is 
into  rules  relating  to  the  relations  of  states  in  time  of  peace, 
and  rules  relating  to  the  condition  of  war. 


iv  INTERNATIONAL  LAW  135 

In  the  department  relating  to  peace  there  is  close  analogy 
with  State  Law.  There  is  the  law  of  persons,  dealing  with 
questions  of  incapacity.  In  State  Law  the  married  women, 
infant,  and  lunatic  have  special  disabilities.  So  in  inter- 
national law  there  are  bodies  without  the  full  capacity  of 
an  independent  sovereign  state,  e.g.,  a  neutralised  state  must 
not  enter  into  diplomatic  alliances  ;  a  semi-sovereign  state 
may  be  under  a  similar  disability  where  the  protector  has 
taken  over  the  control  of  its  foreign  policy. 

There  is  also  the  law  dealing  with  the  birth,  growth,  and 
death  of  states  :  e.g.  when  should  a  rebel  community  be 
recognised  as  independent  ?  What  rules  apply  to  decide 
the  succession  to  rights  and  obligations  when  one  state  is 
wholly  or  partly  absolved  in  another  ?  A  special  com- 
mission was  appointed  after  the  South  African  War  to 
deal  with  concessions  made  by  the  defeated  governments. 

The  departments  dealing  with  proprietary  relations  is 
concerned  with  the  question  of  title  to  territory,  regulation 
of  boundaries,  navigation  of  rivers  not  contained  within  a 
single  state,  and  the  position  of  the  high  seas. 

Corresponding  to  the  law  of  contract,  there  is  the  law  as 
to  treaties.  In  the  departments  relating  to  war,  there  are 
rules  governing  the  conduct  of  belligerents  as  against  each 
other ;  and  rules  governing  the  relation  of  neutrals  to  the 
belligerents.  The  general  topics  within  these  two  depart- 
ments are  familiar  enough  in  outline  from  a  knowledge  of 
current  events. 

3.  THE  PRESENT  POSITION  OF  INTERNATIONAL  LAW 

It  is  impossible  at  the  present  time  to  refrain  from  specula- 
tion as  to  what  may  be  the  future  of  this  system  of  law,  for 
the  future  of  humanity  at  large  will  be  reflected  in  its  fate. 


136  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  iv 

The  preliminary  to  any  sound  speculation  will  be  to  make 
an  estimate  of  its  present  position.  This  estimate  may  be 
made  along  the  following  lines  : 

(i.)  The  relation  of  international  law  to  power  : 
The  idea  is  firmly  rooted  in  some  minds  that  the  whole 
system  is  vitiated  because  it  rests  not  on  right  but  upon 
power.  In  its  earlier  stages  International  Law  had  a 
transcendental  flavour  about  it  by  its  association  in  juristic 
minds  with  natural  law.  In  so  far  as  the  complex  idea  of 
natural  law  contained  in  it  some  reference  to  certain  im- 
mutable principles  of  right  and  wrong  conceived  to  exist,  the 
conception  of  international  law  gained  a  nobility  of  stature 
by  this  association.  In  so  far  as  the  connection  with  natural 
law  gave  jurists  the  opportunity  of  laying  down  dogmati- 
cally their  own  opinions  as  of  international  validity,  the 
association  led  to  uncertainty  and  disagreement,  and  to 
great  confusion  between  authoritative  and  persuasive 
sources  of  law.  For  its  actual  rules  the  system  of  inter- 
national law  is  no  longer  conceived  to  be  dependent  upon 
natural  law.  They  are  dependent  upon  international 
agreement,  and  it  is  clear  that  such  agreements  will  often 
be  compromises  between  governments  of  varying  degrees 
of  strength,  so  that  it  cannot  be  denied  that  many  of  the 
recognised  principles  are  representative  of  the  power  of 
contending  governments.  For  instance,  naval  supremacy 
renders  Great  Britain  unwilling  to  surrender  the  right  to 
capture  private  property  at  sea.  Naval  inferiority  rendered 
Germany  unwilling  to  surrender  the  right  to  use  unanchored 
mines,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  some  five  hundred  Chinese 
fishermen  were  sent  to  the  bottom  by  the  stray  mines  from  the 
Russian  and  Japanese  naval  operations.  Instances  might 
be  multiplied  to  show  that  many  rules  thus  represent  a  com- 
promise, the  result  of  a  struggle  in  power  and  influence. 


iv  INTERNATIONAL  LAW  137 

We  may  even  go  further,  and  affirm  that  the  system  as 
a  whole  depends  upon  the  balance  of  power  being  so  main- 
tained among  states  that  no  state  or  group  of  states  can 
assume  a  dictatorial  position.  At  the  outbreak  of  the 
present  war  the  question  was  much  debated  whether  we 
intervened  for  selfish  reasons  of  self-preservation,  or  for 
the  vindication  of  international  law  after  the  violation  of 
Belgium.  It  may  be  noted  that  an  intervention  purely  for 
self-preservation  would  still  make  for  the  maintenance  of 
international  law,  since  the  system  demands  a  certain  rough 
equality  in  the  Great  Powers  or  the  groups  which  they  form. 

This  dependence  upon  power  does  not  vitiate  the  system 
as  a  means  towards  realising  the  aim  of  justice.  The  same 
dependence  upon  power  may  be  seen  in  municipal  law.  It 
has  been  said  that  since  the  Reform  Act  of  1832  the  history 
of  the  law  upon  landlord  and  tenant  is  one  of  continuous 
progress  in  favour  of  the  tenant.  This  is  to  say  that  the 
rules  of  law  were  adapted  in  accordance  with  a  different 
distribution  of  political  power.  The  dependence  upon 
power  is  no  special  defect  of  international  law,  because  in 
every  system  the  approach  to  justice  is  through  similar 
tangled  and  thorny  ways.  The  matter  can  only  be  left  to 
the  philosophers  to  tell  us  the  relation  between  force  and 
the  ideal,  or  why  the  ideal  must  pay  before  it  can  be 
embodied  in  an  institution. 

(ii.)  The  transition  to  a  conscious  formulation  of  rules 
and  arbitration. 

Something  very  like  legislative  enactment  has  appeared 
in  the  Hague  Conventions,  which  were  the  product  of 
conferences  held  by  the  representatives  of  the  powers,  and 
one  main  effort  of  these  conferences  was  the  setting  up  of 
permanent  judicial  machinery  for  the  trial  of  disputes.  The 
details  of  these  processes  would  occupy  too  much  space  here. 


138  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  iv 

The  lawyer  can  but  provide  the  machinery  to  which 
governments  may  have  recourse,  and  since  1899,  it  is 
worthy  of  observation  that  recourse  has  been  had  to  the 
international  machinery  on  several  occasions,  the  most 
notable  of  which  was  the  inquiry  into  the  facts  in  relation 
to  the  firing  upon  our  fishing  fleet  by  the  Russian  navy 
during  the  Russo-Japanese  War.  The  main  need  would 
seem  to  be  an  attitude  of  caution  towards  attempts  to  ex- 
tend the  scope  of  law  too  readily.  With  regard  to  arbitra- 
tion, the  machinery  is  there,  to  be  used  if  needed. 

The  question  before  us  is  really  one  of  speculation  as  to 
how  international  legal  machinery  may  develop.  We  saw 
above  that  the  machinery  develops  alongside  of  the  rules  to 
be  administered.  One  great  lesson  of  the  present  war  is 
the  need  for  caution,  for  a  sense  of  responsibility.  The 
Declaration  of  London  set  forth  to  codify  the  law  of  contra- 
band, by  way  of  something  akin  to  legislative  enactment, 
but  the  whole  document  has  failed  to  stand  the  strain  of 
actual  facts.  The  reason  is  apparent  if  a  comparison  be 
made  between  the  lists  of  contraband  issued  by  the  British 
Government  during  the  war,  with  those  put  in  the  Declara- 
tion. 

The  main  obstacle  at  present  before  a  more  perfect 
system  of  international  courts  is  the  attitude  of  the  smaller 
states,  especially  those  of  South  America.  In  any  respect- 
able system  of  law  the  doctrine  of  equality  before  the  law 
has  validity.  The  doctrine  means  that  once  a  law  is  made 
it  will  be  applied  impartially,  but  the  smaller  states  confuse 
this  with  equality  of  influence,  in  the  sense  that  every  state 
should  have  equal  power  in  voting  upon  drafts  for  rules,  and 
in  administering  those  rules  in  international  tribunals.  Up 
to  the  present  this  attitude  has  brought  the  improvement 
of  legal  machinery  to  a  standstill. 


iv  INTERNATIONAL  LAW  139 

To  sum  up  :  we  can  trace  in  the  international  system  the 
same  transition  as  has  taken  place  in  the  municipal  system 
of  law  ;  the  unconscious  formation  of  customary  rules  is 
giving  way  to  conscious  formulation  of  law  following  upon 
debates  in  conference.  For  the  sake  of  the  law  itself  more 
caution  is  needed,  more  reference  to  stress  of  war,  before 
such  formulation  is  finally  made.  In  refusing  to  adhere  to 
British  proposals  upon  the  subject  of  mines,  Baron  Marschall 
von  Bieberstein  said  :  "I  have  no  need  to  tell  you  that  I 
recognise  entirely  the  importance  of  the  codification  of  rules 
to  be  followed  in  war.  But  it  would  be  well  not  to  issue 
rules,  the  strict  observation  of  which  might  be  rendered 
impossible  by  the  force  of  things.  It  is  of  the  first  import- 
ance that  the  international  maritime  law  which  we  desire 
to  create  should  only  contain  clauses  the  execution  of  which 
is  possible  from  a  military  point  of  view,  even  in  exceptional 
circumstances.  Otherwise  the  respect  for  law  will  be 
lessened,  and  its  authority  undermined." 

Rules  may  be  formulated  by  any  fertile  brain,  but  whence 
may  come  their  administration  and  observance  ?  The  con- 
quering Norman  made  sound  administration  possible  in 
England  ;  pressure  from  without  might  bring  unity  into 
Europe  ;  the  final  victory  of  law  in  the  affairs  of  humanity 
can  only  come  by  disillusionment  with  warfare  itself,  a 
disillusionment  which  is  behind  the  opposition  of  Church 
to  State.  Whether  or  not  the  scope  of  law  may  ever  be  so 
widely  extended,  let  us  not  deny  its  uses  in  its  present 
sphere.  The  laws  of  war  have  suffered  most ;  they  were 
the  product  of  the  professional  soldier's  chivalry.  Though 
conscript  armies  have  betrayed  this  element  of  virtue,  let 
us  seek  to  preserve  and  develop  what  remains  according  to 
whatever  opportunity  may  lie  hidden  before  us. 


140  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  iv 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

LAWRENCE.     Principles  of  International  Law.     4th  ed.     Macmillan. 
12s.  0.1.  net. 

A  general  survey  of  international  law. 

PEARCE-HIGGINS.     The  Hague  Peace  Conferences,  Cambridge  Uni- 
versity Press.     1909.     16s.  net. 

An  account  of  the  debates  at,  and  methods  of  the  Hague 
Conferences,  and  the  texts  of  the  Conventions  framed. 
Prrr-CoBBETT.     Cases  and  Opinions  on   International  Law.     15s. 
net. 

The  leading  cases,  with  comments. 

VINOGRADOFF.     Common  Sense  in  Law.     Home  University  Library. 
Is 
General  outlook  on  legal  theory. 


POLITICAL  RELATIONS  BETWEEN  ADVANCED 
AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES 

1.  THE  NECESSITY  FOR  EMPIRE 

THE  problem  of  the  relations  which  should  exist  between 
advanced  and  backward  peoples  has  always  been  one  of  the 
gravest  that  has  presented  itself  to  mankind.  It  figures 
continuously  in  the  history  of  the  Jews.  It  is  the  subject 
of  the  greatest  epoch  of  Greek  history— the  struggle  for 
liberty  of  Greek  civilisation  against  the  Persian  tyrant.  It 
was  the  constant  preoccupation  of  Rome  both  in  the  days 
of  the  Republic  and  of  the  Empire.  It  engaged  for  cen- 
turies the  attention  of  Christendom  in  the  form  of  the 
Crusades  against  the  Turk.  And,  since  the  opening  of 
the  seas  made  possible  constant  contact  between  East  and 
West,  it  has  proved  one  of  the  most  prolific  of  all  sources 
of  discord  between  the  Great  Powers  of  the  world. 

The  problem  cannot  be  escaped  by  ignoring  it.  There  are 
peoples  who  by  reason  of  their  character,  their  truthfulness 
and  integrity,  their  political  institutions,  their  sense  of 
public  responsibility,  their  resourcefulness  and  capacity 
progressively  to  improve  the  conditions  under  which  they 
live,  regard  themselves  as  the  leaders  of  mankind.  These 
are,  broadly  speaking,  the  peoples  of  European  origin.  There 

141 


142  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

are  others  who,  because  of  their  idolatry  of  wood  or  stone, 
the  weakness  of  their  sense  of  responsibility,  their  treatment 
of  women,  their  apathy  and  their  fatalist  acquiescence  in 
things  as  they  are,  are  regarded  by  the  civilised  peoples  as 
backward.  These  are,  broadly  speaking,  the  peoples  of 
non-European  origin.  The  civilised  peoples  are  not  all  of 
one  grade,  nor  are  the  backward  all  of  another.  Mankind 
is  divided  into  a  graduated  scale  varying  infinitely  from  the 
zenith  of  civilisation  to  the  nadir  of  barbarism.  But,  while 
it  is  difficult  to  establish  any  exact  standard  by  which  the 
comparative  civilisation  of  peoples  can  be  judged,  the  fact 
that  there  is  a  difference  between  them,  and  that  this 
difference  is  one  of  quality  and  not  merely  of  kind,  is  one  of 
the  most  fundamental  facts  in  human  history.  To  refuse 
to  recognise  that  the  savages  of  Africa  are  immeasurably 
behind  the  Americans,  or  that  the  masses  of  India  or  Egypt, 
whatever  the  attainments  of  individual  Indians  or  Egyptians, 
are  definitely  less  advanced  than  the  peoples  of  Europe 
to-day,  is  wilfully  to  close  the  eyes  to  truth  and  fact. 

It  is  a  problem,  too,  which  time  has  made  doubly  insistent. 
Steamship,  railway,  and  telegraph  have  reduced  the  world 
to  manageable  size.  Travellers  no  longer  set  forth  into  the 
unknown,  to  return  years  afterwards  with  fabulous  tales. 
Economic  progress  has  linked  all  sections  of  humanity  into 
unity.  The  habits  and  attainments  of  the  backward  races 
have  been  minutely  studied  and  made  familiar  through 
books  and  the  press.  And  the  backward  people  themselves 
have  been  given  access,  through  the  immensely  cheapened 
processes  for  distributing  knowledge  and  literature,  to  the 
records  and  discoveries  of  Europe.  The  difficulty,  indeed, 
of  the  relations  between  the  advanced  and  the  backward 
sections  of  mankind  has  tended  to  become  greater  rather 
than  less  in  recent  years.  This  is  seen  in  the  controversy 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES      143 

about  Asiatic  immigration  into  America,  Canada,  Australia, 
and  South  Africa.  And  it  is  seen  in  the  growing  demand 
for  full  self-government  among  the  peoples  who  are  still 
under  the  tutelage  of  some  more  civilised  power. 

There  is,  indeed,  no  political  question  about  which  it  is 
more  important,  or  more  difficult  to  have  clear  ideas,  for 
it  is  likely  to  be  the  crux  of  all  the  great  international  con- 
troversies of  the  future.  And  there  are  no  people  for  whom 
it  is  more  important  to  have  such  ideas  than  the  inhabitants 
of  the  self-governing  portions  of  the  British  Empire,  because 
not  only  by  their  position  and  their  sea-power  have  they  a 
special  interest  in  international  affairs,  but  they  themselves 
are  responsible  for  the  welfare  of  a  State  comprising  one- 
quarter  of  the  earth,  and  more  than  350,000,000  peoples 
who  are  included  among  the  backward  races.  The  purpose 
of  this  chapter  is  not  to  consider  the  problem  in  detail,  but 
only  to  serve  as  an  introduction  to  its  study.  Its  object  is 
to  attempt  to  make  clear  certain  first  principles,  rather  than 
to  discover  the  solution  of  the  manifold  issues  in  which  it 
presents  itself  to  us  in  practical  shape  from  day  to  day. 

(a)  The  Results  of  Commercial  Intercourse 

The  first,  indeed  the  fundamental  principle  to  realise  is 
that  the  question  is  not  a  national  but  a  human  question, 
and  that  the  true  solution  must  be  one  which  benefits 
humanity  and  not  any  single  State  or  people.  No  sound 
judgment  is  possible  until  we  look  at  the  human  race  as  one 
great  family,  and  consider  what  ought  to  be  the  relations 
which  should  exist  between  the  advanced  and  the  back- 
ward members  of  that  family.  Just  in  so  far  as  there  are 
differences  in  the  level  of  civilisation,  the're  is  imposed  upon 
the  more  civilised  peoples  the  duty  of  helping  their  back- 


144  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

ward  neighbours  to  rise  to  their  own  level.  Civilisation,  in 
its  essence,  is  not  so  much  a  matter  of  mechanical  achieve- 
ment as  of  character.  It  appears  in  the  degree  in  which 
individuals  are  united  by  mutual  trust  and  mutual  service, 
and  by  the  common  determination  to  order  the  conditions 
of  their  social  life  ever  more  and  more  in  accordance  with 
truth  and  justice.  Not  the  least  decisive  mark  of  a  superior 
civilisation  is  the  readiness  of  its  members  to  sacrifice  them- 
selves in  order  that  their  less  fortunate  fellows  may  learn 
how  to  share  in  their  blessings.  It  was  this  conception 
which  underlay  the  earliest  relations  between  Christendom 
and  the  pagan  world.  The  missionary  apostolate,  carrying 
a  message  of  hope,  sympathy,  and  encouragement,  was  the 
first  as  it  is  still  the  noblest  ideal  of  the  relations  which  should 
subsist  between  the  advanced  and  the  backward  peoples. 
This  conception  still  persists,  and  the  missionary,  educa- 
tional, and  medical  work  now  being  carried  on  all  over  the 
non-European  world,  where  it  is  prompted  by  the  selfless 
desire  to  uplift  and  help,  is  probably,  despite  all  its  failures, 
the  most  permanent  and  most  fruitful  of  all  the  methods  of 
promoting  mutual  understanding  and  good  relations  among 
the  chief  families  of  men. 

But  unfortunately  the  relations  between  the  advanced 
and  backward  peoples  have  not  been  confined  to  the  selfless 
ministrations  of  the  enlightened  few.  From  the  remotest 
antiquity  there  have  always  been  some  commercial  relations 
between  Europe  and  India  and  the  Far  East,  and  since  the 
opening  of  the  seas  during  the  Renaissance,  and  the  con- 
sequent discovery  of  America,  southern  Africa,  and  the  sea- 
route  to  the  East,  intercommunication  between  Europe  and 
the  rest  of  the  world  for  purposes  of  trade  has  rapidly  and 
steadily  increased.  The  individuals  who  engaged  in  trade 
entered  upon  it  with  no  idea  of  helping  the  backward  races, 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES      145 

but  with  the  perfectly  legitimate  object  of  making  profit 
out  of  the  normal  and  mutually  beneficial  process  of  com- 
mercial exchange.  No  one  realised  that  the  methods  suited 
to  a  civilised  society  might  not  be  equally  applicable  else- 
where. And  in  fact  deplorable  results  have  invariably 
followed  the  appearance  of  the  civilised  trader  among  back- 
ward peoples. 

(b)  Results  amo-ng  Savages 

Two  modern  instances  of  the  effect  of  commercial  contact 
between  civilised  and  backward  peoples  may  be  given  in 
order  to  illustrate  the  process  which  has  always  operated 
in  the  past,  and  which  has  produced  the  great  modern 
empires.  In  the  first  case,  the  evils  are  due  to  the  deliberate 
action  of  the  traders  themselves.  Long  absence  from  the 
restraints  of  their  own  civilisation,  enervating  climates,  and 
contact  with  inferior  civilisations,  offering  countless  oppor- 
tunities for  gain  to  the  unscrupulous,  produces  in  many 
cases  a  demoralising  effect  on  those  who  are  long  engaged 
in  the  business.  Having  no  defined  responsibility  for  the 
welfare  of  the  people  with  whom  they  are  brought  into 
contact,  many  of  them  succumb  to  the  temptation  to  take 
full  advantage  of  their  own  superior  energy  and  knowledge, 
and  of  the  weakness  and  vices  of  the  backward  peoples,  to 
exploit  them  for  their  own  profit.  The  following  extract 
from  the  life  of  Dr.  John  Paton  was  written  in  1892,  and 
represents  his  own  experiences  of  the  New  Hebrides  : — 

We  found  the  Tannese  to  be  painted  Savages,  enveloped  in  all 
the  superstition  and  wickedness  of  Heathenism.  All  the  men 
an  1  children  go  in  a  state  of  nudity.  The  older  women  wear 
grass  skirts,  and  the  young  women  and  girls,  grass  or  leaf  aprons 
like  Eve  in  Eden.  They  are  exceedingly  ignorant,  vicious,  and 
bigoted,  and  almost  devoid  of  natural  affection.  Instead  of  the 

L 


146  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

inhabitants  of  Port  Resolution  being  improved  by  coming  in 
contact  with  white  men,  they  are  rendered  much  worse ;  for  they 
have  learned  all  their  vices,  but  none  of  their  virtues — if  such 
are  possessed  by  the  pioneer  traders  among  such  races  !  The 
Sandalwood  Traders  are  as  a  class  the  most  godless  of  men,  whose 
cruelty  and  wickedness  make  us  ashamed  to  own  them  as  our 
countrymen.  By  them  the  poor,  defenceless  Natives  are 
oppressed  and  robbed  on  every  hand  ;  and  if  they  offer  the 
slightest  resistance,  they  are  ruthlessly  silenced  by  the  musket 
or  revolver.  Few  months  here  pass  without  some  of  them  being 
so  shot,  and,  instead  of  their  murderers  feeling  ashamed,  they 
boast  of  how  they  despatch  them.  Such  treatment  keeps  the 
Natives  always  burning  under  a  desire  for  revenge,  so  that  it  is 
a  wonder  any  white  man  is  allowed  to  come  among  them.  Indeed, 
all  Traders  here  are  able  to  maintain  their  position  only  by 
revolvers  and  rifles ;  but  we  hope  a  better  state  of  affairs  is  at 
hand  for  Tanna.  .  .  . 

Thousands  upon  thousands  of  money  were  made  in  the  sandal- 
wood  trade  yearly,  so  long  as  it  lasted ;  but  it  was  a  trade  steeped 
in  human  blood  and  indescribable  vice,  nor  could  God's  blessing 
rest  on  the  Traders  and  their  ill-gotten  gains.  .  .  .  Sandalwood 
Traders  murdered  many  of  the  Islanders  when  robbing  them  of 
their  wood,  and  the  Islanders  murdered  many  of  them  and  their 
servants  in  revenge.  White  men,  engaged  in  the  trade,  also  shot 
dead  and  murdered  each  other  in  vicious  and  drunken  quarrels, 
and  not  a  few  put  an  end  to  their  own  lives.  I  have  scarcely 
known  one  of  them  who  did  not  come  to  ruin  and  poverty ;  the 
money  that  came  even  to  the  shipowners  was  a  conspicuous 
curse.  .  .  . 

One  morning  three  or  four  vessels  entered  our  Harbour  and 
cast  anchor  in  Port  Resolution.  The  Captains  called  on  me  ; 
and  one  of  them,  with  manifest  delight,  exclaimed,  "  We  know 
how  to  bring  down  your  proud  Tannese  now  !  We'll  humble 
them  before  you  !  " 

I  answered,  "  Surely  you  don't  mean  to  attack  and  destroy 
these  poor  people  ?  " 

He  replied,  not  abashed  but  rejoicing,  "  We  have  sent  the 
measles  to  humble  them  !  That  kills  them  by  the  score  !  Four 
young  men  have  been  landed  at  different  ports,  ill  with  measles, 
and  these  will  soon  thin  their  ranks." 

Shocked  above  measure,  I  protested  solemnly  and  denounced 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES      147 

their  conduct  and  spirit ;  but  my  remonstrances  only  called  forth 
the  shameless  declaration,  "  Our  watchword  is,  Sweep  these 
creatures  away  and  let  white  men  occupy  the  soil !  " 

Their  malice  was  further  illustrated  thus :  They  induced 
Kapuka,  a  young  Chief,  to  go  off  to  one  of  their  vessels,  promising 
him  a  present.  He  was  the  friend  and  chief  supporter  of  Mr. 
Mathieson  and  of  his  work.  Having  got  him  on  board,  they 
confined  him  in  the  hold  amongst  Natives  lying  ill  with  measles. 
They  gave  him  no  food  for  about  four-and-twenty  hours  ;  and 
then,  without  the  promised  present,  they  put  him  ashore  far  from 
his  own  home.  Though  weak  and  excited,  he  scrambled  back 
to  his  Tribe  in  great  exhaustion  and  terror.  He  informed  the 
Missionary  that  they  had  put  him  down  amongst  sick  people, 
red  and  hot  with  fever,  and  that  he  feared  their  sickness  was  upon 
him.  I  am  ashamed  to  say  that  these  Sandalwood  and  other 
Traders  were  our  own  degraded  countrymen  ;  and  that  they 
deliberately  gloried  in  thus  destroying  the  poor  Heathen.  A 
more  fiendish  spirit  could  scarcely  be  imagined ;  but  most  of 
them  were  horrible  drunkards,  and  their  traffic  of  every  kind 
amongst  these  Islands  was,  generally  speaking,  steeped  in  human 
blood. 

The  measles,  thus  introduced,  became  amongst  our  Islanders 
the  most  deadly  plague.  It  spread  fearfully,  and  was  accom- 
panied by  sore  throat  and  diarrhoea.  In  some  villages,  man, 
woman,  and  child  were  stricken,  and  none  could  give  food  or 
water  to  the  rest.  The  misery,  suffering,  and  terror  were  un- 
exampled, the  living  being  afraid  sometimes  even  to  bury  the 
dead.  .  .  . 

The  sale  of  Intoxicants,  Opium,  Firearms  and  Ammunition, 
by  the  Traders  amongst  the  New  Hebrideans,  has  become  a 
terrible  and  intolerable  evil.  The  lives  of  many  Natives,  and  of 
not  a  few  Europeans,  were  every  year  sacrificed  in  connection 
therewith,  while  the  general  demoralization  produced  on  all 
around  was  painfully  notorious.  Alike  in  the  Colonial  and  in 
the  Home  Newspapers,  we  exposed  and  condemned  the  fearful 
consequences  of  allowing  such  degrading  and  destructive  agencies 
to  be  used  as  barter  in  dealing  with  these  Islanders.  It  is  in- 
finitely sad  to  see  the  European  and  American  Trader  following 
fast  in  the  wake  of  the  Missionary  with  opium  and  rum  !  But, 
blessed  be  God,  our  Christian  Natives  have  thus  far,  with  very 
few  exceptions,  been  able  to  keep  away  from  the  White  Man's 


148 

Fire-Water,  that  maddens  and  destroys.  And  not  less  cruel  is 
it  to  scatter  firearms  and  ammunition  amongst  Savages,  who  are 
at  the  same  time  to  be  primed  with  poisonous  rum  !  This  were 
surely  Demons'  work. 

To  her  honour,  be  it  said,  that  Great  Britain  prohibited  all 
her  own  Traders,  under  heavy  penalties,  from  bartering  those 
dangerous  and  destructive  articles  in  trade  with  the  Natives. 
She  also  appealed  to  the  other  trading  Nations,  in  Europe  and 
America,  to  combine  and  make  the  prohibition  "  International  " 
with  regard  to  all  the  still  unannexed  Islands  in  the  Pacific  Seas. 
At  first  America  hesitated,  owing  to  some  notion  that  it  was  in- 
consistent with  certain  regulations  for  trading  embraced  in  the 
Constitution  of  the  United  States.  Then  France  temporising, 
professed  willingness  to  accept  the  prohibition  when  America 
agreed.  Thus  the  British  Trader,  with  the  Man-of-War  and  the 
High  Commissioner  ready  to  enforce  the  laws  against  him,  found 
himself  placed  at  an  overwhelming  disadvantage,  as  against  the 
neighbouring  Traders  of  every  other  Nationality,  free  to  barter 
as  they  pleased.  More  especially  so  when  the  things  prohibited 
were  the  very  articles  which  the  masses  of  the  Heathen  chiefly 
coveted  in  exchange  for  their  produce ;  and  where  keen  rivals  in 
business  were  ever  watchful  to  inform  and  to  report  against  him. 
If  illicit  Trading  prevailed,  under  such  conditions,  no  one  that 
knows  average  Human  Nature  can  feel  any  surprise.1 

That  this  history  is  no  extravagant  exception  when 
civilised  adventurers  come  into  unrestricted  contact  with 
primitive  barbarism,  is  proved  by  the  many  similar  cases 
which  have  lately  come  to  light,  notably  the  Congo,  the 
Putumayo  and  the  Mexican  atrocities,  and  these  are  only 
the  instances  which  by  their  conspicuous  savagery  have 
attracted  the  attention  of  the  world  in  quite  recent  years. 
The  occasions  on  which  the  civilised  trader  has  found  it  im- 
possible to  resist  the  temptation  to  secure  the  assistance  of 
a  chief  to  drive  his  subjects  to  labour  by  bribery  or  presents 
of  guns  or  liquor,  thereby  converting  him  into  a  tyrant,  or 
an  incompetent  sot,  or  to  attract  labour  itself  by  offering 
1  Life  of  John  Paion,  Missionary  to  the  New  Hebrides. 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES     149 

facilities  for  the  purchase  of  drink  or  firearms,  must  be 
legion.  In  fact,  the  history  of  the  last  two  centuries  is 
studded  with  incidents  of  this  kind,  especially  in  Africa, 
largely  connected  with  the  Slave  Trade. 

When  this  state  of  affairs  is  discovered,  what  is  to 
happen  ?  What  is  the  obligation  on  those  who  by  reason 
of  their  own  claim  to  superior  civilisation  have  the  responsi- 
bility for  saving  the  weak  from  the  ravages  of  the  strong  ? 
There  is  only  one  course  open  to  them.  They  must 
supplement  voluntary  missionary  labour  by  the  more 
difficult  work  of  assuming  responsibility  for  the  govern- 
ment of  the  backward  people.  They  must  undertake  this 
duty,  not  from  any  pride  of  dominion,  or  because  they 
wish  to  exploit  their  resources,  but  in  order  to  protect  them 
alike  from  oppression  and  corruption,  by  strict  laws  and 
strict  administration,  which  shall  bind  the  foreigner  as  well 
as  the  native,  and  then  they  must  gradually  develop,  by 
education  and  example,  the  capacity  in  the  natives  to 
manage  their  own  affairs.  Every  alternative  expedient 
breaks  down  in  practice.  To  stand  aside  and  do  nothing 
under  the  plea  that  every  people  must  be  left  free  to  manage 
its  own  affairs,  and  that  intervention  is  wicked,  is  to  repeat 
the  tragic  mistake  of  the  Manchester  school  in  the  economic 
world  which  protested  against  any  interference  by  the  State 
to  protect  workmen,  women,  and  children  from  the  oppres- 
sion and  rapacity  of  employers,  on  the  ground  that  it  was 
an  unwarranted  interference  with  the  liberty  of  the  subject 
and  the  freedom  of  trade  and  competition.  To  prevent 
adventurers  from  entering  the  territory  is  impossible,  unless 
there  is  some  civilised  authority  within  it  to  stop  them 
through  its  police.  To  shut  off  a  backward  people  from  all 
contact  with  the  outside  world  by  a  kind  of  blockade  is 
not  only  impracticable,  but  is  artificially  to  deny  them  the 


150  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

chances  of  education  and  progress.  The  establishment  of  a 
genuine  government  by  a  people  strong  and  liberal  enough 
to  ensure  freedom  under  the  law  and  justice  for  all  is  the 
only  solution. 

But  it  is  not  only  in  cases  of  deliberate  cruelty  or 
exploitation  that  this  step  is  necessary.  It  becomes  in- 
evitable wherever  there  is  a  sufficiently  wide  margin  between 
the  civilisation  of  the  advanced  trader  and  the  backward 
native.  Take  another  case.  A  certain  company  establishes 
a  factory  in  the  centre  of  a  large  native  district  with  the 
object  of  obtaining  palm  oil  as  a  raw  material  necessary  to 
the  manufactures  of  the  world.  To  facilitate  this  perfectly 
legitimate  and  proper  enterprise,  and  to  economise  labour, 
the  company  sets  to  work  to  build  light  railways.  This  is 
apparently  a  far  better  system  than  porterage.  It  saves 
time  and  labour,  and  greatly  extends  the  area  which  can 
serve  the  factory.  Yet  it  has  a  disastrous  effect  on  the 
whole  native  people.  They  have  been  accustomed  only  to 
the  ordinary  village  life,  with  an  extremely  rigid,  if  to  our 
minds  not  very  elevated  code  of  morals,  suited  to  their 
primitive  needs.  The  sanctity  of  these  customs  depends 
largely  on  the  fact  that  they  travel  little  and  seldom  escape 
the  influence  of  their  own  village  traditions.  Directly  they 
are  organised  for  labour  and  moved  about  the  country 
in  bands,  these  restraints  go,  temptation  increases,  and 
wages  enable  them  to  satisfy  their  desires.  General  de- 
moralisation is  the  result,  followed  by  a  great  increase  of 
prostitution,  and  the  appearance  of  syphilis  and  other 
diseases.  The  end  of  what  in  itself  appears  to  be  an  admir- 
able enterprise,  profitable  to  all  concerned,  is  the  corruption 
of  a  native  society,  backward,  it  is  true,  but  previously 
reasonably  contented,  healthy,  and  prosperous.  The  evil  is 
not  confined  to  the  natives.  The  civilised  trader  is  also  often 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES      151 

demoralised  by  contact  with  primitive  races  and  unlimited 
opportunities  for  exploiting  peoples  who  cannot  protect 
themselves.  He  has  every  right  to  trade,  for  the  world  could 
not  get  on  without  raw  materials  from  tropical  parts.  His 
intentions  may  be  perfectly  straightforward  and  honourable. 
But  none  the  less  his  presence  among  an  uncivilised,  back- 
ward people  almost  invariably  sets  up  processes  which  are 
harmful  to  both. 

In  this  kind  of  case  also  the  only  course  is  that  a  civilised 
government  should  step  in  and  make  itself  responsible  for 
government  within  the  territory,  so  that  it  may  regulate 
commercial  and  other  development  in  the  best  interests  of 
the  people  themselves,  protect  them  from  self-destruction 
by  the  free  traffic  in  drink  or  firearms,  and  assist  them  to 
study  the  learning  and  the  virtues,  and  not  the  vices  and 
weaknesses,  of  the  civilised  world. 

Contact  between  differing  levels  of  civilisation,  however, 
sometimes  operates  in  a  different  way.  A  backward  people, 
inspired  by  their  own  fanaticism  and  barbarism,  or  perhaps 
by  reason  of  a  blind  but  not  unnatural  resentment  at  the 
disturbing  effect  of  foreign  intrusion,  destroy  the  lives  and 
property  of  harmless  foreigners.  Missionaries  and  their 
families  are  murdered,  legitimate  trade  is  stopped,  order 
and  security  disappear.  No  civilised  people  can  stand  by 
and  see  its  own  fellow-citizens,  many  of  them  engaged  not 
only  in  peaceful  avocations,  but  often  on  missionary  and 
educational  work,  insulted  or  harmed,  and  take  no  notice. 
In  some  cases  warnings  prove  to  be  sufficient.  In  others 
they  are  unheeded,  and  murder  and  destruction  proceed. 
Then  there  is  only  one  course  to  pursue,  to  put  a  stop  to 
these  conditions  by  intervention,  which  may  or  may  not 
lead  to  the  assumption  of  a  permanent  responsibility  for 
maintaining  law  and  order,  and  security  for  property  and 


152  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

person.  Moreover,  it  often  happens  that  the  chief  sufferers 
by  native  anarchy  are  not  foreigners,  but  the  subjects  of  a 
dominant  tribe  or  race.  Conditions  may  arise  of  such  a 
nature  that  the  civilised  world  cannot  in  self-respect  stand 
aside  to  look  on.  The  depredations  of  the  Mahdi  and  the 
Khalifa,  and  the  atrocities  perpetrated  by  them  in  the 
Sudan,  and  the  Armenian  and  Macedonian  massacres,  are 
the  most  conspicuous  recent  examples  of  the  moral  necessity 
which  civilised  states  are  under  to  intervene  by  force  or 
threats,  to  put  an  end  to  intolerable  oppression  and  misrule. 

(c)  Results  among  more  Civilised  Peoples 

It  is  these  causes,  natural  to  the  world  in  its  present  state 
of  development,  which  have  brought  about  the  creation 
of  the  modern  empires  and  especially  the  British  Empire. 
They  operate  not  only  in  the  case  of  the  barbarous 
peoples,  but  also  in  the  case  of  those  peoples  who  are  not 
uncivilised,  yet  who,  for  one  reason  or  another,  have  been 
unable  to  maintain  a  civilised  government  for  themselves, 
once  close  contact  has  been  established  with  the  modern 
world.  The  most  conspicuous  instance  of  this  is  India. 
India  has  a  civilisation  far  older  than  that  of  Europe.  In 
the  far  past  she  produced  some  of  the  greatest  thinkers, 
and  the  finest  literature.  Her  buildings,  her  pictures, 
and  her  handicrafts  rank  among  the  great  achievements 
of  man.  Her  leading  men  are  able  to  move  in  Western 
circles  on  terms  of  absolute  equality.  Yet  contact  with 
the  West,  while  it  left  her  religious  and  her  social  customs 
unchanged,  reduced  her  political  organisation  to  such  chaos 
that  foreign  control  was  the  only  chance  for  order  and 
progress. 

British  rule  in  India  was  neither,  as  Seeley  said,  an  acci- 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWAED  PEOPLES     153 

dent,  nor  was  it  accomplished  in  a  fit  of  absence  of  mind,  nor 
was  it  the  outcome  of  a  deliberately  imperial  design.  It 
came  about  by  the  logic  of  facts.  There  had  been  missionary 
contact  between  India  and  Europe  in  very  early  days. 
There  had  always  been  a  considerable  volume  of  trade  in 
luxuries  carried  laboriously  on  the  backs  of  camels  and 
ponies  over  the  deserts  and  mountains  of  the  middle  East, 
or  in  coasting  vessels  up  the  Persian  Gulf  or  the  Ked  Sea. 
But  the  opening  of  the  seas  and  the  discovery  of  the  sea 
route  to  India  round  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  in  the  last 
years  of  the  fifteenth  century  led  to  regular  and  direct 
intercommunication  between  the  two  continents.  Portugal 
was  the  pioneer,  and  trading  companies  for  the  purpose 
were  first  organised  by  the  British  and  the  Dutch  about  the 
year  1600.  For  a  hundred  and  fifty  years  from  that  date, 
while  European  traders,  notably  the  British,  the  French, 
the  Dutch,  and  the  Portuguese,  struggled  vigorously  among 
themselves  for  commercial  supremacy  in  the  East,  their 
intercourse  with  India  itself  was  confined  to  trading  with 
Indian  merchants  at  certain  defined  "  factories  "  on  the 
coast,  granted  to  them  by  the  Mogul  Emperors.  With  the 
death  of  Aurangzeb,  the  last  of  the  Great  Delhi  Emperors, 
the  Mogul  Empire  began  to  fall  into  ruins.  And  by  the 
middle  of  the  eighteenth  century  the  internal  condition  of 
India  was  approaching  anarchy.  It  is  described  by  Sir 
Alfred  Lyall  in  the  following  words  : 

At  this  point,  therefore,  it  will  be  useful  to  sketch  in  loose  out- 
line the  condition,  in  the  middle  of  the  last  century,  of  that  vast 
tract  of  open  plain  country,  watered  by  the  Jumna,  the  Ganges, 
and  their  affluents,  which  stretches  from  Bengal  north-westward 
to  the  Himalayas,  and  which  is  now  divided  into  the  three  British 
provinces  of  Oudh,  the  North-West  Provinces,  and  the  Punjab. 
Throughout  this  vast  region  the  flood  of  anarchy  that  had  been 
rising  since  Aurangzeb's  death  was  now  at  its  height ;  and  as 


154  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

the  struggle  over  the  ruins  of  the  fallen  empire  was  sharpest  at 
the  capital  and  the  centres  of  power,  the  districts  round  Delhi 
and  Agra,  Lucknow  and  Benares,  were  perhaps  more  persistently 
fought  over  than  any  other  parts  of  India.  Two  centuries  of 
systematic  despotism  had  long  ago  levelled  and  pulverized  the 
independent  chiefships  or  tribal  federations  in  these  flat  and 
fertile  plains,  traversed  by  the  highways  open  to  every  successive 
invader.  So  when  the  empire  toppled  over  under  the  storms  of 
the  eighteenth  century,  there  were  no  local  breakwaters  to  check 
the  inrush  of  confusion.  The  Marathas  swarmed  up,  like  locusts, 
from  the  south,  and  the  Afghans  came  pouring  down  from  the 
north  through  the  mountain  passes.  Within  fifty  years  after  the 
death  of  Aurangzeb,  who  was  at  least  feared  throughout  the 
length  and  breadth  of  India,  the  Moghul  emperor  had  become 
the  shadow  of  a  great  name,  a  mere  instrument  and  figure-head 
in  the  hand  of  treacherous  ministers  or  ambitious  usurpers.  All 
the  imperial  deputies  and  vicegerents  were  carving  out  for  them- 
selves independencies,  and  striving  to  enlarge  their  borders  at 
each  other's  expense. 

We  have  seen  that  the  Nizam,  originally  Viceroy  of  the 
Southern  Provinces,  had  long  ago  made  himself  de  facto  sovereign 
of  a  great  domain.  In  the  north-west  the  Vizier  of  the  empire 
was  strengthening  himself  east  of  the  Ganges,  and  had  already 
founded  the  kingdom  of  Oudh,  which  underwent  many  changes 
of  frontier,  but  lasted  a  century.  Rohilcund  had  been  appro- 
priated by  some  daring  adventurers  known  as  Rohillas  (or 
mountain  men)  from  the  Afghan  hills  ;  a  sagacious  and  fortunate 
leader  of  the  Hindu  Jats  was  creating  the  State  of  Bhurtpore 
across  the  Jumna  river  ;  Agra  was  held  by  one  high  officer  of  the 
ruined  empire  ;  Delhi,  with  the  emperor's  person,  had  been  seized 
by  another ;  the  governors  sent  from  the  capital  to  the  Punjab 
had  to  fight  for  possession  with  the  deputies  of  the  Afghan  ruler 
from  Kabul,  and  against  the  fanatic  insurrection  of  the  Sikhs. 
These  were,  speaking  roughly,  the  prominent  and  stronger  com- 
petitors in  the  great  scramble  for  power  and  lands  ;  but  scarcely 
one  of  them  (except  the  Sikhs)  represented  any  solid  organization, 
political  principle,  or  title.  Most  of  the  rulerships  depended  on 
the  personality  of  some  chief  or  leader,  who  was  raised  more  by 
the  magnitude  of  his  stakes  than  by  the  style  of  his  play  above 
the  common  crowd  of  plunderers  and  captains  of  soldiery.  Any 
one  who  had  money  or  credit  might  buy  at  the  imperial  treasury 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES      155 

a  Firman  authorizing  him  to  collect  the  revenue  of  some  refrac- 
tory district.  If  he  overcame  the  resistance  of  the  landholders, 
the  district  usually  became  his  domain,  and  as  his  strength  in- 
creased he  might  expand  into  a  territorial  magnate  ;  if  the 
peasants  rallied  under  some  able  headman  and  drove  him  off 
their  own  leader  often  became  a  mighty  man  of  his  tribe,  and 
founded  a  petty  chiefship  of  a  ruling  family.  The  traces  of  this 
chance  medley  and  fluctuating  struggle  for  the  possession  of  the 
soil  or  of  the  rents  were  visible  long  afterwards  in  the  complicated 
varieties  of  tenure,  title,  and  proprietary  usage  that  made  the 
recording  of  landed  rights  and  interests  so  perplexing  a  business 
for  English  officials  in  this  part  of  India. 

The  English  reader  may  now  form  some  notion  of  the  dis- 
tracted condition  of  upper  India  when  the  Marathas  invaded  it 
in  1758,  with  a  numerous  army  intended  to  carry  out  definite 
plans  of  conquest.  The  Moghul  empire  was  like  a  wreck  among 
the  breakers  ;  the  emperor  Alamgir,  who  had  long  been  a  State 
prisoner,  had  been  murdered  ;  and  the  strife  over  the  spoils  had 
assumed  the  character  of  a  widespreading  free  fight,  open  to  all 
comers.  But  as  any  such  contest,  if  it  lasts,  will  usually  merge 
into  a  battle  between  distinct  factions  under  recognized  leaders, 
so  the  rapidly  increasing  power  of  the  Marathas,  who  came 
swarming  up  from  the  south-west,  and  the  repeated  invasions 
from  the  north-west  of  Ahmed  Shah  the  Abdallee  with  his  Afghan 
bands,  drew  together  to  one  or  the  other  of  these  two  camps  all 
the  self-made  princes  and  marauding  adventurers  who  were 
parcelling  out  the  country  among  themselves.1 

In  a  country  distracted  like  this,  it  was  inevitable  that 
the  European  traders  should  interfere.  Their  trade, 
carried  on  for  a  hundred  and  fifty  years  in  comparative 
security,  began  to  suffer,  both  from  the  inevitable  interrup- 
tions due  to  internal  disorder,  and  from  the  direct  attack  of 
marauders.  In  consequence  they  began  to  enlist  troops 
to  protect  their  trading  stations.  At  this  moment,  too, 
war  broke  out  in  Europe  between  England  and  France, 
and  fighting  soon  extended  to  India.  The  French,  under 

1  Sir  Alfred  Lyall,  British  Dominion  in  India,  pp.  148-160. 


156  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

Dupleix,  enlisted  the  assistance  of  native  rulers  in  the 
struggle  by  promising  them  help  against  their  own  rivals. 
The  rivals  appealed  to  the  British,  who  struck  up  a  bargain 
on  the  same  lines.  Thus  to  the  native  anarchy  and  disorder 
was  added  the  evil  of  war  between  two  sets  of  foreigners. 

In  the  struggle  the  English  were  victorious,  mainly  by 
reason  of  their  superior  sea-power  in  Europe,  and  at  the  end 
of  the  war  they  alone  among  foreigners  had  any  power  or 
influence  in  India.  The  situation  in  India  with  which  they 
had  to  deal  at  the  peace  was  very  different  from  that  which 
existed  when  the  war  broke  out.  Not  only  was  the  internal 
disorder  of  India  far  worse,  but  they  found  themselves 
practically  saddled  with  the  responsibility  for  the  govern- 
ment of  Bengal.  During  the  struggle  with  the  French  the 
English  in  the  trading  factory  of  Calcutta  had  begun  to 
fortify  themselves  against  a  possible  French  attack.  This 
greatly  incensed  the  young  Nawab  of  Bengal,  "  a  young 
man  whose  savage  and  suspicious  temper  was  controlled 
by  no  experience  or  natural  capacity  for  rulership,"  who 
marched  against  them.  "  The  English  defended  themselves 
for  a  time  ;  but  the  town  was  open,  the  governor  and  many 
of  the  English  fled  in  ships  down  the  river ;  and  the  rest 
surrendered  on  promise  of  honourable  treatment.  Yet 
those  whom  the  Nawab  captured  with  the  fort  were  thrown 
into  a  kind  of  prison-room  called  the  Black  Hole,  from 
which,  after  one  night's  dreadful  suffering,  only  twenty- 
three  out  of  one  hundred  and  forty-six  emerged  alive."  1 

The  horror  of  the  Black  Hole  of  Calcutta  was  speedily 
avenged  by  Clive,  who  won  a  conclusive  victory  at  the 
battle  of  Plassey.  The  Nawab  fled,  and  was  replaced  upon 
the  throne  by  Mir  Jafir.  But  the  matter  could  not  end 
there.  Mir  Jafir  in  fact  depended  for  his  position  on  the 

1  Sir  Alfred  Lyall,  British  Dominion  in  India,  p.  129. 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES      157 

Company  who  had  placed  him  on  the  throne,  and  this  meant 
that  the  Company  itself  was  the  real  authority  in  Bengal. 
Such  an  arrangement  could  not  last.  The  combined  effect 
of  a  weak  and  incompetent  native  ruler,  and  an  irresponsible 
foreign  trading  company  possessed  of  the  only  effective 
military  force  in  the  country,  speedily  reduced  Bengal  to 
hopeless  suffering  and  chaos.  The  situation  is  well  de- 
scribed by  Sir  Alfred  Lyall. 

For  the  English,  after  their  victory  at  Plassey,  the  most  urgent 
and  important  matter  was  the  restoration  of  some  regular  ad- 
ministration. They  had  invested  Meer  Jafir  with  the  Nawabship 
under  a  treaty  which  bound  him  to  make  to  them  heavy  money 
payments  in  compensation  for  their  losses  by  the  seizure  of 
Calcutta  and  other  factories,  and  for  their  war  expenditure ; 
agreeing  in  return  to  supply  troops  at  the  Nawab's  cost  whenever 
he  should  require  them.  The  result  was  to  drain  the  native 
ruler's  treasury  and  at  the  same  time  to  reduce  him,  for  the  means 
of  enforcing  his  authority  and  maintaining  his  throne,  to  a  con- 
dition of  dependence  upon  the  irresponsible  foreigners  who  com- 
manded an  army  stationed  within  his  province. 

The  difficulty  of  this  consolidation  was  greatly  enhanced  by 
the  perplexity  and  indecision  of  the  English  as  to  their  actual 
situation  in  the  country.  Although  they  were  conquerors  de 
facto,  they  neither  could  nor  would  assume  the  attitude  of  rulers 
de  jure,  they  were  merely  the  representatives  of  a  commercial 
company  with  no  warrant  from  their  nation  to  annex  territory, 
and  obliged  to  pretend  deference  toward  a  native  ruler  who  was 
really  subservient  to  themselves.  Nothing  more  surely  leads  to 
misrule  than  the  degradation  of  a  civil  government  to  subserve 
the  will  of  some  arbitrary  force  or  faction  within  the  State  ;  and 
in  Bengal  the  evils  of  precarious  and  divided  authority  were 
greatly  heightened  by  special  aggravations.  .  .  .  This  is  the  only 
period  of  Anglo-Indian  history  which  throws  grave  and  un- 
pardonable discredit  on  the  English  name.  During  the  six  years 
from  1760  to  1765,  Olive's  absence  from  the  country  left  the 
Company's  affairs  in  the  hands  of  incapable  and  inexperienced 
chiefs,  just  at  the  moment  when  vigorous  and  statesmanlike 
management  was  urgently  needed.  That  Clive  himself  foresaw 


158  INTEKNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

clearly  that  the  system  would  not  answer  and  would  not  last,  is 
shown  by  his  letter  (1759)  to  Pitt,  in  which  he  suggested  to  the 
Prime  Minister  the  acquisition  of  Bengal  in  full  sovereignty  by 
the  English  nation,  promising  him  a  net  revenue  of  two  millions 
sterling.  In  the  meantime  he  had  done  what  he  could  to  revive 
internal  order,  and  had  forced  the  Delhi  prince  to  evacuate  the 
province.  The  Dutch  in  Bengal,  who  naturally  watched  our 
proceedings  with  the  utmost  jealousy  and  alarm,  were  secretly 
corresponding  with  the  Nawab  and  had  brought  over  from 
Batavia  a  large  body  of  troops.  When  their  armed  ships  were 
prohibited  by  the  English  from  ascending  the  river  they  began 
hostilities,  and  were  totally  defeated  by  Colonel  Forde  in  an 
action  described  by  Olive's  report  as  "  short,  bloody,  and  deci- 
sive." But  after  Olive's  departure  for  England  in  1760  the 
invasions  from  outside  were  renewed ;  and  within  Bengal  the 
whole  administration  was  paralyzed  by  acrimonious  disputes 
between  the  Company's  agents  and  the  Nawab,  who  fought 
against  his  effacement,  and  was  secretly  corresponding  with  the 
Dutch.  Being  intent,  as  was  natural,  on  asserting  his  own  in 
dependent  authority,  he  manoeuvred  to  thwart  and  embarrass 
the  Company,  intrigued  with  the  rivals,  and  did  his  best  to  dis 
concert  their  joint  operations  against  the  Marathas  who  were 
laying  his  country  waste,  since  a  defeat  might  at  least  help  to 
shake  off  the  English. 

It  followed  that  as  neither  party  could  govern  tolerably,  both 
soon  became  equally  unpopular,  and  that  during  these  years  the 
country  was  in  fact  without  an  authoritative  ruler.  For  while 
the  English  traders  garrisoned  the  country  with  a  large  body  of 
well-paid  and  well-disciplined  troops,  the  whole  duty  of  filling 
the  military  chest  and  carrying  on  an  executive  government  fell 
upon  the  Nawab,  who  was  distracted  between  dread  of  assassina- 
tion by  his  own  officers  and  fear  of  dethronement  by  the  Company. 
As  the  English  traders  had  come  to  Bengal  avowedly  with  the 
sole  purpose  of  making  money,  many  of  them  set  sail  for  Europe 
as  soon  as  they  had  made  enough.  In  the  meantime,  finding 
themselves  entirely  without  restraint  or  responsibility,  uncon- 
trolled either  by  public  opinion  or  legal  liabilities  (for  there  was 
no  law  in  the  land),  they  naturally  behaved  as  in  such  circum- 
stances, with  such  temptations,  men  would  behave  in  any  age  or 
country.  Some  of  them  lost  all  sense  of  honour,  justice,  and 
integrity ;  they  plundered  as  Moghuls  or  Marathas  had  done 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWAED  PEOPLES      159 

before  them,  though  in  a  more  systematic  and  business-like 
fashion  ;  the  eager  pursuit  of  wealth  and  its  easy  acquisition  had 
blunted  their  consciences  and  produced  general  insubordination. 
As  Clive  wrote  later  to  the  Company,  describing  the  state  of 
affairs  that  he  found  on  his  return  in  1765,  "  In  a  country  where 
money  is  plenty,  where  fear  is  the  principle  of  government,  and 
where  your  arms  are  ever  victorious,  it  was  no  wonder  that  the 
lust  of  riches  should  readily  embrace  the  proffered  means  of 
gratification,"  or  that  corruption  and  extortion  should  prevail 
among  men  who  were  the  uncontrolled  depositaries  of  irresistible 
force.  This  universal  demoralization  necessarily  affected  the 
revenues,  and  exasperated  the  disputes  between  the  Company  and 
Meer  Jafir  by  increasing  the  financial  embarrassments  of  both 
parties.  For  the  Nawab  showed  very  little  zeal  in  providing 
money  for  the  troops  upon  whom  rested  the  Company's  whole 
power  of  overruling  him,  and  arrears  were  accumulating  danger- 
ously. .  .  .  All  this  violent  friction  soon  culminated  in  an 
explosion  brought  about  by  an  awkward  attempt  on  the  part  of 
Mr.  Ellis,  chief  of  the  Patna  factory,  to  seize  Patna  city,  with  the 
object  of  forestalling  an  attack  by  the  Nawab  on  his  factory. 
Although  Ellis  took  the  place  he  could  not  hold  it,  and  his  whole 
party  were  captured  in  their  retreat ;  but  the  Company's  troops 
marched  against  and  defeated  the  Nawab,  who  in  his  furious 
desperation  caused  his  English  prisoners  to  be  massacred,  and 
then  fled  across  the  frontier  to  the  camp  of  the  Vizier  of  Oudh. 
The  Company,  somewhat  sobered  by  these  tragic  consequences 
of  misrule,  relinquished  the  more  scandalous  monopolies  and 
restored  Meer  Jafir  in  1763.  When  he  died  in  1765  the  ruinous 
system  of  puppet  Nawabs  came  practically  to  an  end ;  for  in 
that  year  Lord  Clive,  who  had  returned  to  India,  assumed,  under 
a  grant  from  the  Delhi  emperor,  direct  administration  of  the 
revenue  of  the  three  provinces  of  Bengal,  Behar,  and  Orissa,  an 
office  that  was  entitled  the  Diwani.  The  Diwan  had  been  origin- 
ally the  Controller-General  on  behalf  of  the  imperial  treasury  in 
each  province,  with  supreme  authority  over  all  public  expendi- 
ture ;  so  that  the  investiture  of  the  Company  with  this  office 
added  the  power  of  the  purse  to  the  power  of  the  sword,  and 
rendered  them  directly  and  regularly  responsible  for  the  most 
important  departments  of  government.1 

1  Sir  Alfred  Lyall,  British  Dominion  in  India,  pp.  141-147. 


160  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

In  this  matter  we  shall  gain  little  by  attempting  to  assess 
credit  or  blame.  It  is  really  beside  the  point  to  do  so.  For 
while  individual  traders  and  the  policy  of  the  French  and 
the  English  added  enormously  to  the  chaos,  and  caused 
much  loss  and  suffering,  the  fundamental  cause  of  the  trouble 
was  the  collapse  of  the  Mogul  Empire,  with  which  they  had 
nothing  to  do.  The  Delhi  Emperors  had  been  able  to 
control  sufficiently  both  their  own  subjects  and  foreign 
traders,  and  so  long  as  their  authority  survived  no  serious 
trouble  arose.  Directly  it  disappeared  anarchy  and  dis- 
order set  in,  and  it  was  inevitable  that  the  foreigner,  whether 
he  wanted  to  or  not,  should  make  the  confusion  worse,  and 
the  restoration  of  good  government  more  difficult.  The 
only  hope  for  India  was  that  the  Mogul  Empire  should  be 
effectively  restored,  or  else  that  some  other  Power  should 
establish  itself  as  supreme  and  restore  peace,  law,  and  order 
to  the  distracted  country.  There  never  was  the  slightest 
sign  of  the  Delhi  Emperors  being  able  to  reassert  themselves. 
No  other  native  Power  appeared  which  manifested  any  con- 
structive governing  ability.  It  therefore  eventually  became 
evident  that  if  India  was  to  be  given  peace  and  a  chance  for 
happiness  and  progress,  if  its  peoples  were  to  be  protected 
alike  from  the  foreigner  and  their  own  oppressors,  and  if 
commercial  interchange  with  the  West  was  not  to  languish 
from  internal  disorder,  that  the  duty  must  be  undertaken 
by  the  English  who  were  left  supreme  in  the  East  by  the 
defeat  of  the  French. 

This  conclusion  was  arrived  at  slowly  and  with  extreme 
reluctance.  The  experience  of  the  terrible  years  immediately 
following  the  battle  of  Plassey  brought  home  first  to  Clive 
and  later  to  Warren  Hastings  that  the  only  hope  for  Bengal 
was  the  establishment  of  a  strong  Government  which  could 
control  the  lawless  and  predatory  elements  among  the  in- 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES     161 

habitants  themselves,  and  also  the  foreign  traders.  Search 
as  they  would  there  was  no  native  ruler  who  could  do  it. 
The  system  of  bolstering  up  puppet  rulers  had  proved  a 
disastrous  failure.  The  only  thing  left  was  for  the  com- 
pany to  assume  responsibility  for  government  itself.  But 
that  process  once  begun  could  not  be  stopped.  "  The  prime 
object  of  those  who  at  this  critical  epoch  directed  the 
affairs  of  the  English  in  India,  was  to  place  a  limit  upon  the 
expansion  of  the  Company's  possessions,  to  put  a  sharp  curb 
upon  schemes  of  conquest,  and  to  avoid  any  connection 
with  the  native  princes  that  might  involve  us  in  foreign 
war."  *  Clive  himself  wrote  that  it  was  "  the  resolute  inten- 
tion to  bind  our  possessions  absolutely  to  Bengal."  But 
this  proved  impossible.  What  had  originally  been  true  of 
Bengal  proved  equally  true  of  the  territory  bordering  on 
Bengal.  The  Mahrattas  and  other  princes  were  continu- 
ously at  war.  Napoleon  set  on  foot  intrigues  against  the 
English,  and  his  expedition  to  Egypt  was  undertaken  largely 
with  the  view  of  reaching  India.  Disorder  beyond  the 
British  frontier  continually  threatened  to  spread  across  it. 

The  acts  and  results  of  Lord  Cornwallis'  administration  show 
how  difficult  it  had  become  for  the  English  to  stand  still,  or  to 
look  on  indifferently  at  the  conflicts  that  broke  out  all  round 
them  in  India.  .  .  ."  No  Governor- General  ever  set  out  for 
India  under  more  earnest  injunctions  to  be  moderate,  and  above 
all  things  pacific,  than  Lord  Cornwallis  ;  and  these  general  orders 
were  ratified  by  a  specific  Act  of  Parliament,  framed  with  the 
express  purpose  of  restraining  warlike  ardour  or  projects  for  the 
extension  of  dominion.  Pitt's  Act  of  1784  was  emphatic  in  this 
sense  ;  and  in  1793  another  Act  declared  that — 

"  Forasmuch  as  to  pursue  schemes  of  conquest  and  extension 
of  dominion  in  India  are  measures  repugnant  to  the  wish,  the 
honour,  and  the  policy  of  this  nation,  it  shall  not  be  lawful  for 
the  Governor-General  in  Council  to  declare  war,  or  to  enter  into 

1  Sir  Alfred  Lyall,  British  Dominion  in  India,  pp.  158,  159. 

M 


162  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

any  treaty  for  making  war,  or  for  guaranteeing  the  possessions  of 
any  country  princes  or  states  (except  where  hostilities  against  the 
British  nation  in  India  have  been  actually  commenced  or  pre- 
pared), without  express  command  and  authority  from  the  home 
government." 

Yet  Lord  CornwaUis,  whose  moderation  and  judgment  have 
never  been  doubted,  found  himself  obliged  to  prepare  for  hostili- 
ties almost  immediately  after  his  arrival  at  Calcutta ;  and  he 
soon  discovered  that  the  restraining  statutes  operated  to  promote 
the  very  evils  they  were  intended  to  prevent.  Under  their 
restrictions  the  English  Governor- General  was  obliged  to  look 
on  with  tied  hands  at  violent  aggressions  and  dangerous  com- 
binations among  the  native  States,  and  was  held  back  from 
interposing  until  matters  had  reached  a  pitch  at  which  the 
security  of  his  own  territory  was  actually  and  unmistakably 
threatened.  The  Mysore  war,  and  a  considerable  extension  of 
dominion,  followed  in  spite  of  all  injunctions  and  honest  efforts 
to  the  contrary.  Yet  such  was  the  confidence  in  the  good  inten- 
tions of  Cornwallis  that  when  he  left  India  in  1793  there  was  a 
general  impression  in  England  that  he  had  merely  taken  the 
necessary  steps  for  inaugurating  a  pacific  and  stationary  policy. 
Whereas  in  fact  we  were  on  the  threshold  of  an  era  of  wide- 
ranging  hostilities  and  immense  annexations. 

Nothing  indeed  is  more  remarkable,  as  illustrating  the  per- 
sistence of  the  natural  forces  that  propelled  the  onward  move- 
ment of  our  dominion,  than  the  fact  that  the  immediate  conse- 
quence of  bringing  India  under  direct  Parliamentary  control  was 
to  stimulate,  not  to  slacken,  the  expansion  of  our  territories. 
Mr.  Spencer  Walpole  has  declared  in  his  History  of  England  that 
every  prominent  statesman  of  the  time  disliked  and  forbade 
further  additions  to  the  Company's  territories ;  and  we  have 
seen  that  frequent  laws  were  passed  to  check  the  unfortunate 
propensity  for  fighting  that  was  supposed  to  have  marred  the 
administration  of  the  Company.  Nevertheless  it  is  historically 
certain  that  a  period  of  unprecedented  war  and  conquest  began 
when  the  Crown  superseded  the  Company  in  the  supreme  direction 
of  Indian  affairs.  The  beginning  of  our  Indian  wars  on  a  large 
scale  dates  from  1789 ;  and  the  period  between  1786  and  1805, 
during  which  British  India  was  ruled  (with  a  brief  interval)  by 
the  first  two  Parliamentary  Governor-Generals,  Cornwallis  and 
Wellesley — by  Governor- Generals,  that  is,  who  were  appointed 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES      163 

by  Ministers  responsible  to  Parliament,  and  for  party  reasons — 
that  period  comprises  some  of  our  longest  wars  and  largest  acqui- 
sitions by  conquest  or  cession.  It  stands  on  record  that  the 
greatest  development  of  our  dominion  (up  to  the  time  of  Lord 
Dalhousie)  coincides  precisely  with  these  two  Governor-General- 
ships. The  foundations  of  our  Indian  empire  were  marked  out 
in  haphazard  piecework  fashion  by  merchants,  the  corner-stone 
was  laid  in  Bengal  by  Clive,  and  the  earlier  stages  were  consoli- 
dated by  Hastings  ;  but  the  lofty  superstructure  has  been  entirely 
raised  by  a  distinguished  line  of  Parliamentary  proconsuls  and 
generals.  For  the  last  hundred  years  every  important  annexa- 
tion in  India  has  been  made  under  the  sanction  and  the  deliberate 
orders  of  the  national  government  of  England.1 

The  truth  is  that  the  government  of  backward  races  by 
advanced  races  is,  as  Sir  Alfred  Lyall  says,  the  result  of 
"  natural  laws."  Where  there  is  a  sufficient  difference 
between  the  political  development  of  one  people  and  another 
and  they  come  into  close  commercial  contact  with  one 
another,  it  is  inevitable  that  sooner  or  later  the  more  civil- 
ised people  should  be  forced  partly  in  its  own  interests, 
partly  in  the  interests  of  the  backward  people,  partly  in  the 
interests  of  the  outside  world,  to  assume  the  task  of  main- 
taining  good  government  in  the  territory  concerned.  The 
government  of  one  people  by  another  may  be  wrongly 
undertaken  through  a  passion  for  aggression  or  domination. 
It  may  be  unduly  delayed  for  sentimental  or  theoretic 
reasons,  just  as  the  intervention  of  the  State  to  set  right 
the  analogous  evil  effects  of  the  industrial  revolution  was 
unduly  delayed.  But  the  general  rule  holds  good  that 
where  there  is  a  sufficient  difference  between  the  levels  of 
civilisation  of  two  peoples,  the  more  civilised  power  will  be 
driven  in  the  interests  of  justice  and  humanity  to  step  in 
and  regulate,  at  any  rate  for  a  time,  the  effects  of  contact 
between  the  two.  Thus  it  was  the  extravagance  of  the 
1  Sir  Alfred  Lyall,  British  Dominion  in  India,  pp.  230-232. 


164  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

Khedive  Ismail,  which  induced  him  first  to  pawn  his  country 
to  foreign  bondholders,  and  then  to  subject  his  people  to 
intolerable  and  unproductive  oppression  in  order  to  meet  the 
claims  of  his  creditors,  which  led  to  the  sequence  of  events 
which  finally  brought  Egypt  under  British  rule,  despite  all 
efforts,  of  Mr.  Gladstone  and  others,  to  avoid  it.  Similar 
conditions  have  led  to  the  steady  expansion  of  the  French 
Empire  in  Africa.  No  less  inexorably  have  the  United  States 
been  carried  along  in  the  same  direction.  No  people  in  the 
world  are  more  dedicated  to  the  belief  that  every  people 
must  govern  itself,  and  more  attached  to  the  theory  that 
for  one  race  to  govern  another  is  essentially  and  always 
immoral.  Yet  the  Americans  have  themselves  appropriated 
all  the  territory  belonging  to  the  Indians  in  America.  They 
have  occupied  large  tracts  belonging  to  Mexico.  They  have 
annexed  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  They  have  been  driven  to 
make  themselves  responsible  for  good  government  in  Cuba 
and  for  financial  stability  in  certain  central  American 
states.  They  have  actually  assumed  the  task  of  governing 
the  Philippines  on  lines  very  similar  to  those  on  which  the 
English  govern  India.  And  now  they  are  faced  with  the 
question  of  whether  it  is  not  their  duty  to  restore  the  ele- 
ments of  law  and  order  in  Mexico. 

Great,  indeed,  as  has  been  the  extension  of  European  rule 
in  the  last  century,  the  process  does  not  appear  even  yet 
to  have  ceased.  One  has  only  to  look  round  the  world  to 
realise  that  there  are  many  states — Mexico,  for  instance, 
Persia,  China,  Turkey,  the  central  American  republics — 
whose  continued  existence  as  independent  sovereign  states 
is  in  doubt,  because  their  capacity  to  maintain  a  sufficiently 
stable  and  civilised  Government  for  themselves  is  also  in 
doubt.  These  peoples  all  exhibit  the  want  of  financial 
and  political  probity,  the  administrative  incapacity  and 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWAKD  PEOPLES      165 

corruption,  the  failure  to  lift  their  policy  above  purely  self- 
regarding  and  ephemeral  considerations,  which  are  the 
heralds  of  decay.  No  thoughtful  person  can  desire  their 
collapse.  All  progress  lies  in  the  direction  of  increasing 
rather  than  in  that  of  diminishing  the  number  of  people  who 
have  reached  such  a  point  of  civilisation  and  self-control 
that  they  are  able  to  maintain  law  and  order,  liberty  and 
justice  for  themselves.  Nothing  save  anarchy  and  the 
disappearance  of  any  real  prospect  of  the  internal  restora- 
tion of  that  law  and  order  which  are  the  conditions  of  liberty 
and  progress,  can  warrant  any  other  people  taking  charge. 
When,  however,  that  point  has  been  reached,  and  it  is  clear 
that  in  the  interests  of  the  whole  world  intervention  should 
take  place,  the  problem  is  complicated  by  the  fact  that  the 
civilised  world  includes  many  Great  Powers,  and  that  it  is 
usually  a  difficult  matter  to  determine  which  Power  should 
intervene.  Joint  intervention  is  almost  invariably  dis- 
astrous, because  it  renders  unity  and  continuity  of  policy 
impossible.  Yet  intervention  by  one  Power  may  tend  to 
destroy  the  international  balance,  and  is  therefore  usually 
objected  to  by  others.  It  therefore  immediately  became  a 
question  of  foreign  politics  as  well  as  one  of  the  relations 
which  should  subsist  between  advanced  and  backward 
peoples.  This  subject  does  not  come  within  the  scope  of 
this  chapter.  But  the  difficulties  it  introduces  into  the 
relations  between  advanced  and  backward  peoples  may  be 
illustrated  by  the  Anglo-Russian  agreement  of  1907  about 
Persia.  That  country,  under  the  combined  effects  of 
internal  demoralisation  and  political  and  commercial  com- 
petition between  British  and  Russians,  was  rapidly  falling 
into  chaos.  It  was  vital  that  if  these  two  Powers  were  not 
to  quarrel,  and  if  there  was  to  be  any  hope  for  the  integrity 
of  Persia  itself,  that  they  should  agree  upon  a  common 


166  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

policy.  The  agreement  of  1907,  which  looked  like  an 
arrangement  to  partition,  was  in  fact  designed,  if  possible, 
to  prevent  it  by  putting  an  end  to  competition  between  the 
two  great  bordering  Powers  by  determining  beforehand  their 
respective  spheres  of  influence  in  the  event  of  the  further 
disintegration  of  the  Persian  State,  and  by  providing  for 
outside  assistance  to  the  Persians  in  restoring  law  and 
order  and  sound  finance.  The  agreement,  while  fulfilling 
its  main  function  of  preserving  the  peace  and  the  integrity 
of  Persia  has  not  been  very  satisfactory  in  other  respects. 
All  such  agreements  are  in  their  nature  unsatisfactory, 
for  they  are  at  best  but  attempts  to  secure  uniformity  of 
dealing  with  a  backward  people  by  its  more  civilised  neigh- 
bours. But  they  are  at  any  rate  better  than  the  only  alter- 
native other  than  annexation  or  partition, — unrestricted 
and  unregulated  competition  for  influence  and  concessions. 

2.  THE  GOVERNMENT  OF  DEPENDENCIES 

Intervention,  however,  to  put  an  end  to  intolerable 
sufferings  among  a  backward  people,  is  only  one  half  of 
the  problem  which  is  the  subject-matter  of  this  chapter. 
The  second  half  is  no  less  important, — the  relations 
between  an  advanced  and  a  backward  people,  when  once 
the  former  have  taken  over  the  task  of  government.  In 
this  case  also  the  governing  principle  is  clear.  The  more 
advanced  people  having  intervened  in  the  interest  of 
civilisation,  liberty,  and  progress,  must  conduct  the  govern- 
ment in  order  to  promote  these  same  ends.  And  that 
means  that  not  only  must  they  maintain  the  elements  of 
law  and  order,  but  in  so  far  as  they  enjoy  a  higher  civilisa- 
tion than  their  dependants,  they  must  give  them  every 
opportunity  of  sharing  in  their  own  advantages  and  know- 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWAED  PEOPLES      167 

ledge.  This  does  not  imply  that  they  should  impose  upon 
them  their  own  culture  or  methods.  The  world  will  not 
benefit  by  being  moulded  into  a  single  pattern.  Eather 
will  it  profit  by  the  diversity  and  individuality  of  its  peoples. 
It  means  that  they  must  preserve  those  elements  of  law; 
order,  education,  and  material  organisation  which  are  the 
preliminary  to  the  development  of  a  civilised  national  in- 
dividuality, until  such  time  as  the  backward  people  have 
developed  the  capacity  to  maintain  these  conditions  for 
themselves. 

Pure  theory  is  as  dangerous  a  guide  in  politics  as  it  is  in 
other  walks  of  life;  and  therefore,  just  as  the  conclusion  that 
under  certain  conditions  it  is  the  duty  of  civilised  peoples 
to  assume  charge  of  the  government  of  backward  peoples 
was  tested  by  the  light  of  practical  experience,  so  it  will 
be  well  to  examine  the  problems  of  the  government  of  de- 
pendencies, in  the  light  of  the  experience  of  the  past.  For 
this  purpose  there  is  one  classic  example,  the  British  Empire. 
The  dependent  Empire  has  been  in  existence  for  a  hundred 
and  fifty  years.  It  now  includes  350,000,000  people,  of 
every  grade  of  civilisation.  Its  problems  may  therefore  be 
taken  as  typical,  and  its  methods  have  stood  the  test  of 
time. 

During  the  early  centuries  after  the  opening  of  the  seas, 
dependencies  were  regarded,  especially  by  Spain  and 
Portugal,  mainly  as  possessions  to  be  exploited  for  the 
benefit  of  their  owners.  Fortunately  the  seventeenth  - 
century  wars  left  Great  Britain,  the  most  advanced  and 
liberal  of  the  States  of  Europe,  supreme  by  sea,  and  therefore 
it  fell  chiefly  to  her  lot  to  determine  how  the  dependent 
people  should  be  treated.  As  the  stories  of  the  condition 
of  India  began  to  filter  home  the  conscience  of  the  people 
was  aroused.  It  soon  became  apparent  that  a  commercial 


168  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

company  was  not  to  be  trusted  with  the  government  of 
Indians,  once  their  own  government  had  broken  down.  At 
a  very  early  stage  therefore  by  North's  regulating  Act  of 
1773,  and  later  by  Pitt's  East  India  Act  of  1783,  the 
British  Government  assumed  some  measure  of  control  over 
the  policy  of  the  East  India  Company.  During  the  next 
twelve  years  attention  was  largely  concentrated  by  the 
eloquence  of  Burke  on  the  question  of  what  should  be 
the  attitude  of  Great  Britain  to  the  dependent  peoples. 
By  the  end  of  the  impeachment  of  Warren  Hastings  the 
essential  principles  which  should  guide  the  government  of 
dependencies  were  generally  understood.  It  was  recog- 
nised on  the  one  hand  that  India  could  not  be  abandoned 
to  its  fate,  to  be  racked  once  more  by  internal  disorder  and 
foreign  intrigue  and  corruption,  and  on  the  other  that  the 
Indian  dependency  must  be  primarily  governed,  not  in  the 
interest  of  England,  but  of  its  own  peoples.  The  govern- 
ment of  dependencies,  in  fact,  was  a  trust  and  not  an 
opportunity  for  dominion  or  profit.  The  idea  of  Empire 
had  given  way  to  that  of  the  Commonwealth.  The  im- 
portance of  this  decision  is  well  described  by  Lord  Morley 
in  his  Life  of  Burke  : — 

Looking  across  the  ninety  years  that  divide  us  from  that 
memorable  scene  (1788)  in  Westminster  Hall,  we  may  see  that 
Burke  had  more  success  than  at  first  appeared.  If  he  did  not 
convict  the  man,  he  overthrew  a  system  and  stamped  its  prin- 
ciples with  lasting  censure  and  shame.  ...  If  that  situation  is 
better  understood  now  than  it  was  a  century  ago,  and  that  duty 
more  loftily  conceived,  the  result  is  due,  so  far  as  such  results  can 
ever  be  due,  to  one  man's  action,  apart  from  the  influence  of  the 
deep  impersonal  elements  of  time,  to  the  seeds  of  justice  and 
humanity  which  were  sown  by  Burke  and  his  associates.  .  .  . 
That  Hastings  was  acquitted  was  immaterial.  The  lesson  of  his 
impeachment  had  been  taught  with  sufficiently  impressive  force — 
the  great  lessons  that  Asiatics  have  rights,  and  that  Europeans 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES     169 

have  obligations ;  that  a  superior  race  is  bound  to  observe  the 
highest  current  morality  of  the  time  in  all  its  dealings  with  the 
subject  race.  Burke  is  entitled  to  our  lasting  reverence  as  the 
first  apostle  and  great  upholder  of  integrity,  mercy,  and  honour 
in  the  relation  between  his  country  and  their  humble  dependants. 

This  passage  inadequately  recognises,  perhaps,  the  great 
work  which  Warren  Hastings  himself  did  for  India.  But 
it  sets  forth  clearly  the  ruling  idea  which  has  ever  since 
governed  the  relations  between  Great  Britain  and  her 
dependencies.  From  1783  onwards,  there  has  been  a  pro- 
gressive increase  in  the  control  of  the  Government  over  the 
East  India  Company,  and  a  progressive  diminution  of  its 
commercial  activities.  In  1833  the  Company  was  for- 
bidden to  trade,  and  in  1857,  after  the  Mutiny,  it  was 
extinguished  altogether,  the  British  Government  itself 
assuming  the  whole  responsibility  for  the  welfare  of  the 
Indian  peoples.  In  other  spheres  the  same  process  has  been 
manifest.  At  first  the  function  of  the  British  in  India  was 
confined  to  establishing  and  maintaining  peace,  order,  and 
justice  throughout  the  length  and  breadth  of  the  distracted 
land,  so  that  the  individual  might  reap  what  he  had  sown, 
and  the  trader,  whether  foreign  or  native,  might  pursue 
his  avocation  under  proper  restraints.  Macaulay's  famous 
educational  Minute,  however,  of  1835,  inadequately  as  it 
appreciated  Indian  thought  and  learning,  inaugurated  a 
great  change,  for  it  marked  the  assumption  by  the 
British  Government  of  the  task  of  educating  the  Indian 
peoples  in  the  learning  and  methods  of  the  West.  And 
since  these  days  the  activities  of  Government  have 
been  steadily  increased.  Famines  have  been  practically 
overcome.  The  material  basis  of  civilisation  —  roads, 
bridges,  railways,  postal  service,  telegraphs — has  been 
laid  in  all  save  the  most  sparsely  populated  parts. 


170  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

Schools  and  colleges  in  which  Western  learning  is  taught, 
both  in  English  and  the  vernaculars,  are  to  be  found  in 
every  part. 

This  is  not  to  say  that  British  rule  has  been  invariably 
disinterested  and  benevolent.  Blindness  and  self-interest 
have  asserted  themselves  in  the  past  as  they  assert  them- 
selves in  the  present.  For  instance,  if  the  rapacity  and 
privileges  of  the  individual  foreign  trader  have  been  sup- 
pressed, it  is  at  least  open  to  question  whether  the  in- 
dustrial development  of  India  as  a  whole  has  not  been  sub- 
ordinated to  the  economic  theories  and  interests  of  Great 
Britain.  The  record  of  the  relations  between  the  now  self- 
governing  dominions  and  Downing  Street  point  to  the  fact 
that  it  is  only  too  easy  for  a  distant  and  all-powerful 
administration,  ignorant  of  local  conditions,  and  naturally 
over-conscious  of  its  own  point  of  view,  to  slip  into  policies 
which,  if  well-intentioned  and  just  in  essentials,  show  little 
regard  for  the  inclinations  or  susceptibilities  of  the  governed. 
Only  the  most  constant  vigilance  and  the  most  scrupulous 
scrutiny  of  motives  can  prevent  this  evil. 

3.  THE  PROBLEM  OF  SELF-GOVERNMENT 

Of  late  years  a  new  question  has  arisen  overshadowing  in 
importance  all  others.  The  duties  of  trusteeship  are  not 
fulfilled  merely  by  the  introduction  of  law  and  order,  educa- 
tion and  material  development.  The  only  real  justifica- 
tion for  alien  rule  is  that  it  should  lead  to  the  elevation 
of  the  backward  people  in  the  scale  of  civilisation  more 
rapidly  and  at  less  cost  of  needless  suffering  than  any  other 
way.  And  that  elevation  is  illusory  unless  it  implies  the 
development  among  them  of  the  capacity  to  maintain  a 
civilised  society  for  themselves.  The  purpose  of  the  train- 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES      171 

ing  and  education  of  the  young  is  to  fit  them  to  conduct 
themselves  as  responsible  members  of  society  when  of  age. 
The  purpose  of  the  tutelage  of  the  backward  by  the 
advanced  races  is  exactly  the  same,  and  it  will  prove  itself 
a  failure  unless  it  eventually  leads  to  that  goal.  The 
growing  demands  in  India  and  Egypt  for  larger  measures 
of  self-government,  coiipled  as  they  are  with  the  clear  re- 
cognition of  the  essential  benefits  of  British  rule,  manifested 
at  the  outbreak  of  the  Great  War,  are  the  strongest  proof 
which  could  be  given  that  the  British  Commonwealth  is 
achieving  its  true  function  and  the  greatest  justification  for 
it.  The  desire  for  self-government  is  essentially  healthy. 
The  most  hopeless  situation  of  all  is  a  fatalist  acquiescence 
in  things  as  they  are.  If  British  rule,  however  benevolent 
and  well  intentioned,  did  not  produce  this  uneasy  striving 
after  better  things,  it  would  carry  within  itself  its  own 
condemnation. 

None  the  less  it  is  difficult  to  determine  the  answer 
which  ought  to  be  made  to  these  demands.  Self-govern- 
ment, whether  in  peoples  or  in  individuals,  is  not  a  matter 
of  political  machinery  or  book  knowledge  or  technical  or 
artistic  accomplishments,  so  much  as  of  the  development 
of  character.  Character,  indeed,  which  means  the  habit 
of  acting  in  accordance  with  the  precepts  of  right  and 
j  ustice,  truth  and  honour,  especially  in  relation  to  others,  is 
essential  to  the  working  of  any  system  of  self-government. 
Unless  people  can  sufficiently  restrain  their  selfish  impulses, 
their  jealousies  and  fanaticisms,  and  can  recognise  that  their 
duty  to  their  neighbour  must  override  every  considera- 
tion of  personal  profit,  or  sectional  interest,  they  cannot 
collectively  maintain  a  civilised  government  for  themselves. 
Character,  however,  cannot  be  created  from  outside. 
It  is  essentially  the  outcome  of  the  individual  himself.  But 


172  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

experience  certainly  shows  that  neither  character  nor  the 
real  welfare  of  a  backward  people  will  be  created  by 
the  simple  and  convenient  process  of  introducing  the 
machinery  of  democracy  and  leaving  a  politically  back- 
ward people  to  work  it  for  themselves.  That  panacea,  so 
popular  a  century  ago,  and  still  in  favour  with  many,  does 
not  fulfil  its  promises.  One  might  as  well  leave  the  conduct 
of  school  to  the  school  children.  Moreover,  in  a  backward 
community  only  a  small  proportion  of  the  people  are 
sufficiently  advanced  to  have  any  understanding  of  politics. 
Democracy  involves  a  representative  system,  and  that  is 
out  of  the  question  when  the  vast  bulk  of  the  population 
is  totally  illiterate.  In  practice  it  is  necessary  to  feel  the 
way  with  the  utmost  caution,  remembering  always  the 
welfare  of  the  toiling  and  inarticulate  masses  at  the  bottom 
of  the  social  scale.  A  nation  which  has  had  to  assume 
the  responsibility  for  maintaining  good  government  among 
a  backward  people,  cannot  relinquish  that  responsibility 
until  the  latter  have  given  some  clear  evidence  of  their 
capacity  to  do  so  in  its  place.  And  that  capacity  will 
have  to  be  manifested  not  so  much  by  ability  for  debate 
in  legislative  assemblies,  or  by  success  in  passing  examina- 
tions, but  by  actual  success  in  responsible  administration 
and  in  the  uprooting  of  habits  and  customs  which  are 
repugnant  to  the  spirit  of  liberty  and  justice.  Let  us  take 
the  case  of  India,  because  it  is  by  far  the  most  civilised 
non-self-governing  community  in  the  British  commonwealth, 
and  because  it  contains  many  men  at  least  as  civilised  as  the 
peoples  of  the  West.  One  of  the  chief  obstacles  to  political 
self-government  in  India  in  the  near  future  is  the  existence 
of  certain  habits  and  practices  of  the  Indians  themselves. 
Democracy  has  its  roots  in  certain  definite  qualities.  It 
cannot  flourish  except  where  the  people  are  bound  together 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES     173 

by  a  strong  sense  of  unity,  and  a  vigorous  spirit  of  mutual 
responsibility  and  service.  Such  a  spirit  cannot  manifest 
itself  while  religious  bitterness  is  as  intense  as  it  is  between 
Mohammedan  and  Hindu  to-day,  while  habits  like  the 
segregation  of  women  in  the  harem  are  practically  uni- 
versal, and  while  the  barriers  of  caste  continue  to  separate 
the  people  into  water-tight  groups  largely  debarred  from 
frank  and  generous  communication  with  one  another.  While, 
therefore,  advance  towards  self-government  implies  a  prac- 
tical experiment  in  giving  Indians  full  responsibility  in 
some  restricted  and  manageable  sphere  of  government,  it 
also  implies  practical  success  by  Indians  themselves  in 
dealing  with  social  reform.  Progress  involves  a  gradual 
advance  in  both  spheres.  The  progress  of  self-government 
in  India,  therefore,  lies  as  much  in  the  hands  of  the 
Indians  as  it  does  in  the  hands  of  the  British.  The  British 
are  committed  to  the  principle  of  self-government.  In 
proportion  as  the  Indians  have  the  character  and  the 
courage  to  strike  at  the  evils  in  their  own  midst,  that  goal 
will  be  gradually  and  peacefully  attained. 

It  is  well  to  remember  that  the  peoples  responsible  for 
the  government  of  dependencies  are  trustees  not  for  them- 
selves only,  nor  for  the  inhabitants  only,  but  for  all  man- 
kind. Their  function  is  to  uphold  the  banner  of  liberty  and 
civilisation  and  progress  in  these  backward  parts  until  their 
inhabitants  can  do  so  for  themselves.  To  fail  or  falter  in 
this  work  is  to  betray  the  trust  which  is  laid  upon  them. 
This  trust  rests  on  all  peoples  governing  dependencies.  But 
it  rests  especially  upon  the  British  peoples,  for  the  Common- 
wealth which  they  control,  by  reason  of  its  size  and  the 
diversity  of  the  400,000,000  people  which  compose  it, 
occupies  an  unique  position  in  the  polity  of  the  world.  Its 
fabric  is  the  outcome  of  no  imperial  design.  It  exists, 


174  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

because  in  spite  of  lapses  and  mistakes  it  meets  an  essential 
human  need.  It  establishes  the  relations  between  countless 
grades  of  human  society  on  a  basis  of  law,  and,  with  all  its 
human  imperfections,  it  gives  to  all  good  government  and 
internal  peace  as  never  before  in  the  history  of  the  world. 
If  it  were  not  there,  chaos,  tyranny,  and  war  would  inevit- 
ably ensue.  It  clearly  should  continue  to  do  this  work. 
But  it  is  well  to  remember  that  its  problems,  instead  of 
growing  less  are  becoming  more  difficult.  Not  the  least 
of  these  problems  arises  from  the  fact  that  a  change  has 
come  over  its  governing  authority.  The  control  of  its  affairs 
is  rapidly  leaving  the  hands  of  a  small  aristocratic  Govern- 
ment, the  inheritors  of  the  traditions  of  those  who  built  it 
up,  and  falling  into  those  of  five  democracies  distributed 
over  the  face  of  the  globe.  These  democracies  are  scarcely 
conscious  as  yet  of  the  trust  which  rests  upon  them.  But 
none  the  less  the  future  not  only  of  these  millions  but  of 
the  world  itself  depends  on  how  they  deal  with  the  problems 
now  arising  before  them.  They  cannot  escape  them,  and 
they  will  solve  them  only  if  they  deal  with  them  with 
the  same  selfless  and  inflexible  resolution  to  do  what  is 
right  by  all  concerned  which  has  governed  the  men  and 
women  who  have  given  their  lives  to  its  service  in  the  past, 
and  which  alone  will  solve  the  problems  now  looming  up  in 
the  future. 

4.  THE  IMMIGRATION  PROBLEM 

The  problem  of  the  relations  between  advanced  and 
backward  peoples  is  not  concerned  only  with  the  establish- 
ment of  civilised  conditions  among  the  backward  people 
themselves.  It  presents  itself  in  another  form,  which  is 
yearly  becoming  of  greater  importance.  The  inevitable 
effect  of  the  recent  multiplication  and  cheapening  of  the 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWAKD  PEOPLES      175 

means  of  communication  has  been  a  migration  of  popula- 
tion totally  without  precedent  in  the  earlier  history  of  the 
world.  During  the  past  two  centuries  the  European 
peoples  have  overflowed  to  North  and  South  America,  to 
South  Africa  and  to  Australia,  and  in  all  these  countries 
they  have  built  up  civilisations  of  varying  excellence  on 
European  lines.  Almost  from  the  beginning  these  peoples 
suffered  from  a  shortage  of  labour.  At  first  they  attempted 
to  meet  the  labour  difficulty  by  importing  slaves  from 
Africa,  and  they  continued  to  do  so  until  the  conscience  of 
man  revolted  and  abolished  slavery  and  the  slave  trade. 
But  this  did  not  stop  the  flow.  Coloured  labour  was  trans- 
ported under  some  system  of  indenture,  or  migrated  of  its 
own  free  choice,  attracted  by  the  high  wages  prevalent  in 
the  new  lands. 

It  was  not  very  long  before  serious  difficulties  arose. 
The  immigrant  labourer  was  accustomed  to  living  on  a 
lower  scale  of  living.  He  was  willing  to  accept  far  lower 
wages  than  the  white  labourer.  He  was  outside  the  trade 
unions.  He  was  usually  of  the  labouring  class,  that  is  the 
most  backward  of  all,  and  the  one  least  susceptible  of 
being  assimilated  into  a  civilisation  on  European  lines.  He 
became,  therefore,  a  grave  menace  to  the  white  labouring 
class,  which  saw  their  prospects  of  stable  employment 
filched  away  by  strangers,  for  no  other  reason  than  that 
they  could  live  at  a  far  lower  standard,  and  could  afford  to 
accept  a  far  lower  wage.  Further,  the  coolie  labourer  was 
accompanied  or  followed  by  the  trader,  and  the  Asiatic 
trader  not  only  usually  worked  longer  hours,  but  was 
satisfied  with  smaller  profits  than  the  white  trader.  He 
therefore  tended  to  get  the  custom  not  only  of  his  own 
fellows,  but  of  the  white  consumer  also.  Thus  the  white 
trader  as  well  as  the  white  labourer  suffered.  Again,  many 


176  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

of  the  immigrant  labourers  were  endowed  with  a  high 
degree  of  natural  intelligence  and  adaptability,  and  were  able 
quickly  to  pick  up  from  those  with  whom  he  worked  a  good 
working  knowledge  of  the  skilled  trades.  They  then  began 
to  offer  their  services  in  the  labour  market  for  these  purposes 
at  rates  higher  indeed  than  those  paid  to  the  coolie,  but 
still  very  far  below  those  usually  paid  to  the  white  artisan. 
Thus  the  white  artisan  also  gradually  found  himself 
displaced  by  the  coloured  immigrant.  Finally,  the  presence 
of  coloured  labour  reacted  on  the  attitude  of  the  white  man 
towards  labour.  He  began  to  feel  that  manual  work  was 
not  a  white  man's  job,  and  ceased  to  do  it.  That,  however, 
did  not  prevent  his  competitor  from  following  him  into  the 
higher  fields  of  employment  also.  Thus  the  members  of 
the  more  civilised  races  tended  to  be  confined  to  the  re- 
latively few  directing  and  highly  skilled  positions  in  the 
hierarchy  of  labour,  while  those  who  were  unfit  for  these 
posts,  or  could  not  find  employment,  sank  into  an  ever- 
growing class  of  demoralised  and  indolent  "  poor  whites," 
unable  to  compete  for  manual  labour,  regarding  it  as 
beneath  their  dignity,  and  without  any  means  of  subsist- 
ence at  all. 

It  was  inevitable  that  these  evils  should  produce  great 
discontent,  which  often  manifested  itself  in  bitter  hostility 
to  the  more  backward  race.  And  if  the  more  advanced 
people  suffered  from  the  presence  in  their  midst  of  a  large 
body  of  people  behind  them  in  the  social,  economic,  and 
political  scale,  the  backward  race  suffered  no  less,  as  the 
lynchings,  discriminatory  laws,  and  the  barriers  to  social 
progress  amply  prove.  The  fact  is  that  contact  between 
advanced  and  backward  peoples  within  the  civilised  world 
produces  evils  nearly  as  great  and  as  difficult  to  cure,  if  not 
so  obviously  scandalous,  as  contact  within  the  confines  of 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES     177 

the  uncivilised  world.  In  the  early  stages  it  may  lead  to 
violence,  penury  for  the  poor  white  and  the  all-pervading 
poison  of  the  social  colour  line.  In  the  intermediate  stages 
another  complication  appears  in  the  shape  of  the  half- 
breed.  In  the  later  stages  the  coloured  population,  if  it 
obtains  a  vote,  is  exploited  to  corrupt  political  life,  or  else 
organises  itself  in  permanent  opposition  to  the  rest  of  the 
community.  The  problem  can  no  more  be  left  unregulated 
in  the  one  case  than  the  other.  In  theory  it  might  appear 
to  be  the  best  plan  to  bridge  the  gulf  as  rapidly  as  possible 
by  encouraging  the  greatest  possible  intermixture  of  the  two 
races  and  civilisations.  But  all  experience,  and  the  clear 
verdict  of  every  new  country,  shows  that  this  solution  is,  in 
fact,  the  worst.  From  every  point  of  view  it  is  better  to 
maintain  as  great  a  geographical  separation  as  possible 
between  the  masses  of  peoples  of  differing  levels  of  civilisa- 
tion, while  making  provision  for  the  free  interchange  of 
products,  learning,  and  ideas,  through  certain  denned 
channels. 

But  if  the  enunciation  of  this  principle  is  easy,  its  appli- 
cation is  extremely  difficult.  In  practice  it  means  that  the 
immigration  of  permanent  settlers,  especially  agriculturists, 
labourers,  and  artisans,  is  prohibited,  while  that  of  students, 
travellers,  and  merchants  engaged  in  wholesale  trade,  is 
permitted  under  sufficient  restrictions  to  prevent  evasion 
of  the  purpose  of  the  law.  But  even  this  leads  to  endless 
friction.  Up  to  the  present,  with  one  exception,  the 
restriction  has  been  applied  only  against  the  backward 
races,  the  reason  being  that  the  problem  scarcely  arises  in 
the  case  of  the  advanced  peoples,  because  the  proletariat 
of  these  peoples  practically  never  wishes  to  settle  in  any 
numbers  among  a  backward  community,  because  it  cannot 
compete  with  them  owing  to  the  lower  conditions  of  living. 

N 


178  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

Insomuch,  therefore,  as  the  legal  prohibition  only  operates 
in  one  way,  it  arouses  violent  resentment  among  the  civilised 
members  of  the  backward  peoples,  for  instance  the  Indian, 
as  being  an  insult  to  their  race.  It  arouses  resentment 
also  among  those  peoples  who,  like  the  Japanese,  are  not 
backward  as  compared  with  European  peoples,  but  who 
are  clearly  differentiated  from  them  by  colour  or  stature 
or  appearance,  and  who  are  excluded  because  for  economic, 
religious,  or  political  reasons  they  cannot  assimilate  them- 
selves with  the  normal  types  of  white  civilisation  and 
remain  for  ever  a  foreign  element  in  the  body  politic.  The 
Japanese,  however,  have  replied  by  applying  the  principle 
in  the  case  of  their  own  islands,  prohibiting  the  settlement 
of  Europeans  except  for  specified  purposes,  and  this  solu- 
tion has  been  propounded  in  the  case  of  India  also. 

The  difficulties,  indeed,  which  arise  from  unrestricted 
immigration  can  only  be  solved  if  we  look  at  them  from  the 
point  of  view  of  the  highest  good  of  the  world  as  a  whole. 
It  is  then  clear  that  the  cause  of  progress  is  best  served 
by  preventing  the  free  settlement  of  the  proletariat  of  -an 
advanced  or  a  backward  people  in  a  territory  already  occu- 
pied and  settled  by  the  other.  The  evils  which  have  arisen 
where  it  occurs,  or  where  the  territory  occupied  by  the  two 
are  contiguous,  for  instance  in  the  case  of  Mexico  and  the 
United  States,  the  poignant  tragedies  which  follow  from 
intermarriage  or  intermixture  between  the  races  widely 
different  in  appearance  and  civilisation,  all  go  to  prove  that 
the  policy  of  allotting  separate  territories  to  each,  in  which 
no  permanent  settlement  by  the  other  shall  be  allowed, 
and  in  which  each  race  can  develop  on  its  own  lines,  with 
free  access  by  travel  and  learning  to  the  civilisations  and 
methods  of  all  the  world,  is,  in  the  present  state  of  the 
world,  much  the  best  for  all  concerned.  But  such  a  policy 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWAED  PEOPLES      179 

imposes  a  heavy  responsibility  on  the  leading  peoples  of  the 
world.  It  is  one  which  can  easily  be  abused  if  intolerantly 
or  selfishly  applied.  All  races  and  all  peoples  have  an  equal 
title  to  development,  and  a  just  solution  of  the  difficulties 
will  only  be  found  if  the  ruling  peoples  keep  this  principle 
clearly  in  view. 

5.  CONCLUSION 

The  foregoing  pages  have  been  intended  to  give  the 
merest  sketch  of  the  problems  which  arise  out  of  the  contact 
between  peoples  of  different  levels  of  civilisation.  Their 
object  has  been  to  establish,  not  as  a  matter  of  theory,  but 
as  the  outcome  of  actual  experience,  three  general  prin- 
ciples. The  first  is,  that  so  long  as  there  are  peoples  seri- 
ously behind  the  present  level  of  the  most  civilised  nations, 
commercial  intercourse  is  bound  to  lead  to  evils  which  can 
only  be  ended  by  a  more  civilised  people  assuming  charge 
of  the  government  of  the  more  backward  race.  The 
second  is,  that  when  this  has  been  done  the  ruling  people 
ought  to  govern  the  dependency  as  trustees  for  all  man- 
kind, having  as  their  ultimate  aim  the  raising  of  the  in- 
habitants to  the  level  at  which  they  can  govern  them- 
selves and  share  in  the  greater  responsibilities  of  the 
world.  The  third  is,  that  the  joint  settlement  of  the 
masses  of  races  of  widely  differing  levels  of  civilisation 
or  colour  in  a  single  area  is  injurious  to  all,  and  that 
as  far  as  possible  they  should  be  kept  geographically 
segregated,  while  free  intercommunication  is  provided  for 
the  superior  elements  in  both,  in  order  that,  while  retain- 
ing their  individuality,  they  may  gradually  reach  mutual 
understanding. 

No  attempt  has  been  made  to  deal  with  the  manifold 
practical  issues  which  arise  out  of  the  application  of  these 


180  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

general  principles.  The  full  method  of  segregation,  for 
instance,  cannot  be  applied  in  the  Southern  States  of 
America,  or  in  South  Africa,  where  large  masses  of  a  back- 
ward race  are  already  mixed  up  with  a  large  white  popula- 
tion. Nor,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Maories,  where  no  serious 
evils  have  resulted  from  the  intermingling  of  the  two  races, 
can  the  evil  effects  of  immigration  be  said  to  be  universal. 
The  purpose  of  the  chapter  will  be  served  if  the  structural 
elements  of  the  problem  have  been  laid  bare. 

But  in  conclusion  two  other  points  must  be  emphasised. 
The  difficulty  of  the  relations  between  backward  and 
advanced  peoples  is  immensely  increased  by  the  difference 
in  colour.  The  fact  that  one  man  is  white  and  another 
is  black  or  brown  or  yellow,  and  that  each  has  physical 
features  which  mark  him  off  from  the  others,  tends  to  make 
people  judge  all  individuals  according  to  the  general  level 
of  the  colour  group  to  which  they  belong.  Nothing  could 
be  more  fallacious,  or  more  productive  of  the  bitterness 
and  hatred  which  estrange.  Whatever  judgment  we  may 
form  of  the  general  level  of  these  groups,  large  members 
of  individuals  in  each  of  them  are  entitled  to  rank 
among  the  most  civilised  of  men  by  their  learning,  their 
character,  and  their  capacity  for  leading  their  fellows.  To 
deny  these  men  an  equal  status  is  unjust,  and  can  work 
nothing  but  harm.  The  future  peace  and  harmony  of  the 
world,  gravely  imperilled  already  by  the  bitterness  of  the 
colour  line,  will  depend  upon  the  maintenance  of  mutual 
confidence  and  understanding  between  the  leaders  of  the 
different  groups  of  mankind.  Honesty,  integrity,  truth- 
fulness, charity,  these  are  the  tests  of  character  and  true 
civilisation,  not  the  pigment  of  the  skin  or  the  moulding  of 
the  features.  Civilised  men  must  learn  to  appraise  their 
coloured  fellows  by  these  tests  and  these  tests  alone. 


v         ADVANCED  AND  BACKWARD  PEOPLES     181 

The  second  point  concerns  other  nations.  The  govern- 
ment of  dependencies  is  a  trust.  Dependencies  therefore 
cannot  properly  be  treated  as  the  preserve  of  the  ruling 
Powers.  All  other  nations  have  an  equal  title  to  trade  and 
communicate  with  them  subject  to  whatever  restrictions 
are  necessary  to  the  welfare  of  the  inhabitants.  As  the 
world  is  knit  more  closely  together  the  principle  of  the 
open  door  will  become  of  increasing  importance.  The 
responsible  nation  must  obviously  be  free  to  impose  what- 
ever dues  on  foreign  commerce  may  be  necessary  to  the 
prosperity  of  the  dependency  itself,  but  it  clearly  should 
not  take  advantage  of  its  position  of  trust  to  take  for  itself 
privileges  which  it  withholds  from  others. 

The  problem  of  the  relations  which  should  subsist  be- 
tween the  advanced  and  backward  peoples  is  thus  seen  to 
be  one  of  immense  complexity.  As  years  go  by  and  the 
backward  races  advance  it  is  likely  to  increase  in  urgency 
and  in  difficulty.  The  attitude  in  which  the  nations 
approach  it  is  therefore  of  vital  importance.  At  the  be- 
ginning of  this  chapter  it  was  said  that  the  problem  could 
only  be  seen  in  its  true  perspective  if  it  was  regarded  from 
the  point  of  view  of  humanity  as  a  whole.  It  is  only 
possible  to  repeat  this  advice  once  more  at  its  end.  Man- 
kind is  one  great  family.  Its  members  are  in  every  stage 
of  development,  but  the  conduct  of  one  section  reacts  con- 
tinuously and  directly  on  every  other.  Under  present 
conditions,  the  most  civilised  members  have  no  option  but 
to  make  themselves  responsible  for  the  maintenance  of 
peace,  order,  and  liberty  within  the  earthly  habitation  in 
which  all  reside.  The  war  of  1914,  and  the  attempts  of 
some  nations  to  upset  civilised  government  in  many  back- 
ward lands,  show  how  little  many  of  the  great  peoples  of 
the  earth  understand  the  problem  of  human  government. 


182  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  v 

Let  us  hope  that  its  outcome  will  be  a  clearer  vision  that 
human  progress  depends  upon  the  material  service  of  all 
nations  of  the  cause  of  human  unity,  liberty,  and  peace. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

The  number  of  books  dealing  directly  with  this  subject  is  not 
great.  But  the  number  throwing  light  upon  it  is  legion.  The 
following  may  be  regarded  as  the  more  important : — 

LYALL,  SIB  ALFRED.     Rise  and  Expansion  of  British  Dominion  in 

India.     John  Murray.     5s.  net. 
HOLDERNESS,  SIR  T.  W.     Peoples  and  Problems  of  India.     (Home 

University  Library.)     Williams  &  Norgate.     Is. 
STRACHEY,    SIR    JOHN      India,    its    Administration    and    Progress. 

Macmillan.     10s.  net. 
CROMER,     EARL     OF.     Modern     Egypt.     Macmillan.     Cheap     ed. 

7s.  6d.  net. 

Life  of  John  6.  Paton,  Missionary  to  the  New  Hebrides.     Hodder 

&  Stoughton.     Paper  cover,  6d.     Cloth,  6s. 
MOREL,  E.  D.     Bed  Rubber.     T.  Fisher  Unwin.     Paper,  Is.  net. 
Report  on  the  Putumayo  Atrocities. 
The  literature  on  the  abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade. 


The  Lives  of  the  Governor-Generals   of  India  in  the  "  Rulers  of 

India  "  Series.     Clarendon  Press.     2s.  6d.  net  each. 
BUTLER,  SIR  W.     Life  of  General  Gordon.     Macmillan.     2s.  6d. 
Forty-one  Years  in  India,  by  Lord  Roberts.     Macmillan.     Cheap  ed. 


MURPHY,  EDGAR  GARDNER.  The  Basis  of  Ascendancy  :  a  discussion 
of  certain  principles  of  public  policy  involved  in  the  development 
of  the  Southern  States  of  America.  Longmans.  6s.  net. 

OLIVIER,  SIR  SYDNEY.  White  Capital  and  Coloured  Labour.  Inde- 
pendent Labour  Party.  Is.  6d. 


The  Report  of  the  Transvaal  Indigency  Commission  contains  a 
minute  examination  of  the  economic  reactions  of  black  and  white 
labour  on  one  another. 


VI 


INTEKNATIONAL  RELATIONS  AND  THE 
GROWTH  OF  FREEDOM 

1.  FREEDOM  AND  NATIONAL  LIFE 

THE  goal  of  political  endeavour  is  freedom.  Those  who 
see  the  end  of  human  effort  in  peace  are  at  the  best  mis- 
taking the  means  for  the  end.  In  the  past,  freedom  has 
often  been  won  and  kept  by  the  sword,  but  in  the  long 
run  it  will  be  attained  through  peace.  For  it  is  in  peace 
that  those  things,  won  perhaps  in  war,  which  are  essential 
to  human  liberty  grow  to  fulness.  It  is  man's  desire  for 
freedom  which  is  the  key  to  an  understanding  of  human 
institutions  and  the  development  of  law  and  order.  They 
exist  as  a  barrier  against  his  subjugation  by  Nature  or  by 
his  fellows.  Both  the  conquest  of  Nature  and  the  sup- 
pression of  anarchy  are  achieved  through  associated  human 
effort  and  the  establishment  of  those  ordered  relations 
which  co-operation  implies.  Thus  the  history  of  civilisa- 
tion is  the  history  of  the  evolution  of  social  groups  for  the 
enlargement  of  the  freedom  of  their  members.  Whatever 
freedom  man  has  so  far  attained,  whether  by  overcoming 
and  controlling  the  forces  of  Nature  or  by  the  right  to  live 
his  own  life  in  the  world  of  men,  has  been  won  through  cor- 
porate action  in  society. 

183 


184  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  vi 

The  family,  with  its  ordered  relations  between  the 
various  members  of  it,  its  protection  of  the  young  and 
the  weak,  and  its  sense  of  unity,  enlarges  liberty  and  offers 
opportunities  for  self-expression  to  those  composing  it. 
The  city,  inhabited  by  people  with  common  local  interests, 
and  with  common  needs,  through  the  development  of  many- 
sided  municipal  life,  yields  greater  freedom  to  its  citizens 
than  they  could  win  for  themselves  single-handed.  The 
nation  still  further  widens  the  range  of  human  liberty.  It 
introduces  over  a  larger  field  a  common  rule  of  law  and 
establishes  controlled  relations  between  all  those  dwelling 
within  it,  giving  due  place  to  the  various  localised  and 
sectional  units  it  embraces.  Order  reigns  where  otherwise 
anarchy  might  prevail.  The  nation  recognises  certain 
rights  which  must  be  accorded  to  every  individual,  if  he  is 
not  to  be  at  the  mercy  of  other  men ;  it  imposes  on  him 
certain  obligations  in  return,  which  mean  that  the  individual 
must  recognise  the  rights  of  others.  Similarly,  the  various 
social  groupings  within  the  nation — religious,  political, 
industrial,  educational,  philanthropic,  or  what  not — are 
enabled  to  fulfil  their  ends  by  the  establishment  of  re- 
ciprocal relations  between  each  other  and  with  the  nation 
as  a  whole.  Partly  because  of  this,  and  partly  because 
it  has  a  wider  scope  of  activity  and  a  richer  life,  the 
nation  is  the  medium  for  a  much  fuller  expression  of  the 
genius  and  individuality  of  its  members  than  a  series  of 
smaller  unrelated  social  groups  could  provide.  Smaller 
groups  within  a  larger  group,  organisations  within  organisa- 
tions allow  for  that  variety  of  development  and  that  inter- 
action of  man  with  man  and  group  with  group  without 
which  true  freedom  is  impossible.  The  nation,  the  city, 
the  village,  together  with  the  multitude  of  voluntary  associa- 
tions through  which  individuals  seek  development  and  the 


vi  THE  GROWTH  OF  FREEDOM  185 

realisation  of  special  common  ends — all  of  them  co-ordinated 
and  related — make  life  richer  and  fuller,  and  therefore  freer, 
than  it  could  be  under  less  integrated  forms  of  society. 

A  nation,  however,  is  a  means  to  freedom  only  so  far  as  its 
members  can  realise  themselves  through  its  institutions. 
Where  part  of  the  people  within  a  nation  are  members  of 
it  unwillingly,  its  common  way  of  life,  its  laws,  customs, 
and  institutions  will  be  hindrances  to  their  freedom  rather 
than  means  for  its  realisation.  They  will  consider  the  law 
coercive  and  participation  in  the  national  life  will  be  a 
burden.  Different  racial  origins,  different  language,  litera- 
ture, religion,  and  traditions — a  different  background — 
from  the  majority,  will  tend  to  make  the  minority  a  people 
apart ;  in  that  case  to  force  them  into  the  same  mould  as 
their  fellow-citizens  means,  not  freedom,  but  thraldom. 
If  the  background  is  not  sufficiently  strongly  coloured  to 
permeate  the  outlook  and  culture  of  a  body  of  people, 
assimilation  by  the  dominant  nationality  may  take  place, 
but  coercion  generally  breeds  revolt,  and  sooner  or  later 
liberty  will  be  won,  if  needs  be  by  force.  Many  of  the 
wars  of  modern  times  have  been  primarily  wars  of  libera- 
tion, though  even  now  there  are  millions  of  people  in 
Europe  deprived  of  the  national  avenue  to  freedom.  Poland, 
Alsace-Lorraine,  Schleswig,  non-Magyar  Hungary,  Bohemia, 
Finland,  and  Ireland  need  but  to  be  mentioned. 

It  does  not  follow,  however,  that  every  submerged 
people  will  strive  for  full  political  independence.  The  end 
may  often  be  achieved  by  free  partnership  with  other  peoples 
within  a  single  state  organisation.  Where  this  occurs, 
then  as  between  the  nations  in  union  the  frontiers  of  free- 
dom are  extended.  The  most  valuable  experiment  on 
these  lines  which  the  world  has  ever  seen  is  to  be  found 
within  the  British  Empire.  A  quarter  of  the  human  race, 


186 

comprising  people  of  different  races  and  religions,  and  at 
widely  differing  stages  of  political  development,  have 
found  freedom  within  its  boundaries.  Between  its  com- 
ponent parts  there  are  ordered  relations,  and  the  rule  of 
law  is  supreme.  Each  may  pursue  its  own  life  and  seek  its 
freedom  in  its  own  way  without  fear  of  hindrance  and 
aggression  from  the  remainder  of  the  quarter  of  the  world's 
population  with  which  it  is  united.1 

2.  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 

The  best  relations  between  the  individual,  and  the  city 
and  the  State,  and  between  each  of  these  and  other  forms 
of  grouping  are  not  to  be  attained  without  continual  re- 
adjustment and  constant  reference  to  human  experience  ; 
and  it  is  not  surprising  that  they  are  as  yet  imperfect. 
Injustice,  or  the  denial  of  freedom — industrial,  social, 
religious,  political — still  exists.  Nevertheless,  we  owe  such 
freedom  as  we  possess  to  these  various  groupings  of  people. 
Compared  with  the  degree  and  variety  of  corporate  action 
within  the  nation,  however,  the  relations  between  States 
are  most  rudimentary.  Yet  the  maintenance  of  existing 
freedom  and  the  further  growth  of  liberty  rest  ultimately 
upon  the  establishment  of  ordered  relations  between  the 
sovereign  Powers  of  the  world,  and  between  the  States  and 
the  various  sectional  interests  which  cut  across  States. 

It  is  clear  that  the  organised  resources  of  one  State, 
uncontrolled  in  any  way,  may  be  a  serious  menace  to  the 
lives  and  freedom  of  members  of  another  State.  Indeed, 
the  mere  prospect  of  aggression  from  without  may  under- 
mine freedom  within  a  state  by  imposing  a  policy  and  line 

1  The  relatively  enlightened  policy  of  Austria  and  the  repressive 
policy  of  Hungary  in  this  respect  are  worth  comparative  study. 


vi  THE  GKOWTH  OF  FREEDOM  187 

of  action  which  under  ordinary  circumstances  it  would 
never  have  followed  freely.  Moreover,  chaos  amongst  the 
States  of  the  world,  potential  disorder  instead  of  estab- 
lished order,  anarchy  instead  of  law,  cuts  short  the  progress 
of  human  freedom.  Even  the  national  aspect  of  freedom  can 
never  realise  its  latent  possibilities  in  a  world  of  unrelated 
and  often  hostile  states,  for  the  wider  world  rivalry  and 
competition  will  react  upon  the  corporate  life  within  the 
nation,  and  much  that  would  be  of  value  to  the  world  as  a 
whole  will  come  only  to  partial  fruition.  The  nation  loses 
because  it  has  not  the  sympathetic  atmosphere  necessary 
for  development,  and  the  world  loses  because  the  contri- 
butions of  the  nations  to  the  cause  of  liberty  have  no 
adequate  channel  of  expression.  Further,  uncontrolled  cos- 
mopolitan interests  may  adversely  affect  national  develop- 
ment and  curtail  the  freedom  of  members  of  national  groups. 
Hence,  the  question  of  international  relations  is  one  of  the 
utmost  importance,  not  only  to  diplomatists  but  to  social 
reformers,  and  indeed  to  every  citizen  whose  citizenship 
is  a  reality ;  on  the  establishment  of  harmonious  and 
controlled  relations  between  the  States  themselves,  and 
between  the  States  and  growing  cosmopolitan  groupings 
and  interests,  depends  the  freedom  of  the  world. 

It  has  been  suggested  that  the  best  way  of  securing 
unhampered  development  and  freedom  in  the  world  is  for 
each  State  to  live  its  own  life  without  interfering  with  the 
course  of  events  outside  its  own  borders.  But  such  a 
policy  of  non-intervention  cuts  at  the  very  roots  of  free- 
dom, because  laissez-faire  in  an  imperfect  world  results  in 
license  for  the  few  and  subjection  for  the  many.  Indivi- 
dualism and  the  laissez-faire  policy  inside  the  national 
community  fell  to  pieces  because  it  was  found  that  the 
freedom  of  all  the  members  of  society  could  be  secured 


188  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  vi 

only  by  buttressing  the  better  side  of  man  through 
the  establishment  of  common  rules  of  action  enforced 
by  the  community.  Society  could  not  allow  one  section 
of  itself  to  fall  under  the  power  of  another  without 
endangering  the  freedom  or  restricting  the  liberty  of  the 
whole  ;  for  the  whole  needs  the  active  co-operation  of  the 
parts.  An  international  policy  of  non-interference  is  fatal 
on  the  same  grounds,  for  it  is  nothing  more  than  a  policy 
of  short-sighted  selfishness.  It  places  the  weak  at  the 
mercy  of  the  strong  and  limits  freedom  in  consequence,  as 
the  weak,  crushed  and  trembling  under  the  fear  of  aggres- 
sion, are  unable  to  participate  fully  in  that  complex  life  of 
the  world  which  is  richer  and  fuller  than  a  self-contained 
national  life  can  ever  be.  Non-interference  in  the  in- 
dustrial world  worked  more  havoc  in  society  as  a  whole  than 
a  century  of  tentative  and  spasmodic  intervention  has  been 
able  to  sweep  away.  Non-intervention  in  international 
affairs  is  the  analogue  of  the  laissez-faire  policy  of  a  century 
ago  with  its  motto  of  "  Each  for  himself  and  the  Devil  take 
the  hindmost."  As  in  industry,  so  in  the  sphere  of  inter- 
national life,  it  means  that  the  Devil  takes  not  merely  the 
hindmost,  but  most  of  the  rest.  To  avow  a  policy  of  non- 
intervention is  a  declaration  of  voluntary  outlawry  and  a 
denial  of  duties  and  responsibilities  in  the  wider  world  of 
which  nations  are  a  part.  Anarchism  is  not  to  be  reached 
by  short  cuts.  Men  and  nations  alike  cannot  yet  be  relied 
upon  to  obey  an  inner  moral  law  without  the  outward 
manifestation  of  corporate  regulation  and  the  stimulus  of 
participation  with  others  in  a  common  task. 

History  records  attempts  which  have  been  made  to 
secure  ordered  relations  between  States  through  the  im- 
position of  universal  dominion.  It  is  said  that  Napoleon 
dreamed  of  world  power  in  order  that  he  might  bring 


vi  THE  GROWTH  OF  FREEDOM  189 

liberty  to  the  nations  of  the  world.  Even  if  he  had  been 
successful  in  extending  his  rule,  he  would  not  have  brought 
liberty.  His  achievement  might  have  been  peace  at  the 
price  of  freedom.  But  the  world  rose  against  him  as  it  will 
always  rise  against  attempts  at  universal  dominion. 

The  policy  of  contracting  alliances  as  a  means  of  con- 
trolling international  relations  is  an  old  one,  though  in 
earlier  days  they  signified  rather  the  personal  union  of 
rulers.  An  alliance  between  two  or  more  States  so  long 
as  it  continues  does  establish  reciprocal  relations  between 
them,  secures  each  from  the  aggression  of  the  other,  and 
perhaps  increases  their  freedom  by  diminishing  the  chances 
of  attack  by  other  States.  On  the  other  hand,  an  alliance 
between  States  may  prove  to  be  a  menace  to  the  independ- 
ent action  of  other  States.  Further,  there  may  be  many 
alliances,  and  though  the  number  would  be  less  than  the 
number  of  independent  Powers  in  the  world,  and  therefore 
to  that  extent  international  relations  would  be  simplified, 
lack  of  co-ordination  between  the  alliances,  many  of  them 
probably  with  opposite  interests,  would  be  a  serious  danger. 
The  multiplicity  of  alliances  is  not,  therefore,  a  hopeful 
line  of  growth  in  the  work  of  enlarging  the  realm  of  liberty. 

The  Balance  of  Power  theory  represents  an  advance. 
An  alliance  of  powerful  States  may  be  so  strong  as  to  be 
able  to  dominate  international  politics.  The  remaining 
individual  States  would  in  such  circumstances  exist  only  on 
sufferance.  Their  freedom  would  be  merely  an  illusion. 
But  an  equally  strong  alliance  of  some  of  the  nations  not 
included  in  the  first  alliance  would  give  greater  security  and 
liberty  of  action  for  themselves  and  for  the  remaining  States. 
An  equilibrium  would  thus  be  established  between  two  sets 
of  Powers.  England's  policy  in  the  past  of  maintaining 
the  equilibrium  may  have  served  a  useful  purpose,  but  it 


190  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  vi 

is  not  a  final  solution  for  the  problem  of  international 
relations,  as  it  could  only  be  successful  when  it  alone  was 
playing  at  keeping  the  balance.  In  any  case,  however, 
Jkhe  Balance  of  Power  is  open  to  obvious  objections  as  a 
theory  of  international  relations.  Even  apart  from  the 
tendency  of  each  group  to  outbid  the  other  in  power,  the 
resources,  population,  and  prestige  of  living  nations  are 
never  static.  The  equilibrium  is,  therefore,  unstable,  and 
consequently  international  relations  reflect  the  instability. 
The  international  atmosphere  becomes  charged  with  float- 
ing suspicions  and  uneasiness.  Innocent  events  are  given 
sinister  meanings.  Under  these  circumstances  national 
freedom  droops  and  withers.  Nor  can  we  be  sure  that  a 
Balance  of  Power  is  a  net  increase  of  freedom  to  the  nations 
concerned.  It  is  true  that  to  regulate  the  relations  between 
the  members  of  a  group  is  all  to  the  good,  but  the  existence 
of  another  equally  strong  group  may  put  limitations  upon 
the  independence  of  the  members  of  the  first  group,  in  so 
far  as  each  nation  may  have  to  divert  its  strength  and  energy 
from  the  task  of  its  own  domestic  development  to  the  work 
of  preparing  for  possible  aggression  and  of  endeavouring 
to  counteract  the  influence  in  the  world  of  the  rival  group 
of  States.  Then,  also,  problems  which  arise  outside  the 
two  rival  groups  will  be  solved  not  on  their  essential 
merits  or  with  regard  to  justice  and  freedom,  but  from  the 
narrower  view -point  of  sectional  interests.  Questions 
affecting  members  of  the  group  will  be  approached  from 
the  same  angle.  This  indeed  is  the  vital  weakness  of  a 
Balance  of  Power.  Individuals  unaided  cannot  be  trusted 
unfailingly  to  act  in  accordance  with  the  common  interest ; 
groups  of  individuals  will  tend  to  satisfy  their  private 
interests  and  may  indeed  be  brought  together  for  that 
purpose.  So  also  States  or  groups  of  States  will  push  their 


vi  THE  GKOWTH  OF  FREEDOM  191 

immediate  interests  to  the  front,  violating  the  interests  and 
endangering  the  welfare  of  others  in  the  process.  The  very 
formation  of  a  compensating  alliance  is  a  recognition  of 
this  truth.  It  is  because  an  alliance  of  Powers  is  likely  to 
seek  the  ends  of  its  members  and  to  threaten  the  liberty 
of  action  of  other  States,  that  a  second  alliance  comes  into 
existence.  The  Balance  of  Power  theory  is  fallacious 
because  it  bases  national  rights  upon  the  power  to  enforce 
them,  and  does  not  recognise  that  the  only  sure  foundation 
for  national  freedom  is  through  the  development  of  ordered 
relations  in  which  legitimate  national  rights  are  safeguarded 
by  the  imposition  of  reciprocal  national  obligations. 

At  times  a  Concert  of  Europe  has  taken  upon  itself  the 
duty  of  regulating  the  relations  between  particular  Powers 
or  setting  the  seal  of  its  approval  upon  agreements  made 
by  them.  It  is  clear  that  the  meeting  together  of  the 
different  States  is  a  valuable  step,  even  though  each  State 
representative  is  there  with  a  watching  brief.  The  occa- 
sions of  these  meetings,  unfortunately,  are  times  when  the 
various  Powers  scent  danger  to  themselves,  either  through 
action  unfavourable  to  them  or  through  the  possibility  of 
events  strengthening  a  rival.  It  suffers,  as  all  concerted 
action  by  the  Powers  seems  destined  to  suffer,  from  the 
tendency  to  preserve  the  status  quo.  The  status  quo  is 
often  the  enemy  of  freedom.  Had  Italy  and  the  Balkan 
States  waited  upon  a  Concert  of  Europe  for  sanction  to 
seek  political  freedom,  it  is  unlikely  that  any  of  them  would 
have  gained  their  independence.  In  the  future,  no  Concert 
of  Europe  will  be  adequate,  for  the  large  problems  upon  the 
wise  solution  of  which  the  progress  and  development  of  the 
world  depends  are  extra-European  ;  and  their  very  nature 
as  world  problems  requires  the  co-operation  of  the  United 
States  and  Japan  at  least  among  the  non-European  States. 


192  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  vi 

3.  THE  INTERNATIONAL  MIND 

At  this  stage,  in  order  to  understand  international  rela- 
tions, we  must  return  to  a  consideration  of  the  smaller  social 
groups.  Society  is  possible  only  when  men  postpone  their 
own  interests  in  some  degree.  Society  continues  to  exist 
because  of  the  growth  of  public  spirit,  that  is  to  say,  the 
growth  of  a  social  as  distinct  from  an  individual  point  of 
view  and  the  substitution  of  public  for  private  ends. 
Society  develops  and  realises  the  potentialities  of  its  mem- 
bers when  the  relations  between  individuals  and  social 
groups  are  moralised  ;  in  other  words,  when  a  public  moral 
code  emerges.  In  the  wider  world,  the  relations  between 
part  and  part,  and  the  parts  and  the  whole,  are  much 
more  complex  than  within  a  single  nation.  Not  only  does 
the  world  polity  include  the  various  States  and  the  many- 
sided  life  within  them,  but  individual  members  of  different 
nations  have  sets  of  common  interests,  and  multitudinous 
points  of  contact  with  the  outside  world  ;  the  interaction 
of  nations  and  the  interplay  of  different  national  influences 
all  add  to  the  depth  and  wealth  of  life,  but  at  the  same 
time  add  to  its  complexity. 

To  facilitate  lawful  growth,  to  repress  anarchical  im- 
pulses and  the  tendency  towards  national  self-aggrandise- 
ment, and  to  establish  just  relations  between  the  different 
groups  and  interests  in  the  world,  is  a  task  of  considerable 
magnitude,  calling  in  especial  degree  for  public  spirit.  The 
nations  of  the  world,  however,  are  individualistic ;  each  is 
too  apt  to  confine  itself  to  matters  affecting  its  own  particular 
interests.  Indeed,  it  is  generally  held  that  foreign  ministers 
are  trustees  for  the  States  they  represent,  and  should  there- 
fore confine  themselves  to  serving  national  interests 
without  entering  upon  any  course  of  knight-errantry. 


vi  THE  GKOWTH  OF  FREEDOM  193 

Generous  impulses  and  unselfish  feelings  have,  of  course, 
hovered  over  the  battle-ground  of  international  politics  ; 
but  in  the  main,  the  guiding  motives  of  action  have  been 
national  ;  national  security  and  self-protection  is  the  first 
law  of  international  life.  This  philosophy  of  the  jungle  was 
found  wanting  as  a  way  of  life  for  individuals,  who  slowly 
realised  that  the  only  way  to  safeguard  their  real  interests 
and  to  guarantee  essential  liberties  was  through  the  rule 
of  law  and  by  society  itself  becoming  the  champion  of 
rights  and  the  upholder  of  obligations. 

But  nations — "  the  individuals  of  humanity  " — partly 
because  of  the  complexity  of  their  life,  the  range  of  interests 
within  them,  and  the  difficulty  of  distilling  from  all  these 
factors  a  clearly  conceived  purpose,  and  partly  because  of 
the  higher  type  of  public  spirit  required,  have  lagged  behind 
in  the  standard  of  their  citizenship  in  the  world.  The  in- 
dividuals of  which  nations  are  composed  have  bridged  the 
gap  between  the  city  and  the  State,  but  they  have  not  yet 
leapt  across  the  chasm  between  the  nation  and  humanity. 
They  have  not,  to  use  the  phrase  of  Dr.  Nicholas  Murray 
Butler,  developed  "the  international  mind."  Yet  legitimate 
national  rights  will  be  safeguarded  and  the  bounds  of  freedom 
extended  only  when,  in  the  sphere  of  international  relations, 
the  individualistic  mind  is  superseded  by  the  public  mind. 

The  enlargement  of  freedom  within  the  city  is  the 
outcome  of  the  civic  spirit  at  work  ;  the  growth  of  freedom 
within  the  State  is  the  result  of  a  wider  national  spirit. 
The  point  of  view  necessary  for  the  adequate  treatment  of 
affairs  concerning  the  life  centring  round  the  parish  pump 
is  too  narrow  for  the  settlement  of  the  common  domestic 
problems  of  a  whole  people.  The  national  point  of  view, 
by  its  narrowness  of  vision  and  the  temptation  to  be  led 
by  purely  national  considerations,  must  grow  into  a  wider 

o 


194 

attitude  of  mind,  if  international  relations  are  to  be  of  such 
a  character  as  to  serve  the  true  ends  of  human  society. 

It  may  be  argued  that  diplomatists  possess  "  the  inter- 
national mind,"  and  that  in  their  deliberations  and  actions 
they  are  influenced  by  wider  considerations  of  world 
interest.  It  is  true  that  those  who  are  brought  into  intimate 
contact  with  the  varied  and  complicated  problems  which 
a  world  of  independent  States  presents,  must  necessarily 
approach  them  with  a  wider  outlook  and  a  fuller  back- 
ground of  knowledge  than  is  possible  to  others.  But 
the  rarefied  atmosphere  of  the  diplomatic  world,  whilst  it 
lends  itself  to  the  process  of  throwing  into  relief  the  many 
elements  which  must  be  considered  in  the  establishment  of 
orderly  international  relations,  lacks  oxygen.  The  diplo- 
matic world  is  out  of  contact  with  the  living  nations  which 
lie  behind  notes,  protocols,  and  treaties.  The  real  criticism 
of  modern  diplomacy  is  that  it  works  in  vacua,  far  removed 
from  the  inspiring  and  invigorating  atmosphere  of  national 
life.  The  importance  of  "  the  international  mind  "  lies  in  the 
fact  that  it  is  the  foundation  of  an  enlightened  public  opinion. 
In  the  past  such  a  public  opinion  has  not  existed,  though 
there  have  been  at  times  gusts  of  partially  informed  opinion. 

Even  in  the  smaller  realm  of  the  nation,  the  course  of 
progress  and  the  growth  of  freedom  have  been  hampered 
by  the  lack  of  a  steady,  continuous  pressure  from  its 
members.  It  is  now  recognised  that  public  spirit  is  called 
for,  not  merely  from  leaders  and  officials,  but  from  the  mass 
of  the  people.  Similarly  in  international  affairs,  sincerity, 
enthusiasm,  and  public  spirit  in  ministers  and  diplomats 
lose  the  greater  part  of  their  value  unless  they  are  constantly 
being  re-vitalised  and  strengthened  by  the  full  expression 
of  considered  opinion  from  those  whom  it  is  their  business 
to  represent. 


v!  THE  GKOWTH  OF  FREEDOM  195 

4.  THE  FULLER  CITIZENSHIP 

We  are,  therefore,  thrown  back  upon  the  general  body  of 
citizens.  In  this  country  public  interest  has  been  absorbed 
in  the  development  of  our  constitutional  system  and  our 
industrial  and  social  organisation,  to  the  neglect  of  matters 
outside  our  own  borders.  The  Great  War  was  all  the  greater 
shock  because  it  was  so  unexpected  ;  and  it  is  typical  of  the 
British  people  that,  when  the  blow  fell,  we  were  rent  in  twain 
over  the  solution  of  a  constitutional  problem.  And  now 
the  intelligent  public  is  somewhat  ashamed  of  its  ignorance 
concerning  those  international  forces  which  affect  the 
freedom  and  even  the  smallest  details  of  the  lives  of  the 
world's  population.  Now  we  stand  at  the  parting  of  the 
ways.  It  is  for  British  citizens  to  choose  whether  they 
will  fly  in  the  face  of  international  tendencies  and  relapse 
into  an  illusory  insularity,  or  whether  they  will  assume  the 
responsibilities  of  that  wider  citizenship  without  which 
international  life  is  chaotic,  full  of  uncontrolled  conflicting 
forces  and  agencies  working  much  harm  and  little  good. 
This  fuller  citizenship  is  the  completion  of  the  citizenship 
of  the  city  and  the  State,  giving  to  them  a  richer  meaning. 

Mere  machinery — whether  judicial  or  political — how- 
ever indispensable,  is  insufficient  in  itself.  The  great  need 
is  for  the  development  of  a  world  policy  based  upon  know- 
ledge and  understanding,  and  dealing  with  international 
life  as  a  whole.  In  the  interests  of  human  freedom,  the 
peoples  of  the  world  must  face  three  groups  of  problems. 
The  first  concerns  the  relations  between  the  politically 
developed  States,  upon  whose  co-operation  the  solution  of 
international  problems  depends.  It  is  to  these  States  that 
we  must  look  for  the  evolution  of  those  ordered  relations, 
which  lie  at  the  base  of  international  life,  affecting  not  only 


196  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  vi 

these  States  in  their  direct  relations  with  one  another,  but 
necessary  for  the  solution  of  the  international  problems 
falling  into  the  other  groups.  The  second  series  centres 
round  the  difficult  questions  arising  out  of  the  relations 
between  races  at  widely  differing  stages  of  political  and 
economic  development.  There  are  two  main  sides  to  these 
problems  ;  there  is  first  the  question  of  protection  against 
exploitation,  whether  political  or  economic,  and  secondly, 
the  question  of  developing  among  backward  peoples  those 
broad  principles,  moral,  social,  and  political,  upon  which 
free  societies  must  be  built.  Both  merge  into  each  other 
at  many  points  ;  on  the  whole,  the  former  are  concerned 
with  immediate,  and  the  latter  with  ultimate,  questions. 
Broadly  speaking,  we  are  here  faced  with  "  the  white  man's 
burden,"  which  hitherto  has  often  appeared  to  cloak  purely 
selfish  ends,  but  which  is  the  analogy  in  the  international 
field  of  the  communal  protection  of  the  young  and  the  weak 
in  domestic  politics.  The  third  series  of  problems  relates 
to  the  control  by  the  States  of  the  world  of  the  great  cos- 
mopolitan interests,  mainly  economic  in  character,  whose 
growth  has  been  one  of  the  most  striking  features  of  the 
last  century.  These  three  sets  of  problems  overlap  and 
cannot  be  kept  distinct ;  but  broadly  they  are  political, 
sociological,  and  economic,  though  all  of  them  are  closely 
related  to  international  ethics.  Indeed,  reduced  to  the 
simplest  form  of  expression,  the  task  is  to  "  moralise  " 
international  relations.  To  confine  the  issue  to  the  problem 
of  how  to  keep  a  single  strong-headed  nation  in  its  due 
place,  or  of  how  to  settle  international  disputes  without 
recourse  to  war,  is  to  miss  the  real  significance  of  these 
questions  as  phases  of  the  larger  problems  of  human  and 
national  relationships. 

The  task  of  the  citizen  is,  in  the  light  of  knowledge  and 


vi  THE  GKOWTH  OF  FEEEDOM  197 

experience,  to  lay  the  spiritual  foundations  of  a  general  and 
comprehensive  policy  upon  which  statesmen  may  build,  and 
to  keep  in  touch  with  the  changes  and  developments  which 
are  continually  taking  place  in  the  world,  in  order  that  the 
policy  may  not  fall  out  of  harmony  with  the  problems  it  is 
designed  to  meet.  But  the  first  step  is  for  the  people  of 
this  country  to  get  that  knowledge  of  the  problems  without 
which  there  can  be  no  wise  and  comprehensive  policy  ;  and 
yet  upon  which  the  growth  of  democracy  depends. 

The  Great  War  has  shown  that  the  development  of  a 
free  democratic  life  and  the  growth  of  democratic  institu- 
tions within  a  nation  can  never  in  themselves  be  a  guarantee 
of  the  maintenance  of  harmonious  relations  without ;  that 
measures  of  social  reconstruction  within  the  State,  how- 
ever far-reaching,  will  not  alone  protect  it  from  external 
influences  likely  to  throw  it  into  confusion  or  lead  it  into 
war.  A  nation  cannot  control  its  own  domestic  life  if  it  is 
the  sport  of  uncontrolled  external  forces.  For  the  main- 
tenance of  its  liberty,  and  for  the  sake  of  the  fuller  national 
liberty  to  be  realised  only  in  a  community  of  nations,  it 
must,  in  association  with  other  nations,  learn  to  bring 
those  forces  under  the  sway  of  law. 

Human  freedom,  moral,  political,  social,  and  industrial, 
realised  through  the  home,  the  school,  and  the  workshop, 
the  trade  union  and  the  co-operative  society,  the  club  and 
the  university,  the  city  and  the  State,  the  Church  and  the 
world  of  nations,  with  their  active  interplay  of  influences, 
is  no  simple  concept.  And  life  is  too  many-sided  and  com- 
plicated for  liberty  to  be  attained  through  any  one  channel. 
There  are  no  short-cuts  to  freedom.  It  is  to  be  won  only 
through  the  application  of  knowledge  and  understanding, 
imagination  and  sympathy,  courage  and  public  spirit, 
to  every  side  of  human  life  and  every  form  of  human 


198  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  vr 

relationship,  and  not  least,  the  international.  The  con- 
structive activity  of  human  society  grows  outwards  from  the 
individual  in  ever-widening  circles — the  city,  the  State,  the 
world — and  back  again  to  the  individual.  The  fault  in 
the  past  has  been  to  neglect  the  broader  questions  touching 
the  uttermost  circle  of  human  relations.  The  near  future, 
however,  will  present  opportunities  to  get  rid  of  the  policy 
of  drift,  and  for  a  broad  and  comprehensive  treatment  of 
the  problems  of  international  life.  "  Education,  the  father- 
land, liberty,  association,  the  family,  property,  and  religion," 
says  Mazzini,  "  all  these  are  undying  elements  of  human 
nature  :  they  cannot  be  cancelled  or  destroyed,  but  every 
epoch  has  alike  the  right  and  the  duty  of  modifying  their 
development  in  harmony  with  the  intellect  of  the  age,  the 
progress  of  science,  and  the  altered  condition  of  human 
relations.  Hence  democracy,  informed  and  enlightened 
by  these  ideas,  must  abandon  the  path  of  negations  ;  useful 
and  opportune  so  long  as  the  duty  before  us  was  that  of 
breaking  asunder  the  chains  that  bound  mankind  to  the 
past ;  useless  and  barren  now  that  our  task  is  the  conquest 
of  the  future.  If  it  do  not  forsake  this  path,  it  can  but  doom 
itself  to  perish — as  all  mere  reaction  must  perish — in  anarchy 
and  impotence." 


It  is  difficult  to  suggest  books  dealing  with  the  questions  raised 
in  this  chapter  without  going  very  far  afield. 

An  Introduction  to  the  History  of  the  Science  of  Politics,  by  Sir 
Frederick  Pollock  (Macmillan,  1906  ;  2s.  6d.),  will  lead  readers  to  the 
works  of  those  philosophers  who  have  dealt  with  political  theory. 
Political  Thought  from  Spencer  to  To-day,  by  Ernest  Barker  (Home 
University  Library,  1915;  Is.),  is  particularly  interesting.  A  Primer 
of  Peace  and  War,  edited  by  Rev.  Chas.  Plater  for  the  Catholic  Social 
Guild  (King  &  Son,  1915 ;  Is.  6d.),  deals  with  the  principles  of  inter- 
national morality  from  the  Catholic  point  of  view.  See  also  The 


vi  THE  GROWTH  OF  FREEDOM  199 

Morality  of  Nations,  by  C.  Delisle  Burns  (University  of  London  Press, 
1915;  5s.). 

Reference  should  be  made  to  The  History  of  Freedom  and  Other 
Essays,  by  Lord  Acton  (Macmillan,  1907  ;  10s.  net.).  For  a  statement 
of  the  philosophy  of  national  individualism  see  The  Political  Thought 
of  Heinrich  von  Treitschke,  by  H.  C.  W.  Davis  (Constable,  1915  ;  6s.). 

For  international  law  see  the  books  given  at  the  end  of  Chapter  IV., 
and  also  the  Cambridge  Modern  History,  vol.  xii.  (Chap.  XXII., 
"  The  Modern  Law  of  Nations  and  the  Prevention  of  War,"  by  Sir 
Frederick  Pollock). 

On  the  problems  of  international  organisation  raised  by  the 
European  War  see  C.  B.  Buxton  (Ed.),  Towards  a  Lasting  Settlement 
(Allen  &  Unwin,  1915;  2s.  6d.) ;  H.  N.  Brailsford,  The  War  of  Steel 
and  Gold,  Part  II.  and  Appendix  (Bell ;  new  ed.,  1915  ;  2s.). 

G.  Lowes  Dickinson,  After  the  War.     (Fifield,  6d.) 

C.  E.  Fayle,  The  Great  Settlement.     (Murray,  1915;  5s.) 

J.  A.  Hobson,  Towards  International  Government.  (Allen  & 
Unwin,  1915;  2s.  6d.) 

New  Statesman  Supplement,  July  10  and  17,  1915. 

The  foregoing  books,  for  the  most  part,  deal  with  only  one  side 
of  international  organisation,  viz.  the  maintenance  of  international 
peace. 

A  further  list  of  books  will  be  found  in  The  Causes  of  the  War — 
What  to  Bead.  (C.S.I.R.,  6d.) 

See  Bibliography  given  at  the  end  of  the  Appendix  ("Note  on 
Cosmopolitan  Associations  "). 


APPENDIX 

NOTE  ON  COSMOPOLITAN  ASSOCIATIONS 

THIS  book  confines  its  attention  to  international  relations  ;  that 
is  to  say,  to  those  problems  arising  between  different  nations,  or 
involving  states  and  other  bodies.  The  latter  are  mainly  cosmo- 
politan organisations,  which  are  voluntary  in  character  and  have 
the  avowed  object  of  uniting  individuals  or  societies  on  the  basis 
of  a  common  interest,  irrespective  of  the  nation  to  which  they 
belong. 

Nations — to  use  an  economic  term — are  "  vertical  combina- 
tions "  of  people  of  different  social  status,  different  degrees  of 
wealth,  different  religious  and  political  views,  etc.,  but  with  a 
number  of  fundamental  common  interests  arising  out  of  com- 
mon laws,  customs,  traditions,  and  institutions.  Cosmopolitan 
groupings  are  "  horizontal  combinations  "  of  people  of  different 
nations,  possibly  with  many  points  of  difference,  but  at  least  one 
strong  common  interest.  Such  associations  may  be  permanent 
(e.g.  an  "  international "  trade  union)  or  temporary  (e.g.  the 
committee  of  an  "  international "  exhibition) ;  they  may  be 
relatively  well  organised,  as  most  of  the  permanent  movements 
tend  to  be,  or  informal  in  character  as  in  the  case  of  ententes 
between  groups  of  people  with  a  common  interest. 

Their  range  is  extremely  wide,  covering  very  many  different 
forms  of  human  interest  and  activity,  political,  religious, 
economic,  literary,  scientific,  and  artistic.  But  all  of  them  have 
one  thing  in  common ;  they  operate  beyond  the  confines  of  a 
single  state  and,  therefore,  bring  into  closer — and  friendly — 
relations  people  of  different  nationalities.  These  bonds  increase 
the  total  volume  of  unofficial  goodwill  and  understanding  in 
the  world,  which  is  all  to  the  good.  But  cosmopolitan  associa- 

201 


202  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 

t  ions  are  not  a  substitute  for  national  groupings,  any  more  than 
local  authorities  can  supersede  national  authorities,  or  than 
co-operative  societies  and  trade  unions  can  supersede  the  national 
grouping. 

The  inherent  weakness  of  the  cosmopolitan  body  is  its  narrow- 
basis  of  membership,  and  all  that  springs  from  it.  However 
important  the  interests  which  these  organisations  represent,  they 
do  not  cover  all  the  chief  human  interests  and  activities ;  and 
consequently,  when  there  is  a  divergence  of  interests,  the  weaker 
succumbs  temporarily  to  the  stronger,  or  a  single  interest  to  the 
combined  weight  of  several.  Experience  has  shown  that  on  the 
outbreak  of  war  all  the  deeply-rooted  and  intertwined  common 
interests  of  national  life  prove  stronger,  so  far  as  most  people  are 
concerned,  than  a  single  cosmopolitan  interest,  be  it  ever  so 
strong. 

This  is  not  to  say  that  cosmopolitan  life  is  either  unnecessary 
or  valueless.  In  point  of  fact,  it  is  extremely  necessary ;  its 
agencies  contribute  to  that  outlook  which  is  indispensable  for 
the  growth  of  national  policies  favourable  to  international 
co-operation,  because  it  helps  in  breaking  down  insularity  and 
exclusiveness  ;  and  it  is  extremely  valuable,  because  its  reactions 
strengthen  national  life  and  enrich  the  life  of  the  world.  A 
strongly-developed  cosmopolitan  co-operative  movement,  for 
example,  would  ultimately  widen  the  outlook  and  sympathies 
of  its  members  in  different  countries,  and  the  constituent  national 
movements  would  gain  in  strength  by  association  with  each  other, 
whilst  so  far  as  this  side  of  human  activity  was  concerned  there 
would  be  a  measure  of  unification  in  the  world. 

Cosmopolitan  movements  can  only  be  vigorous  when  they 
are  built  on  firm  foundations ;  in  general,  the  real  basis  is  the 
national  movement.  Movements  of  "  international  "  origin  are 
driven  back  to  a  territorial  basis.  Cosmopolitan  organisation 
implies  subsidiary  localised  organisation.  The  supporters  of 
Esperanto  are  grouped  nationally.  The  "  International," 
when  it  met  in  London  in  1864,  recommended  the  formation  of 
national  bodies.  In  the  trade-union  world  the  growing  belief 
in  "  national  guilds  "  is  significant,  and  implies,  at  any  rate,  that 
national  solidarity  must  precede  international  solidarity.  In 
the  past,  the  ineffectiveness  of  many  cosmopolitan  movements 
has  been  due  to  feeble  national  movements. 

Of  particular  importance  for  the  future  are  those  organisations 


APPENDIX  203 

essentially  voluntary  in  character,  but  at  the  same  time  repre- 
sentative of,  or  in  close  touch  with,  states.  The  International 
Institute  of  Agriculture,  with  its  headquarters  in  Rome,  and  the 
International  Association  for  Labour  Legislation,  with  its  head 
office  in  Basle,  are  of  this  kind.  Both  have  been  of  value  in  the 
past,  and  both  offer  fruitful  lines  of  future  growth. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

THE  "  Intel-national "  side  of  the  labour  movement,  political  and 
industrial,  is  dealt  with  in  The  Labour  Year  Book,  1916  (1  Victoria 
Street,  London,  S.W.  Is.).  See  also  the  Annual  Reports  of  the 
International  Trade  Union  Movement,  and  the  Annual  Reports  of  the 
International  Co-operative  Alliance  (Headquarters :  St.  Stephen's 
House,  Westminster),  which  also  publishes  monthly  the  International 
Co-operative  Bulletin.  International  Socialism  as  affected  by  the 
War  is  dealt  with  in  Socialists  and  the  War,  by  E.  W.  Walling  (1915  ; 
6s.),  and  International  Socialism  and  the  War,  by  A.  W.  Humphrey 
(King  &  Son,  1915;  3s.  6d.).  See  also  Labour  and  the  War,  by 
G.  D.  H.  Cole,  Chapter  I.  (Bell  &  Sons,  1915;  2s.).  The  Peace  Tear 
Book  (Is.  annually)  gives  particulars  of  international  law  societies, 
international  understanding  societies,  international  organisations 
for  peace,  etc.  For  a  discussion  of  the  place  of  "  voluntary  "  organisa- 
tions within  the  state  see  Churches  in  the  Modern  State,  by  J.  N. 
Figgis  (Longmans,  1913;  4s.  6d.),  and  Church  and  Nation,  by  W. 
Temple  (Macmillan,  1915 ;  2s.  6d.),  especially  Lecture  II.  Dr.  Figgis's 
position  should  be  compared  with  Mr.  G.  D.  H.  Cole's  in  The  World  of 
Labour  (Bell;  cheap  edition,  1915;  2s.). 

The  International  Institute  of  Agriculture  issues  a  monthly 
bulletin,  frequent  reports,  and  a  year  book.  The  International 
Association  for  Labour  Legislation  (British  Office,  Queen  Anne's 
Chambers,  Westminster)  publishes  quarterly  The  World's  Labour 
Laws  and  an  annual  bulletin. 

Most  cosmopolitan  bodies,  religious,  social,  etc.,  issue  reports  of 
their  work.  Buried  in  the  files  of  daily  papers,  etc.,  are  accounts  of 
exchanges  of  visits  between  working  people,  journalists,  munici- 
palities etc.  of  different  countries. 

A.  G. 


INDEX 


Acton,  Lord,  57 
Aix-la-Cfaapelle,  7 
Alabama,  124-5 
Alexander  I.,  2,  3,  4,  5,  9 
Alliances,  189 

Holy,  2,  3,  4,  5,  33 

Quadruple,  6,  7 

Quintuple,  6-13 

Triple,  37 
Alsace,  50,  58,  185 
Angell,  Mr.  N.,  29 
Arbitration,  35,  124-5,  137-8 
Armament*,  88,  96,  109 
Austria,  16,  17,  23.  24,  25,  45,  49,  57, 
58,  59,  60,  86,  115-6,  186  n. 

Backward  peoples,  141  et  seq. 
Bagdad  Railway,  85,  92 
!  Balance  of  Power,  6,  29-30,  137,  189- 

191 

Balfour,  Mr.  A.  J.,  137 
Balkans,  17,  32,  59 
Belgium,  13,  49,  57,  59,  94,  137 
Bismarck,  22  et  seq.,  30,  49-50 
Blanc,  Louis,  14 
Blockade,  106,  127,  131-3 
Bohemia,  60,  185 
Bourbons,  7 
British  Empire,  31,  46,  60,  82,  88,  90, 

104,  143,  167  et  seq.,  173-4,  185- 

186 

Bulgaria,  102 
Burke,  168 

Canning,  10,  11,  12,  15 
Castlereagh,  5,  8,  10 
Cavour,  18-20,  23 
Chaumont,  6 


China,  82,  83-5,  91,  104,  164 

Clive,  156,  157-9,  160-1 

Coloured  labour,  71,  76,  110,  145  <d 

seq.,  175-6 

Concert  of  Europe,  30,  191 
Concessions  and  concessionnaires,  71. 

72,  80 

Confederation  of  Europe,  33 
Congress  of  Vienna,  2,  41 
Continuous  voyage,  doctrine  of,  131 
Contraband,  130  et  seq. 
CornwaUis,  Lord,  161-2 
Crusades,  53 

Declaration  of  London,  138 
Democracy,  170-2,  174,  183  et  seq. 
Diplomacy,  63,  194 
Dumping,  103 

Economic  aspects  of  war,  29,  95  et  seq. 
Economic  boycott,  86,  105-7 
Economic  league,  107-8 
Economic  penetration,  91-2 
Egypt,  46,  47,  48,  82,  164,  171 

Federal  States,  60 

Finland,  185 

Foreign  exchanges,  71-2 

Foreign  policy,  37  et  seq.,  61  et  seq., 

192-3 

British,  61-2,  78  et  seq. 
democratic   control    of,    42,    63-4. 

194,  197-8 

France,  13,  19,  23,  31,  58,  85,  88,  164 
Free  Trade,  75,  79-80,  102  et  seq. 

Garibaldi,  23 

Germany,  16,  22,  74,  83,  92,  97,  103, 
123,  127 


205 


206 


INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 


Gladstone,  82,  164 
Oranville,  82 
Greece,  57,  93,  102 
Grey,  Sir  Edward,  30 
GrotiuB,  40 

Hague  Conferences,  3,  30,  125 
Hague  Conventions,  24,  137 
Hastings,  Warren,  160,  168,  169 
Headlam,  Mr.  J.  W.,  24 
Henry  the  Navigator,  Prince,  68 
Hobson,  Mr.  J.  A.,  105,  106 
Holland,  13 
Huguenots,  54 

Immigration,  143,  175  et  seq. 

Imperial  Conference,  83 

India,  46,  90-91,  152  et  seq.,  167-70, 

171,  173 

Industrial  Revolution,  69,  70 
International  Finance,  78,  81,  82,  85, 

88  et  seq.,  92,  107 
International  Law,  40,  53,  63,   113 

et  seq. 

Belligerents,  126 
Neutrals,  126 
Peace,  135 
War,  126,  127 

"  International  mind,"  193-4 
International  morality,  128,  196 
International    organisation,    34,    64, 

77,  108,  110,  124  et  seq.,  137-8, 

181,  186  et  seq. 
International     socialist     movement, 

75,  77 
International    system    of    exchange, 

71-2 
International  trade,  66  et  seq.,  179, 

181 

International     trade     union     move- 
ment, 75,  77 
Ireland,  185 
Italy,  16,  20,  23,  48,  58,  73 

Japan,  83-5,  91,  178 
Keen,  Mr.  F.  N.,  107 

Laissez-faire,  187-8 
Laybach,  9 
List,  83 


Lombardy,  57 
Louis  XIV.,  45 
Luxemburg,  49 
Lyall,  Sir  A.,  163 

Macaulay,  169 
Machiavelli,  35 
Maine,  Sir  H.,  117 
Maoris,  180 
Marx,  Karl,  75 
Mazzini,  12-13 
Mercantile  policy,  68,  109 
Metternich,  4,  5,  7,  9 
Mexico,  164,  178 
Moltke,  25,  26 
Morley,  Lord,  168 
Morocco,  82 

Napoleon,  1,  44,  161,  188 
Napoleon  III.,  17,  18,  21,  23,  25,  49- 

50 
Nationality,  14-15,  40,  50,  51,  56-60, 

185-6,  187 

Naval  supremacy,  105,  136,  156 
Non-intervention,  39,  40  et  seq.,  187-8 

"  Open  door,"  104-5,  181 

Palmerston,  18,  52 

Panama  Canal,  70 

Paton,  Dr.  J.,  145-8 

Patriotism,  53 

Peace,  1,  87  et  seq.,  135,  183  et  seq. 

Persia,  164,  165-6 

Philippines,  164 

Phillips,  Alison,  15,  29 

Piedmont,  16,  23 

Pitt,  62,  168 

Poland  and  Poles,  45,  57,  60,  94,  185 

Prize  Court,  130 

Prussia,  16,  19,  22,  24,  45,  59,  94 

Racial  problems,  76,  141-82,  196 
Reprisals,  123 
Revolutionary  movements — 

French  Revolution,  1,  55-6 

1818-1823,  9-10,  11 

1830,  13 

1848,  13  et  seq. 
Rhine  frontier,  45,  51 
Russia,  16, 17, 18,  31,  32,  45-6,  92, 165 


INDEX 


207 


Salisbury,  Lord,  31 

Schleswig-Holstein,  24,  185 

Seignoboe,  19 

Self-government,  170  et  seq. 

Serbia,  86,  93 

Seton- Watson,  Dr.  R.  W.,  77,  93 

Socialism,  14,  75,  77 

Solidarity  of  labour,  75,  76,  175-6 

South  Africa,  179 

Suez  Canal,  47,  70,  82 

Switzerland,  59 

Tarifi  restrictions,    72-4,    75,    79-80, 

103 

Treaties — 
Anglo-French,  126 
Great  Britain  and  U.S.A.,  126 
Treitschke,  35,  83 
Trieste,  45,  93 
Tripoli,  48,  81 
Troppau,  9-10 
Turkey  and  Turks,  17-18,  32,  45-6, 

53,  67,  85,  86,  89,  91,  164 


United  States,  59,  164,  178,  179-80 

Verona,  10 

Vienna,  Congress  of,  2,  41 
Treaty  of,  13 

Wallas,  Graham,  81 
Wars- 
American  Civil,  132-3 

Balkan,  86,  101-2 

Boer,  31,  135 

Civil,  54 

Colonial,  68 

Crimean,  17-19 

Danish,  59 

Economic  effects,  95  et  seq. 

Franco-German,  25-7,  48-9,  56,  59, 
96 

International  Law,  126,  127 

Napoleonic,  56 

Russo-Japanese,  138 

Tripolitan,  81 
Wellington,  5,  8,  10,  11 


THE  END 


Printed  by  R.  &  R.  CLARK,  LIMITED,  Edinburgh. 


An  Introduction  to  the   study 
1315  of  international  relations 

16 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY